UDC Track Changing Document-

City of Glendale — Regular Meeting (2023-12-12)

Extracted text (via pymupdf) 795599 characters

UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE
-- PUBLIC HEARING DRAFT –
12/12/2023

i
│ Unified Development Code
ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
35.1.000 TITLE……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1
35.1.100 AUTHORITY AND PURPOSE……………………………………………………………………………………………………………1
35.1.101 Authority
35.1.102 Purpose
35.1.103 Jurisdiction
35.1.104 Repealer and Severability
35.1.105 Conflict With Other Rules or Regulations
35.1.106 Relationship to General Plan
35.1.107 Relationship to Subdivision and Other Regulations
35.1.108 Applicability

ARTICLE 2 - ZONING DISTRICTS
35.2.000 ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAP ESTABLISHED…………………………………………………………………………………3
35.2.001 Zoning Districts Established
35.2.002 Map Established
35.2.003 Boundary Determination
35.2.100 AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT………………………………………………………………………………………………………………5
35.2.101 Purpose Statement
35.2.102 Agricultural Use Standards
35.2.103 Agricultural District Development Standards
35.2.200 RURAL/SUBURBAN RESIDENCE DISTRICTS……………………………………………………………………………………8
35.2.201 Purpose Statements
35.2.202 Rural/Suburban Residence Districts Use Standards
35.2.203 Rural/Suburban Residence Districts Development Standards
35.2.300 SINGLE RESIDENCE DISTRICTS……………………………………………………………………………………………..……12
35.2.301 Purpose Statements
35.2.302 Single Residence Districts Use Standards
35.2.303 Single Residence Districts Development Standards
35.2.400 MULTIPLE RESIDENCE DISTRICTS………………………………………………………………………………………………17
35.2.401 Purpose Statements

ii
│ Unified Development Code
35.2.402 Multiple Residence Districts Use Standards
35.2.403 Multiple Residence Districts Development Standards
35.2.500 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………22
35.2.501 Purpose Statements
35.2.502 Commercial Districts Use Standards
35.2.503 Commercial Districts Development Standards
35.2.600 PROFESSIONAL OFFICE DISTRICTS……………………………………………………………………………………………29
35.2.601 Purpose Statements
35.2.602 Professional Office Use Standards
35.2.603 Professional Office Development Standards
35.2.700 BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS………………………………………………………………………………………33
35.2.701 Purpose Statements
35.2.702 Business and Industrial Use Standards
35.2.703 Business and Industrial Development Standards
35.2.800 SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS…………………………………………………………………………………………39
35.2.801 Specific Area Development Standards
35.2.802 Freeway Development Standards
35.2.900 SPECIAL DISTRICTS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………49
35.2.901 Planned Area Development
35.2.902 Special Use
35.2.1000 OVERLAY DISTRICTS…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………52
35.2.1001 Planned Residential Development Overlay
35.2.1002 Adaptive Reuse Program
35.2.1003 Infill Development Program
35.2.1004 Airport Impact Overlay
35.2.1005 Mobile/Manufactured Home Overlay
35.2.1006 Historic Preservation Overlay
35.2.1007 Senior Citizen Overlay
35.2.1008 Glendale Centerline Overlay
35.2.1009 Scenic Corridor
35.2.1010 Sonorita Community

iii
│ Unified Development Code
ARTICLE 3 - SUPPLEMENTAL USE PROVISIONS
35.3.000 GENERAL PROVISIONS………………………………………………………………………………………………………………83
35.3.001 Intent
35.3.002 General Applicability and Regulation
35.3.100 SPECIFIC USE CONDITIONS BY USE CATEGORY……………………………………………………………………………83
35.3.101 Agricultural
35.3.102 Residential
35.3.103 General Commercial and Professional Office
35.3.104 Industrial
35.3.105 Public and Semi-Public
35.3.200 ESTABLISHING ACCESSORY USES, BUILDINGS, AND STRUCTURES……………………………………………122
35.3.201 Purpose
35.3.202 Accessory Uses
35.3.203 Accessory Building and Structures
35.3.204 Accessory Use Conditions
35.3.300 TEMPORARY USES……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………131
35.3.301 Temporary Use Approval
35.3.302 Temporary Use Conditions
35.3.303 Exempt Temporary Uses

ARTICLE 4 - GENERAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS
35.4.000 OFF-STREET PARKING………………………………………………………………………………………………………………139
35.4.001 Purpose
35.4.002 General Applicability
35.4.003 General Parking Regulations
35.4.004 Parking Space Dimensions
35.4.005 Required Parking Ratios
35.4.006 Residential Off-Street Parking
35.4.007 Professional Office District Parking
35.4.008 PR District Off-Street Parking
35.4.009 Joint Use Parking
35.4.010 Off-Site Parking

iv
│ Unified Development Code
35.4.011 Bicycle Parking
35.4.012 Loading and Unloading General Provisions
35.4.013 Drive-Through Requirements
35.4.100 LANDSCAPING…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………154
35.4.101 Purpose
35.4.102 Applicability
35.4.103 General Landscape Standards
35.4.104 Landscape Area and Planting Requirements
35.4.105 Landscape Material Requirements
35.4.106 Maintenance and City Acceptance
35.4.107 Exemptions
35.4.108 Preliminary and Final Landscape Plans
35.4.109 Compliance and Enforcement
35.4.200 SCREENING, WALLS & FENCES…………………………………………………………………………………………………174
35.4.201 Intent
35.4.202 Applicability
35.4.203 Screening Exemptions
35.4.204 General Screening Requirements
35.4.205 Screening Requirements
35.4.206 Wall Placement
35.4.207 Maintenance
35.4.208 Special Provisions
35.4.209 Wall Waivers
35.4.300 SIGNAGE…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………181
35.4.301 Intent
35.4.302 Applicability
35.4.303 Non-Conforming Signs
35.4.304 Exemptions
35.4.305 Prohibited Sign Types
35.4.306 General Provisions for all Signs
35.4.307 Sign Calculations and Measurements
35.4.308 Permitting and Fees

v
│ Unified Development Code
35.4.309 Permitted Signs by Use
35.4.310 Site Signs
35.4.311 Building Signs
35.4.312 Temporary Signs
35.4.313 Miscellaneous Signs
35.4.314 Comprehensive Sign Program
35.4.315 Sign Enforcement
35.4.400 OUTDOOR LIGHTING…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………218
35.4.401 Intent
35.4.402 Applicability
35.4.403 Approved Materials, Installation; New Technology
35.4.404 General Requirements
35.4.405 Specific Outdoor Light Fixtures
35.4.406 Exemptions
35.4.407 Procedures for Compliance with this Chapter
35.4.408 Violations
35.4.409 Effective Date; Application; Non-Conforming Devices

ARTICLE 5 - SUBDIVISIONS
[RESERVED]

ARTICLE 6 - ADMINISTRATION & PROCEDURES
35.6.000 ADMINISTRATION………………………….………………………………………………………………………………………223
35.6.001 City Council
35.6.002 Planning Commission
35.6.003 Board of Adjustment
35.6.004 Historic Preservation Commission
35.6.005 Glendale Historic Property Register
35.6.006 Historic Preservation (HP) Officer
35.6.007 Zoning Administrator
35.6.008 Planning Agency
35.6.100 FEES………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………227
35.6.101 Generally

vi
│ Unified Development Code
35.6.200 GENERAL PROCEDURES…………………………………………………………………………………………………………228
35.6.201 Purpose
35.6.202 Common Procedures
35.6.203 Application Process Overview
35.6.204 Public Notice
35.6.205 Annexation
35.6.206 Amendments to the General Plan
35.6.207 Amendments to the Unified Development Code (Rezoning and Text Amendments)
35.6.208 Conditional Use Permits
35.6.209 Variances and Appeals
35.6.210 Interpretations, Zoning Clearance, and Administrative Relief
35.6.211 Administrative Review
35.6.212 Design Review
35.6.213 Temporary Use Permit
35.6.214 Establishing a Historic Preservation (HP) District

ARTICLE 7 - COMPLIANCE & NONCONFORMITIES
35.7.000 COMPLIANCE……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………258
35.7.001 Generally
35.7.002 Enforcement and Penalties
35.7.100 LEGAL NON-CONFORMITY…………………………………………………………………………………………………………259
35.7.101 Purpose
35.7.102 Generally
35.7.103 Path to Conformity

ARTICLE 8 - DEFINITIONS
35.8.000 GENERAL PROVISIONS……………………………………………………………………………………………………………261
35.8.001 Rules of Construction
35.8.002 Commonly Abbreviated Terms
35.8.003 Use Standard Definitions
35.8.004 Specific Definitions

│ Unified Development Code
1

ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

35.1.000 TITLE
The ordinance shall be known and may be cited as the “Unified Development Code” or the "UDC
of the City of Glendale, Arizona" Within the ordinance text, it shall be cited as “this Code”, “this
UDC”, or "this Ordinance".

35.1.100 AUTHORITY AND PURPOSE
35.1.101 Authority
This ordinance is adopted pursuant to the authority contained in Section 9-462.01 et seq., of
the Arizona Revised Statutes in order to conserve and promote the public health, safety and
general welfare.
35.1.102 Purpose
The purpose of this ordinance is to establish land use classifications dividing the city into various
zoning districts; provide regulations, prohibitions and restrictions for the promotion of health,
safety, convenience, aesthetics and welfare; govern the use of land for residential, commercial,
office, industrial and all other uses; regulate and limit the height and bulk of buildings and other
structures; limit the use and size of yards and open spaces; establish performance and design
standards; establish boards and commissions and define the powers and duties of each; provide
procedures for changing zoning districts and the standards which govern those districts, use
permits, variances and all other permits required by this UDC; prescribe penalties for violations
of the ordinance and repeal all ordinances in conflict therewith.
35.1.103 Jurisdiction
This ordinance shall be effective within the incorporated boundaries of the City of Glendale.
35.1.104 Repealer and Severability
A.
Ordinance No. 243 New Series and all subsequent amendments to Ordinance No. 243 are
repealed. Ordinance No. 184 New Series, creating and establishing the Glendale Zoning
and Planning Commission, is repealed. Ordinance No. 1407 New Series, creating mobile
home parks and mobile home subdivisions is repealed. This ordinance amends and revises
all zoning laws, regulations, procedures and restrictions. Whenever any provision of this
ordinance refers to or cites a section of the Arizona Revised Statutes and that section is
later amended or superseded, the ordinance shall be deemed amended to refer to the
amended section or section that most nearly corresponds to the superseded section of the
Arizona Revised Statutes.
B.
The provisions of this ordinance, insofar as they are substantially the same as the
provisions of ordinances repealed in Subsection A of this section, shall be construed as
restatements and continuations thereof and not as new enactments. The repeal of an
ordinance listed in Subsection A of this section shall not affect any punishment or penalty
incurred before the ordinance was repealed, nor any suit, prosecution or enforcement
proceeding pending at the time of the repeal for a violation of the ordinance repealed.
C.
It is declared that the sections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses and phrases of this
ordinance are severable, and if any such section, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase is

│ Unified Development Code

declared unconstitutional or otherwise invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction in a
valid judgment or decree, such unconstitutionality or invalidity shall not affect any of the
remaining sections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses or phrases of this ordinance other
than the part decided to be unconstitutional or invalid.
35.1.105 Conflict With Other Rules or Regulations
It is not intended by this ordinance to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any manner impair or interfere
with existing provisions of other laws or ordinances, except those specifically repealed by this
ordinance, or with private restrictions placed upon property by covenant, deed or other private
agreement. Where this ordinance imposes a greater restriction on land, buildings or structures
than is imposed or required by other existing provisions of law, ordinance, contract or deed, the
provisions of this ordinance shall control. Where other laws, ordinances, or private restrictions
are more restrictive, the City cannot enforce the more restrictive laws, ordinances, or private
restrictions as a part of this UDC unless authorized by a specific section of this ordinance.
35.1.106 Relationship to General Plan
It is the intention of the City Council that this ordinance implement the planning policies adopted
by the Planning Commission and City Council as reflected in the General Plan. The City Council
affirms its commitment that this ordinance and any amendments will be in conformity with the
adopted planning polices as expressed in the General Plan, specific area plans, and any
amendments.
35.1.107 Relationship to Subdivision and Other Regulations
The UDC, along with other regulations of the City of Glendale, including the Subdivision and Minor
Land Division Ordinance and Design Guidelines for Site Development and Infrastructure
Construction, as amended, is a tool to implement the Glendale General Plan. In regulating future
development or redevelopment within the City of Glendale, the requirements of the UDC shall
be construed as minimum requirements.
35.1.108 Applicability
A.
All buildings, structures and uses of land shall be subject to all provisions of this UDC. Any
change to an existing building, structure or use of land, as manifested by a use which
requires an increase in parking, change in occupancy, changes to the physical site
including drainage or landscaping, additions or modifications to the building after the
effective date of this UDC, or any amendment shall be subject to all provisions of this UDC.
B.
A Planned Area Development (PAD), or Planned Residential Development (PRD) Plan,
approved prior to this ordinance, will guide and control development uses permitted for
such property.
C.
Any use not described and included by this ordinance as being a permitted use, a use
subject to supplemental use conditions, or a use subject to conditional use permit within a
specific zoning district is prohibited within that zoning district, and is a violation of this
ordinance unless otherwise stated herein.

│ Unified Development Code

ARTICLE 2 - ZONING DISTRICTS
This Section establishes the zoning districts applied to property within the City, determines how the zoning
districts are applied on the Zoning Map, and identifies general permitted land uses and development standards
for each zoning district.
35.2.000 ZONING DISTRICTS AND MAP ESTABLISHED
35.2.001 Zoning Districts Established
To classify and separate the uses of land, buildings, and structures for implementing the City of
Glendale Unified Development Code, the City of Glendale is divided into the zoning and overlay
districts listed below.
Table 2.001-1: Zoning Districts Established
Abbreviation
Zoning District
Legacy Zoning
Agricultural District

A-1
Agricultural

Rural/Suburban Residence Districts

RR-45
Rural Residence-45

SR-30
Suburban Residence-30

SR-17
Suburban Residence-17

SR-12
Suburban Residence-12

Single Residence Districts

R1-10
Single Residence-10

R1-8
Single Residence-8

R1-7
Single Residence-7

R1-6
Single Residence-6

R1-4
Single Residence-4

Multiple Residence Districts

R-2
Mixed Residence-2

R-3
Multiple Residence-3

R-4
Multiple Residence-4

R-5
Multiple Residence-5

Professional Office Districts

R-O
Residential Office

C-O
Commercial Office

G-O
General Office

Commercial Districts

C-1
Neighborhood Commercial
NSC – Neighborhood Shopping Center
C-2
General Commercial
SC – Shopping Center, CSC –
Community Shopping Center
C-3
Heavy Commercial

PR
Pedestrian Retail

Business/Industrial Districts

B-P
Business Park

M-1
Light Industrial

M-2
Heavy Industrial

│ Unified Development Code

Special Districts

PAD
Planned Area Development

SU
Special Use

Overlay Districts

PRD
Planned Residential Development

ARO
Adaptive Reuse

IDO
Infill Development

AIO
Airport Impact

MH
Mobile/Manufactured Home

HP
Historic Preservation

SCO
Senior Citizen

GCO
Glendale Centerline

SEC
Scenic Corridor

SOC
Sonorita Community

35.2.002 Map Established
A.
The location and boundaries of the zoning districts established by this Code shall be
designated upon the official “Zoning Map of the City of Glendale.” The Zoning Map, together
with all data shown on the map and all amendments hereafter adopted, is by reference
made a part of this Code.
B.
The Development Services Department shall keep as a digital file the original and all
revised versions of the Official Zoning Map. The most recent approved iteration of the map
shall be clearly labeled. A copy of the Official Zoning Map shall be available for inspection
by the general public in the Development Services Department Office during normal
business hours. Access to a digital Zoning Map shall satisfy this requirement.
1. Any changes to the official Zoning Map shall be considered an amendment to the
official Zoning Map and filed in accordance with Section 35.6.207 of this Code.
2. The official Zoning Map may, from time to time, be republished to delineate any change
of zoning approved pursuant to Section 35.6.207 of this Code or any other
amendments thereto.

35.2.003 Boundary Determination
A.
Where there is uncertainty with respect to the boundaries of any zoning district on the
Official Zoning Map, the following rules shall apply:
1. Where district boundaries are indicated as approximately following streets or highway
rights-of-way, the center line of such street or highway right-of-way shall be construed
to be such boundaries;
2. Where district boundaries are so indicated that they approximately follow property
lines, such lines shall be construed to be the boundary;
3. Where district boundaries are so indicated that they are approximately parallel to
rights-of-way of streets or highways, such district boundaries shall be construed as
being parallel thereto, and at such distance therefrom as indicated on the Official
Zoning Map.

│ Unified Development Code

4. Such district boundary lines are intended to follow street, alley, lot, or property lines as
the same exists at the time of passage of this ordinance, except where such district
boundary lines are fixed by specific dimensions shown on the Official Zoning Map in
which case such dimensions shall govern. In the event that a vacated street, alley,
right-of-way, or easement was a boundary between two districts, the new zoning district
boundaries shall be at the new property line, provided, however, that where such
vacation does not involve the establishment of new property lines, the zone district
boundary shall be fixed at a point along the center line of the vacated street, alley,
right-of-way, or easement.
B.
Where the application of the above rules do not clarify the zoning district boundary location
the Development Services Director or designee shall make a decision with appeal to the
Board of Adjustment.

35.2.100 AGRICULTURAL DISTRICT
35.2.101 Purpose Statement
Agricultural (A-1). The purpose of this district is to accommodate semi-rural or vacant lands,
which may be suitable for interim agricultural uses and which may not require the full range of
urban services. The district provides for agricultural uses, single-residences, public uses and
multi-purpose arenas until transition to suburban or urban land uses in accordance with the
General Plan.
35.2.102 Agricultural Use Standards
Table 2.100-1: Table of Allowed Uses for the Agricultural District, lists land uses and indicates
whether they are permitted by right, as a conditional use, as a special use, or prohibited in each
Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-specific standards that
may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual abbreviations utilized
in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific
use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8 - Definitions.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.

│ Unified Development Code

D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.
E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.
F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted(is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized
to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific
use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.
Table 2.100-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Agricultural District
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use
District
Agricultural Zoning District
A-1
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Agriculture Use Category
Agriculture, General
P

Agriculture, Intensive Operation
C

Agriculture, Stables
P
Sec. 35.3.101.A
Agritainment
C
Sec. 35.3.101.B
Residential Use Category
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached
P
Sec. 35.3.102.A
Dwelling, Modular Home
P
Sec. 35.3.102.D
Dwelling, Tiny Home
P
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Residential Care Home
P
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Short-term or Vacation Rental
P

Public/Semi-Public Use Category
Cemetery or Mausoleum
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.100-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Agricultural District
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use
District
Agricultural Zoning District
A-1
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Community Playfields and Parks
P

Golf Course
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government Offices and Civic
Buildings
P

Place of Worship
P
Sec. 35.3.105.A
Utility Facility and Service Yard,
Major
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility, Minor
P

Wireless Facility (Including Tower
and Supporting Facilities)
P
Sec. 35.3.105.D
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Commercial Entertainment,
Outdoor
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Animal Supply and Feed Store
P
Sec. 35.3.103.B
Hotels, Resort
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Industrial Use Category
Broadcast Tower
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Helistops or Heliports
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Resource Extraction and Processing
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902

35.2.103 Agricultural District Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.100-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in the Agricultural District, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Code. General
exceptions to these regulations and rules for measuring compliance can be found in Article 8.
Regulations governing accessory uses and structures can be found in Section 35.3.200.
Table 2.100-2: Agricultural District Development Standards
Zoning District
Lot Dimensions, minimum
Setbacks [3]
Lot
Coverage,
maximum
(%)[4]
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [2]
Net Lot Area
(acres)
Lot Width
(feet) [1]
Front
(feet)
Side
(feet)
Rear
(feet)
A-1
40
N/A
75
50
50
10
30
NOTES:
[1]
Lot width is measured at front setback
[2]
Two story maximum
[3]
Parcels zoned A-1 and established after December 16, 1960 and prior to September 13, 1983 that do not meet the
minimum lot area shall adhere to the following setbacks:
•
Front yard: A depth not less than established by the main building on the nearest lot within one-hundred feet.
On a lot that is not within one hundred (100) feet of a lot with an established front yard, the front yard shall
not be less than twenty (20) feet.

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.100-2: Agricultural District Development Standards
Zoning District
Lot Dimensions, minimum
Setbacks [3]
Lot
Coverage,
maximum
(%)[4]
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [2]
Net Lot Area
(acres)
Lot Width
(feet) [1]
Front
(feet)
Side
(feet)
Rear
(feet)
•
Side yard for interior lots: two (2) side yards, One side not less than seven (7) feet except on a lot with no
access to alley, then it shall be five (5) feet on one side and ten (10) feet on the other.
•
Side yard for corner lots: a ten (10) foot side yard shall be maintained on the street side of the lot, and five (5)
feet for the other side.
•
Rear yard: A minimum of fifteen (15) feet.
Parcels zoned A-1 and established after September 13, 1983 and prior to July 23, 1993 that do not meet the minimum
lot area shall adhere to the following setbacks:
•
Front yard: A depth not less than established by the main building on the nearest lot within one-hundred feet.
On a lot that is not within one hundred (100) feet of a lot with an established front yard, the front yard shall
not be less than twenty-five (25) feet.
•
Side yard for interior lots: two (2) side yards, One side not less than fifteen (15) feet in width.
•
Rear yard: A minimum of twenty-five (25) feet.
[4]
Parcels zoned A-1 and established after December 16, 1960 and prior to September 13, 1983 are allowed a maximum
40% lot coverage. Parcels zoned A-1 and established after September 13, 1983 and prior to July 23, 1993 are allowed
a maximum 20% lot coverage.
A.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.
2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.
5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes, Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.200 RURAL/SUBURBAN RESIDENCE DISTRICTS
35.2.201 Purpose Statements
Rural Residence – 45 (RR-45). This district seeks to encourage and preserve very low-density
residential uses in areas of the city that may not require the full range of urban services. The
intent of these districts is to provide a rural character with liberal livestock and animal provisions.
Non-residential land uses within the districts are limited in nature to maintain a rural residential
character.
Suburban Residence – 30 (SR-30). This district seeks to encourage and preserve low density
residential uses with a minimum lot size of 30,000 square feet. The intent of these districts is
also to reduce land use conflicts between urban and agriculture by providing a transition in

│ Unified Development Code

intensity between rural and urban residential uses. Nonresidential land uses within the districts
are limited in nature to maintain a residential character.
Suburban Residence – 17 (SR-17). This district seeks to encourage and preserve low density
residential uses with a minimum lot size of 17,000 square feet. The intent of these districts is
also to reduce land use conflicts between urban and agriculture by providing a transition in
intensity between rural and urban residential uses. Nonresidential land uses within the districts
are limited in nature to maintain a residential character.
Suburban Residence – 12 (SR-12). This district seeks to encourage and preserve low density
residential uses with a minimum lot size of 12,000 square feet. The intent of these districts is
also to reduce land use conflicts between urban and agriculture by providing a transition in
intensity between rural and urban residential uses. Nonresidential land uses within the districts
are limited in nature to maintain a residential character.
35.2.202 Rural/Suburban Residence Districts Use Standards
Table 2.200-1: Table of Allowed Uses for the Rural/Suburban Districts, lists land uses and
indicates whether they are permitted by right or with approval of a conditional use permit, or
prohibited in each Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-
specific standards that may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual
abbreviations utilized in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific
use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8 - Definitions.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.
D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.
E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.

│ Unified Development Code

F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted (is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized
to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific
use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.

Table 2.200-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Rural/Suburban Residence Districts
Specific Use
Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Rural/Suburban Residence Zoning Districts
RR-45
SR-30
SR-17
SR-12
Supplemental
Use Regulations
Agriculture Use Category
Agriculture,
General
P
X
X
X

Agriculture,
Stables
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.101.A
Agritainment
C
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.101.B
Urban
Agriculture,
Noncommercial
C
C
C
C

Residential Use Category
Bed & Breakfast
C
C
C
C

Dwelling, Single-
Family Detached
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.A
Dwelling,
Modular Home
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.D
Model Home
Complex
X
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.G
Residential Care
Home
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Short-term or
Vacation Rental
P
P
P
P

Public/Semi-Public Use Category
Cemetery or
Mausoleum
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902

│ Unified Development Code

Community
Recreation
Center
P
P
P
P

Country Club
P
P
P
P

Golf Course
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government
Offices and Civic
Buildings
P
P
P
P

Place of
Worship
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.A
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities;
without
Dormitories
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Utility Facility
and Service
Yard, Major
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility,
Minor
P
P
P
P

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.203 Rural/Suburban Residence Districts Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.200-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in rural/suburban residence districts, except as otherwise expressly stated in this
Code. General exceptions to these regulations and rules for measuring compliance can be found
in Article 8. Regulations governing accessory uses and structures can be found in Section
35.3.200.
Table 2.200-2: Rural/Suburban Residence Districts Development Standards

Zoning
District
Lot Dimensions, minimum
Setbacks
Lot
Coverage,
maximum
(%)
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet)
Common
Open Space,
minimum
(% of net
common lot
area)[2]
Net Lot Area
(square feet)
Lot Width
(feet) [1]
Front
(feet)
Side
(feet)
Rear
(feet)
RR-45
45,000
125
40
25
40
20
30
30
SR-30
30,000
125
40
20
40
25
30
30
SR-17
17,000
110
25
15
30
30
30
30
SR-12
12,000
100
25
10
25
35
30
30
NOTES:
[1]
Lot width is measured at front setback.
[2]
Applicable to non-residential uses only.
A.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.
2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.
5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes, Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.300 SINGLE RESIDENCE DISTRICTS
35.2.301 Purpose Statements
Single Residence - 10 (R1-10). The purpose of this district is to provide for the protection of
established neighborhoods and promote new single-family residential development with a
minimum lot size of 10,000 square feet. Certain neighborhood elements such as places of
worship, public schools, and other civic uses may also be associated with the Single-Family
Residential zoning category.

│ Unified Development Code

Single Residence - 8 (R1-8). The purpose of this district is to provide for the protection of
established neighborhoods and promote new single-family residential development with a
minimum lot size of 8,000 square feet. Certain neighborhood elements such as places of
worship, public schools, and other civic uses may also be associated with the Single-Family
Residential zoning category.
Single Residence - 7 (R1-7). The purpose of this district is to provide for the protection of
established neighborhoods and promote new single-family residential development with a
minimum lot size of 7,000 square feet. Certain neighborhood elements such as places of
worship, public schools, and other civic uses may also be associated with the Single-Family
Residential zoning category.
Single Residence - 6 (R1-6). The purpose of this district is to maintain the character of
undeveloped and developed properties with R1-6 zoning, accommodate certain neighborhood
facilities such as churches and schools with existing R1-6 zoning, and to allow the application of
new R1-6 zoning only in the special circumstances identified in the required findings for the
district.
Single Residence - 4 (R1-4). Preserve and provide for urban detached or attached single
residence housing. The primary intent of this district is to encourage the establishment of
functional and attractively designed patio home developments. The subdivision and housing
product shall be designed for rear yard privacy and useable private open space.
35.2.302 Single Residence Districts Use Standards
Table 2.300-1: Table of Allowed Uses for Single Residence Districts, lists land uses and indicates
whether they are permitted by right or with approval of a conditional use permit, or prohibited in
each Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-specific standards
that may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual abbreviations
utilized in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific
use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8 Definitions.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.
D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.

│ Unified Development Code

E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.
F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted(is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized
to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific
use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.

Table 2.300-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Single Residence Districts
Specific Use
Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Single Residence Zoning Districts
R1-10
R1-8
R1-7
R1-6
R1-4
Supplemental
Use Regulations
Agriculture Use Category
Urban
Agriculture,
Noncommercial
C
C
C
C
C

Residential Use Category
Dwelling,
Duplex
X
X
X
X
P

Dwelling, Single-
Family Attached
X
X
X
X
P

Dwelling, Single-
Family Detached
P
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.A
Dwelling,
Modular Home
P
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.D
Residential Care
Home
P
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Model Home
Complex
P
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.G
Short-Term or
Vacation Rental
P
P
P
P
P

Public/Semi-Public Use Category
Cemetery or
Mausoleum
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902

│ Unified Development Code

Community
Recreation
Center
P
P
P
P
P

Country Club
P
P
P
P
P

Golf Course
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government
Offices and Civic
Buildings
P
P
P
P
P

Place of
Worship
P
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.A
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities;
without
Dormitories
C
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Utility Facility
and Service
Yard, Major
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility,
Minor
P
P
P
P
P

Wireless Facility
(Including
Tower and
Supporting
Facilities)
P
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.D
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Commercial
Entertainment,
Outdoor
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Hotels, Resort
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Industrial Use Category
Broadcast
Tower
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Helistops or
Heliports
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Resource
Extraction and
Processing
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
(requires
SU)
Sec. 35.2.902

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.303 Single Residence Districts Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.300-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in single residence districts, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Code.
General exceptions to these regulations and rules for measuring compliance can be found in
Article 8. Regulations governing accessory uses and structures can be found in Section
35.3.200.
Table 2.300-2: Single Residence Districts Development Standards

Zoning District

Lot Dimensions,
minimum
Setbacks11
Lot
Coverage,
maximum
(%)
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [9]
Common
Open
Space,
minimum
(% of net
common
lot
area)[10]
Net Lot
Area
(square
feet)
Lot
Width
(feet) [1]
Front
(feet) [2]
Side
(feet) [7]
Rear
(feet) [8]
R1-10
10,000
90
15-20
10
25
40
30
30
R1-8
8,000
80
15-20
5 & 10 [3]
20
40
30
30
R1-7
7,000
70
15-20
5 & 10 [3]
20
40
30
30
R1-6
6,000
60
15-20
5 & 10 [3]
20 [6]
40
30
30
R1-4
4,000
40
15-20
0 - 10
[4][5]
15
45
30
30
NOTES:

[1]
Lot width is measured at front setback.
[2]
Front setback shall be fifteen (15) feet to living area or for side entry garages and/or covered front porch. Front setback shall be
twenty (20) feet for front entry garages and carports.
[3]
Minimum separation between buildings on adjacent lots shall be fifteen (15) feet.
[4]
For Single-Family Detached uses, minimum separation between buildings on adjacent lots shall be ten (10) feet.
[5]
For Single-Family Attached uses, side yard setbacks with common walls may be zero (0) feet.
[6]
Minimum rear setback for parcels approved prior to June 22, 1993 shall be fifteen (15) feet.
[7]
For all street side setbacks, the minimum street side yard setback shall be ten (10) feet. When an open space tract with a
minimum width of five (5) feet is located between the lot and the street, the intent of the additional setback separation is
satisfied. However, in no instance shall the building be located any closer to the street side property line than the prescribed
internal side yard setback for that property. This will be applied to properties located within conventional subdivisions as well as
to those within planned projects (i.e. PRD or PAD).
[8]
For private alleys established after the effective date (enter date) of this Code, the rear setback for alley-loaded garages may be
zero (0) for the garage face only and garage height shall be limited to twelve (12) feet.
[9]
Limit to two-story maximum.
[10]
Applicable to non-residential uses only.
[11]
Fireplaces may encroach into the front, side, and rear setbacks a maximum of two-and-one-half (2½) feet. Bay windows may
encroach into front, side, and rear setbacks a maximum of two-and-one-half (2½) feet for a distance not to exceed ten (10) feet
on any building elevation. The bay window must maintain a minimum of five (5) feet separation between it and any property
line.
I.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.

│ Unified Development Code

2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.
5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes, Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.400 MULTIPLE RESIDENCE DISTRICTS
35.2.401 Purpose Statements
Mixed Residence - 2 (R-2). This district provides a transition from urban single residence districts
to a mixture of residential land uses which include low-density, multiple-residence dwellings. The
intent of the district is to preserve and encourage the development of a variety of attached and
detached housing units which include private yards and common open space and recreational
amenities. The district encourages the clustering of single residence units which can provide a
varied residential environment.
Multiple Residence - 3 (R-3). The district provides for medium density urban residential
development. The intent of the district is to allow a variety of building types, including
apartments, townhouses, and clustered housing.
Multiple Residence – 4 (R-4). This district provides for and encourages development of multiple
residence dwellings, which include varied project amenities. The intent of the district is to permit
high-density urban development with a mixture of uses of a similar intensity.
Multiple Residence – 5 (R-5). This district provides high-density urban residential development
in locations consistent with the General Plan. This district's intent is to accommodate multi-story
residential within downtown and designated activity centers.
35.2.402 Multiple Residence Districts Use Standards
Table 2.400-1: Table of Allowed Uses for Multiple Residence Districts, lists land uses and
indicates whether they are permitted by right or with approval of a conditional use permit, or
prohibited in each Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-
specific standards that may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual
abbreviations utilized in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific

│ Unified Development Code

use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8 Definitions.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.
D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.
E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.
F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted(is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized
to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific
use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.

Residential Use Category

│ Unified Development Code

Dwelling, Single-
Family Attached
P
P
P
X

Dwelling, Single-
Family Detached
P[1]
P[1]
P[1]
X
Sec. 35.3.102.A
Dwelling, For
Rent Community
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.C
Dwelling, Multi-
Family
P
P
P
P

Dwelling,
Live/Work
X
X
X
C
Sec. 35.3.102.B
Mixed-Use
Residential
X
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.102.E
Dwelling,
Modular Home
P
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.102.D
Group Care
Home

C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Model Home
Complex
P
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.102.G
Residential Care
Home
P
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Residential Care
Center
X
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Senior Care,
Assisted Living,
and Memory
Care Facilities
X
X
X
C

Short-term or
Vacation Rental
P
P
P
P

Public/Semi-Public Use Category
Cemetery or
Mausoleum
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Child Care,
Center
C
C
C
C

Community
Playfields and
Parks
P
P
P
P

Community
Recreation
Center
P
P
P
P

Country Club
P
P
P
P

Golf Course
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government
Offices and Civic
Buildings
P
P
P
P

Place of Worship
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.A
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.400-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Multiple Residence Districts
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Multiple Residence Zoning Districts
R-2
R-3
R-4
R-5
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Universities;
without
Dormitories
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities; with
Dormitories
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Utility Facility and
Service Yard,
Major
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility,
Minor
P
P
P
P

Wireless Facility
(Including Tower
and Supporting
Facilities)
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.D
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Commercial
Entertainment,
Outdoor
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Hotels, Resort
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Industrial Use Category
Broadcast Tower
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Helistops or
Heliports
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Resource
Extraction and
Processing
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
[1] Dwelling, Single Family Detached uses shall only be permitted for lots that were lawfully established and
recorded prior to the date of the passage of this ordinance (insert date) and that do not meet the minimum
dimension standards as defined in Table 2.400-2 for the zoning district in which they are located.

35.2.403 Multiple Residence Districts Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.400-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in multiple residence districts, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Code.
General exceptions to these regulations and rules for measuring compliance can be found in
Article 8. Regulations governing accessory uses and structures can be found in Section
35.3.200.

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.400-2: Multiple Residence District Development Standards

Zoning District
Density,
Maximum
(dwelling
units/ gross
acre)
Common Lot [1] [2]
Dimensions, minimum
Perimeter
Setbacks [6]
Lot
Coverage,
maximum
(% of net
common
lot area)
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [12]
Common
Open
Space,
minimum
(% of net
common
lot
area)[13]
Net Lot Area
(square feet)
Lot Width
(feet) [5]
Front, Side,
& Rear
(feet)
R-2
Residential
Uses
12
3,630 [3] [4]
N/A
15 [7] [8]
50
36[9]
30
All other
Uses
N/A
10,000
60
R-3
Residential
Uses
16
2,720 [3] [4]
N/A
20 [7] [8]
50
36[9]
30
All other
Uses
N/A
6,000
60
R-4
Residential
Uses
20
2,178 [3] [4]
N/A
20 [7] [8]
50
48[10]
30
All other
Uses
N/A
6,000
60
R-5
Residential
Uses
30
1,452 [3] [4]
N/A
20
55
56[11]
25
All other
Uses
N/A
21,780
NOTES:
[1]
A common lot shall be the original site or lot in which permitted buildings/dwelling, multi-family uses are placed,
or in which all subsequent permitted individual lots/dwelling, single-family uses are placed.
[2]
If a common lot has less area or width than required by the standards below and was lawfully established and
recorded prior to the date of the passage of this ordinance (insert date), such lot may be used for any purpose
permitted for the zoning district in which the lot is located, subject to all other applicable regulations and
standards of this code.
[3]
Minimum Net Lot Area per Dwelling Unit (square feet).
[4]
For permitted Single-Family Detached uses as specified in Table 2.400-1, such uses shall adhere to the
development standards of the zoning district that is most comparable to the net lot area of the subject parcel, as
determined by the Development Services Director or designee.
[5]
Lot width is measured at front setback of common lot.
[6]
A perimeter setback shall be provided for the common lot only. Individual lots within a common lot are not
subject to setbacks, except interior building separation shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet unless otherwise
stated herein or as required by the building code.
[7]
Perimeter setbacks shall increase by one (1) foot per one (1) foot increase in height over twenty (20) feet, up to a
maximum perimeter setback of twenty-five (25) feet.
[8]
When adjacent to a Single Residence Zoning District, regardless of height, base side and rear perimeter setbacks
shall be increased by ten (10) feet.

[9]
Limit to three story maximum.
[10]
Limit to four story maximum.
[11]
Limit to five story maximum.
[12]
Refer to Section 35.2.800 – Special Development Standards for additional building height and FAR regulations for
specific locations within the City. In the event of conflict between these standards, the standard that is greatest
shall apply.
[13]
Applicable to multiple family residential and non-residential uses only.

│ Unified Development Code

A.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.
2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.
5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes, Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.500 COMMERCIAL DISTRICTS
35.2.501 Purpose Statements
Neighborhood Commercial District (C-1). The intent of the Neighborhood Commercial district is
to address on a limited basis the needs of the surrounding residential development by providing
goods and services generally described as convenience goods and services. The district is
intended for smaller scale uses from retail commercial, personal services, business services,
and professional and administrative offices. Businesses which might create a nuisance to the
immediate residential area are excluded even though the goods and services they provide may
be of the convenience nature.
General Commercial District (C-2). The intent of this district is to accommodate either integrated
or freestanding commercial uses and services. Uses serve neighborhood scale and community
level needs as well as may attract regional shoppers. The district is characterized by a wide range
of retail uses operated within primarily enclosed buildings while incorporating an overall design
which furthers a pedestrian orientation. Orientation is to major streets with individual access
points, signage, and parking areas.
Heavy Commercial District (C-3). This district accommodates wholesale and service uses which
serve more intensive, community or regional scale needs. Uses include those with strong
orientation to repair services and intensive retail or wholesale functions which may include
outside storage of materials or finished products.
Pedestrian Retail (PR). The intent of the Pedestrian-Retail District is to promote and maintain
the character of a pedestrian-oriented retail district by encouraging the maintenance and
improvement of the pedestrian environment, protecting and improving the economic viability of
the district, ensuring new buildings are designed to be compatible with human scale, and
reducing conflicts between pedestrians and vehicular traffic. The district encourages pedestrian
retail and service activities where shoppers will visit several stores after parking or arriving by
public transit.
35.2.502 Commercial Districts Use Standards
Table 2.500-1: Table of Allowed Uses for Commercial Districts, lists land uses and indicates
whether they are permitted by right or with approval of a conditional use permit, or prohibited in
each Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-specific standards

│ Unified Development Code

that may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual abbreviations
utilized in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific
use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.
D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.
E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.
F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted (is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized
to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific
use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.

│ Unified Development Code

Residential Use Category
Dwelling,
Live/Work
X
X
X
C
Sec. 35.3.102.B
Dwelling,
Mixed-Use
Residential
X
X
X
P
Sec. 35.3.102.E
Group Care
Home
X
X
C
X
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Residential Care
Center
P
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Senior Care,
Assisted Living,
and Memory
Care Facilities
C
P
P
C

Short-term or
Vacation Rental
X
X
X
P

Public/Semi-Public Use Category
Business or
Trade School
X
C
C
X

Cemetery or
Mausoleum
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Child Care,
Center
P
P
P
C

Community
Playfields and
Parks
P
P
P
P

Community
Recreation
Center
P
P
P
P

Conference or
Convention
Center
C
P
P
C

Country Club
C
C
X
X

Cultural Facility
or Museum
P
P
P
P

Funeral Home
or Crematorium
X
P
P
X

Golf Course
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government
Offices and Civic
Buildings
P
P
P
P

Place of
Worship
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.A

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.500-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Commercial Districts
Specific Use
Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Commercial Zoning Districts
C-1
C-2
C-3
PR
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities;
without
Dormitories
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities;
with
Dormitories
C
C
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Social Club or
Lodge
X
C
C
X
Sec. 35.3.105.C
Social Service
Facility
X
C
C
X

Utility Facility
and Service
Yard, Major
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility,
Minor
P
P
P
C

Wireless Facility
(Including Tower
and Supporting
Facilities)
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.D
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Adult Business
X
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.A
Alcoholic
Beverages,
Retail Sales
C
P
P
C

Animal Supply
and Feed Store
X
P
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.B
Animal Pet Day
Care Facility
X
P
P
X
Sec 35.3.103.B
Animal Pet Store
X
C
C
C

Antique Shop
P
P
P
P

Art
Gallery/Studio
P
P
P
P

Automotive,
Commercial
Parking Lot
P
P
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.E
Automotive,
Parking
Structures
X
C
C
C

Automotive and
Recreational
Vehicle Rentals
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.C
Automotive and
Recreational
Vehicle Sales
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.D

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.500-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Commercial Districts
Specific Use
Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Commercial Zoning Districts
C-1
C-2
C-3
PR
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Automotive
Refueling
Station
C
P
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.F
Automotive
Repair and
Service, Major
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.G
Automotive
Repair and
Service, Minor
C
C
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.H
Bar or Cocktail
Lounge
X
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.I
Car Wash
C
P
P
X

Coffee Shop,
Café or Bakery
P
P
P
P

Commercial
Entertainment,
Indoor
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Commercial
Entertainment,
Outdoor
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Convenience
Store
C
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.K
Deferred
Presentment
Companies
X
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.L
Donation
Centers
C
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.M
Drive-Through
C
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.N
Financial
Institution
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.O
Health and
Fitness Centers
X
C
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.P
Hotels and
Motels
X
C
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.Q
Hotels, Resort
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Household
Appliance,
Furniture, and
Small
Equipment
Rentals.
X
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.R
Laundry,
Commercial
X
X
P
X

Massage and
Spa
Establishments
C
P
P
C

Medical, Offices
and Clinics
P
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.S

│ Unified Development Code

Medical,
Hospitals
X
X
P
X

Marijuana
Dispensary
X
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.T
Microbrewery,
Craft Distillery
or Tasting Room
C
P
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.U
Nightclub and
Live
Entertainment
X
P
P
C
Sec. 35.3.103.W
Office, Business
or Professional
P
P
P
P

Pawn Shops
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.X
Personal
Services
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.Y
Restaurant
P
P
P
P

Retail, General
P
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.AA
Retail, Large
C
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.BB
Shooting Range,
Indoor
X
C
C
X

Shopping
Center,
Community
X
C
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.J
Shopping
Center,
Neighborhood
C
C
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.V
Recreation,
Indoor
X
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.Z
Recreation,
outdoor
X
C
C
X

Retail, Smoke
and Vape Shop
X
C
P
X

Tattoo and
Piercing Studio
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.CC
Thrift Stores
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.DD
Veterinary Clinic
X
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.EE
Veterinary
Hospital,
Emergency
X
C
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.FF
Industrial Use Category
Animal Kennel /
Animal Shelter
X
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.104.A
Broadcast
Studios
X
X
C
X
Sec. 35.3.104.C

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.500-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Commercial Districts
Specific Use
Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Commercial Zoning Districts
C-1
C-2
C-3
PR
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Broadcast
Tower
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Building
Material Sales
X
X
P
X

Community
Correctional
Facilities
X
X
C
X

Data Center
X
C
C
X

Heavy
Equipment Sales
and Rental
X
X
C
X

Helistops or
Heliports
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Nursery, Retail
X
P
P
X

Resource
Extraction and
Processing
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Storage,
Recreational
vehicles
X
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.104.H
Storage, Self-
service
X
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.104.I

35.2.503 Commercial Districts Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.500-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in commercial districts, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Code.
Table 2.500-2: Commercial Districts Development Standards
Zoning District
Density,
Maximum
(dwelling
units/
gross acre)
Lot Dimensions
Minimum Setback [1]
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [4]
Common
Open
Space,
minimum
(% of net
lot area)
Net Lot
Area,
minimum
(square feet)
Net Lot
Area,
maximum
(square feet)
Front
(feet)
Side
(feet)
Street
Side
(feet)
Rear
(feet)
C-1
N/A
N/A
20 ac
30
60 [2]
25
60 [2]
30
20
C-2
N/A
N/A
N/A
30[5]
60 [2] [3]
25
60 [2] [3]
30[5]
20
C-3
N/A
N/A
N/A
30[5]
60 [2] [3]
25
60 [2] [3]
30[5]
20
PR
--[6]
N/A
N/A
0-10
0
0
0
48
N/A
NOTES:

[1]
Building setbacks along arterial streets shall be as stated or a minimum of one (1) foot for each one (1) foot of
building height, whichever is greatest, unless alternatively specified below. This requirement shall not apply within
the PR District.
[2]
Building setbacks shall be sixty (60) feet when adjacent to residential uses, fifteen (15) feet when adjacent to non-
residential uses.
[3]
For lot areas twenty (20) acres or more in size, side and rear setbacks shall be eighty (80) feet when adjacent to
residential uses and twenty-five (25) feet when adjacent to non-residential uses.

│ Unified Development Code

[4]
Refer to Section 35.2.800 – Special Development Standards for additional building height and FAR regulations for
specific locations within the City. In the event of conflict between these standards, the standard that is greatest shall
apply.
[5]
Unless otherwise permitted in Section 35.2.800– Special Development Standards, additional height may be
permitted subject to the following. Side and rear building setbacks shall increase two (2) feet for every one (1) foot
of building height over thirty (30) feet when adjacent to a residential use or one (1) foot of additional setback for
every one (1) foot of building height when adjacent to a non-residential use. Maximum height shall not exceed fifty-
six (56) feet. Any building height above fifty-six (56) feet shall require approval of a conditional use permit.
[6]
Maximum density in the PR District shall be determined based on the specified land use classification in the General
Plan.

35.2.600 PROFESSIONAL OFFICE DISTRICTS
35.2.601 Purpose Statements
Residential Office District (R-O). Provide for low-intensity professional office uses developed on
a residential scale. The district serves as a transition between more intense commercial areas
and residential land uses. It allows for residential use and office use of residential structures in
areas transitioning to limited office uses. The district is to provide compatible residential
conversions or new office construction consistent with adjacent residential uses. Site
development standards are directed at screening of parking lots and controlled vehicular
access.
Commercial Office District (C-O). The commercial office district provides for financial and
professional service offices located on arterial streets or adjacent to commercial areas. It may
be in proximity to other businesses or provide a transition between commercial uses and
adjacent residential development. The intent is to accommodate office development at an
intermediate scale with strict performance controls.
General Office District (G-O). Provide for large multiple-story office development which includes
a building or cluster of buildings that provide professional office uses, support retail, and office
support services. The district is to provide for major employment concentrations with projects
designed to be compatible with surrounding residential uses.

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.602 Professional Office Use Standards
Table 2.600-1: Table of Allowed Uses for Professional Office Districts, lists land uses and
indicates whether they are permitted by right or with approval of a conditional use permit, or
prohibited in each Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-
specific standards that may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual
abbreviations utilized in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific
use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.
D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.
E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.
F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted (is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized
to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific

│ Unified Development Code

use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.

Table 2.600-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Professional Office Districts
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Professional Office Zoning Districts
R-O
C-O
G-O
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Residential Use Category
Dwelling, Single-Family
Detached [1]
P
C
X
Sec. 35.3.102.A
Dwelling, Live/Work [1]
P
C
X
Sec. 35.3.102.B
Residential Care Home
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.102.F
Short-term or Vacation
Rental
P
X
X

Public/Semi-Public Use Category
Business or Trade School
X
P
P

Cemetery or Mausoleum
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Child Care, Center
C
C
C

Community Playfields
and Parks
P
P
P

Community Recreation
Center
P
X
X

Conference or
Convention Center
C
P
P

Cultural Facility or
Museum
P
P
P

Golf Course
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government Offices and
Civic Buildings
P
P
P

Place of Worship
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.A
Private Schools, Colleges,
and Universities; without
Dormitories
X
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Private Schools, Colleges,
and Universities; with
Dormitories
X
C
C
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Utility Facility and
Service Yard, Major
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility, Minor
P
P
P

Wireless Facility
(Including Tower and
Supporting Facilities)
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.D
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Automotive, Commercial
Parking Lot
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.E
Automotive,
Parking Structures
X
X
P

│ Unified Development Code

Commercial
Entertainment, Outdoor
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Drive-Through
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.N
Financial Institution
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.O
Hotels, Resort
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Massage and Spa
Establishments
X
C
C

Medical, Offices and
Clinics
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.S
Medical, Urgent Care
X
X
P

Medical, Hospitals
X
X
P

Marijuana Dispensary
X
X
P
Sec. 35.3.103.T
Office, Business or
Professional
P
P
P

Personal Services
X
X
P
Sec. 35.3.103.Y
Restaurant
X
C
P

Retail, General
X
X
P
Sec. 35.3.103.AA
Veterinary Clinic
X
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.EE
Industrial Use Category
Broadcast Tower
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Helistops or Heliports
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Resource Extraction and
Processing
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
[1] Shall be limited to a single residence occupied by owner or employee of business on the property.

35.2.603 Professional Office Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.600-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in Professional Office districts, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Code.
Table 2.600-2: Professional Office Districts Development Standards
Zoning
District
Density,
Maximum
(dwelling
units/
gross acre)
Lot Dimensions
Minimum Setback [3]
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [4] [5]
Common
Open Space,
minimum (%
of net lot
area)
Net Lot
Area,
minimum
(square feet)
Net Lot
Area,
maximum
(square feet)
Front
(feet)
Side
(feet)
Street
Side
(feet)
Rear
(feet)
R-O
--[1]
6,000 [2]
N/A
20
10
25
25
30
30
C-O
--[1]
10,000
20
G-O
N/A
43,560
20

│ Unified Development Code

NOTES:

[1]
See footnote [1] in Table 2.600-1 for residential density restrictions.
[2]
Maximum building size three thousand (3,000) square feet of gross floor area.
[3]
Setbacks shall increase one (1) foot for every one (1) foot of building height when adjacent to a residential use, but at no
time shall be less than minimum setback.
[4]
Refer to Section 35.2.800 – Special Development Standards for additional building height and FAR regulations for specific
locations within the City. In the event of conflict between these standards, the standard that is greatest shall apply.
[5]
Unless otherwise permitted in Section 35.2.800 – Special Development Standards, in the C-O and G-O Districts, additional
height may be permitted subject to the following. Side and rear building setbacks shall increase two (2) feet for every
one (1) foot of building height over thirty (30) feet when adjacent to a residential use or one (1) foot of additional setback
for every one (1) foot of building height when adjacent to a non-residential use. Maximum height shall not exceed fifty-
six (56) feet. Any building height above fifty-six (56) feet shall require approval of a conditional use permit.
A.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.
2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.
5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes, Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.700 BUSINESS AND INDUSTRIAL DISTRICTS
35.2.701 Purpose Statements
Business Park District (B-P). The purpose of the Business Park district is to accommodate
employment uses including administrative and research industries, offices, and limited
manufacturing and support services. This district encourages large scale campus style
development with a mixture of uses supported by attractive streetscape and functional
pedestrian spaces that are compatible with adjacent or surrounding residential land uses.
Light Industrial District (M-1). This district is intended to accommodate industries involving light
manufacturing, assembling, warehousing, and wholesale activities of medium intensity
compatible with adjacent properties. Associated office and support commercial uses are also
included within this district. The indoor manufacturing or assembly of finished products may
occur so long as the primary use of the property is not the basic processing and compounding
of raw materials.
Heavy Industrial District (M-2). This district is intended to accommodate intense industries
involving manufacturing, warehousing, assembly, and storage. The uses include the production,
assembly, and processing of large products as well as those which may generate special impacts
on surrounding properties. The district is characterized by outdoor uses and/or storage,

│ Unified Development Code

industrial processes which involve significant amounts of heat, mechanical and chemical
processing, large amounts of materials transfer, and large-scale machinery and structures.
35.2.702 Business and Industrial Use Standards
Table 2.700-1: Table of Allowed Uses for Business and Industrial Districts, lists land uses and
indicates whether they are permitted by right or with approval of a conditional use permit, or
prohibited in each Zoning District. The Use Table also includes references to additional use-
specific standards that may be applicable to that use. The organization headings and individual
abbreviations utilized in the table are explained as follows:
A.
Use Category
The “use categories” are intended merely as an organizational tool and are not regulatory.
These use categories simply help to organize the list of “specific use types” into common
groupings for ease of reference.
B.
Specific Use Type
The “specific use types” are regulatory and function as the basis for defining present and
future land uses that are appropriate in each zoning district. Rather than list every possible
individual land use type, this list classifies individual land uses and activities into specific
use types based on common functional, product or physical characteristics; such as the
type and amount of activity, the type of customers or residents, and how goods or services
are sold or delivered and site conditions. Further definitions of each specific use type can
be found in Article 8.
C.
Permitted Uses
“P” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed by right in that zoning district.
D.
Conditional Uses
“C” in a cell indicates that the use is allowed in the respective zoning district only if reviewed
and approved in accordance with the procedures of Section 35.6.208, Conditional Use
Permits.
E.
Special Uses
“SU” in a cell indicates the use shall require approval of a Special Use in accordance with
35.2.902, Special Use District.
F.
Not Permitted
“X” in a cell indicates that the use is not permitted (is prohibited) in that zoning district.
G.
Use-Specific Standards
Section numbers listed in the “Supplemental Use Regulations” column denote the location
of additional regulations that are applicable to the specific use type; however, provisions
in other sections of this Ordinance may also apply.
H.
Non-Specified Uses
When a use cannot be reasonably classified into a specific use type, or appears to fit into
multiple specific use types, the Development Services Director or designee is authorized

│ Unified Development Code

to determine the most similar and thus most appropriate specific use type based on the
actual or projected characteristics of the individual use or activity (including but not limited
to size, scale, operating characteristics and external impacts) in relationship to the specific
use type definitions provided in Article 8. Appeal of the Director’s decision may be made
to the Board of Adjustment following the procedures under Section 35.6.209.

Cemetery or
Mausoleum
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Child Care, Center
P
X
X

Community
Playfields and Parks
P
P
P

Conference or
Convention Center
P
P
X

Fleet Storage Yard
P
P
P

Funeral Home or
Crematorium
X
P
P

Golf Course
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Government Offices
and Civic Buildings
P
P
P

Place of Worship
P
P
C
Sec. 35.3.105.A
Prison
X
X
C

Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities; without
Dormitories
C
X
X
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Private Schools,
Colleges, and
Universities; with
Dormitories
C
X
X
Sec. 35.3.105.B
Social Club or Lodge
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.105.C
Social Service Facility
C
C
X

Utility Facility and
Service Yard, Major
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Utility Facility, Minor
P
P
P

Wireless Facility
(Including Tower and
Supporting Facilities)
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.105.D
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Adult Business
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.A

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.700-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Business/Industrial Districts
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Business/Industrial Zoning Districts
B-P
M-1
M-2
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Animal Supply and
Feed Store
X
P
P
Sec 35.3.103.B
Animal Pet Day Care
Facility
X
P
P
Sec 35.3.103.B
Automotive,
Commercial Parking
Lot
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.E
Automotive,
Parking structures
C
C
C

Automotive and
Recreational Vehicle
Rentals
C
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.C
Automotive and
Recreational Vehicle
Sales
C
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.D
Automotive
Refueling Station
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.F
Automotive Repair
and Service, Major
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.G
Automotive Repair
and Service, Minor
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.H
Coffee Shop, Café or
Bakery
P
X
X

Commercial
Entertainment,
Outdoor
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Drive-Through
C
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.N
Financial Institution
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.O
Health and Fitness
Centers
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.P
Hotels and Motels
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.Q
Hotels, Resort
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Laundry,
Commercial
C
P
X

Medical, Offices and
Clinics
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.S
Marijuana
Designated
Caregiver Cultivation
Location
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.T
Marijuana
Dispensary
X
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.T
Marijuana
Dispensary Offsite
Cultivation Location
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.T
Marijuana
Manufacturing
Facility
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.T

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.700-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Business/Industrial Districts
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Business/Industrial Zoning Districts
B-P
M-1
M-2
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Microbrewery, Craft
Distillery or Tasting
Room
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.103.U
Office, Business or
Professional
P
P
X

Personal Services
P
X
X
Sec. 35.3.103.Y
Restaurant
P
P
X

Recreation, Indoor
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.Z
Recreation, Outdoor
C
C
X

Shooting Range,
Indoor
C
C
C

Veterinary Clinic
X
P
X
Sec. 35.3.103.EE
Veterinary Hospital,
Emergency
X
C
X
Sec. 35.3.103.FF
Industrial Use Category
Animal Kennel /
Animal Shelter
X
P
C
Sec. 35.3.104.A
Animal Training,
Outdoor
X
C
C
Sec. 35.3.104.B
Automotive
Wrecking and
Salvage Yards
X
X
C

Broadcast Studios
P
P
X
Sec. 35.3.104.C
Broadcast Towers
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Building Material
Sales
X
P
P

Commercial Aviation
Business
X
C
C
Sec. 35.3.104.D
Data Center
C
C
C

Distribution Center,
Indoor
X
P
P

Distribution Yard,
Outdoor
X
X
P

Heavy Equipment
Sales and Rental
X
P
P

Helistops or
Heliports
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Manufacturing and
Assembly, Minor
P
P
P
Sec. 35.3.104.F
Manufacturing and
Assembly, Major
X
C
P
Sec. 35.3.104.E
Nursery, Retail
X
P

Product Processing
X
P
P
Sec. 35.3.104.G
Recycling Center
X
P
P

Research Laboratory
P
P
X

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.700-1: Table Of Allowed Uses for Business/Industrial Districts
Specific Use Type
P = Permitted Use C = Conditional Use X = Prohibited SU = Special Use District
Business/Industrial Zoning Districts
B-P
M-1
M-2
Supplemental Use
Regulations
Resource Extraction
and Processing
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
(requires SU)
Sec. 35.2.902
Storage,
Recreational
Vehicles
C
P
P
Sec. 35.3.104.H
Storage, Self-service
C
P
X
Sec. 35.3.104.I
Towing Business,
with Impound Yard
X
P
P

Travel Plaza/Truck
Stop
X
X
C

Waste Facility,
Landfill
X
X
C

Waste Facility,
Transfer Station
X
X
C

Wholesale,
Warehouse
C
P
P

35.2.703 Business and Industrial Development Standards
The following development standards identified in Table 2.700-2 apply to all principal uses and
structures in Business and Industrial Districts, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Code.
General exceptions to these regulations and rules for measuring compliance can be found in
Article 8. Regulations governing accessory uses and structures can be found in Section
35.3.200.

Table 2.700-2: Business and Industrial Districts Development Standards
Zoning
District
Lot Dimensions
Minimum Setback
Building
Height,
maximum
(feet) [5][6]
Common
Open Space,
minimum
(% of net lot
area)
Net Lot
Area,
minimum
(square feet)
Net Lot
Area,
maximum
(square feet)
Front
(feet)
Side [2]
(feet)
Street
Side [2]
(feet)
Rear [2]
(feet)
B-P
N/A [1]
N/A
25 [3]
15 [4]
25 [3]
15 [4]
56
20
M-1
6,000 sf
N/A
25
15 [4]
25
15 [4]
56
10
M-2
6,000 sf
N/A
25
15 [4]
25
15 [4]
56
10
NOTES:

[1]
Minimum district size is twenty (20) acres.
[2]
Side and rear building setbacks shall increase two (2) feet for every one (1) foot of building height over thirty (30)
feet when adjacent to a residential use or one (1) foot of additional setback for every one (1) foot of building height
when adjacent to a non-residential use, unless alternatively specified below.
[3]
Building setbacks shall be fifty (50) feet when adjacent to an arterial street or above, forty (40) feet when adjacent
to a collector street, or twenty-five (25) feet when adjacent to a local street.
[4]
Building setbacks shall be fifteen (15) feet when adjacent to non-residential uses, sixty (60) feet when adjacent to
residential uses.

│ Unified Development Code

[5]
If adjacent to a non-residential use, a building may exceed the maximum height with a Conditional Use Permit. At
no point shall any portion of the building project above a line sloping inward and upward at a forty-five-degree
angle from the required setback line. All uses and buildings shall comply with applicable FAA and military airspace
requirements.
[6]
Refer to Section 35.2.800 – Special Development Standards for additional building height and FAR regulations for
specific locations within the City. In the event of conflict between these standards, the standard that is greatest
shall apply.

35.2.800 SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
The purpose of this Section is to present special development standards and define the
manner in which they are applied.
35.2.801 Specific Area Development Standards

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.802 Freeway Development Standards
A.
Purpose
The purpose of this section is to provide the appropriate and necessary off-site and on-site
improvements to protect and enhance the livability of properties near the Agua Fria
Freeway (Loop 101).
(Ord. No. 2127, § 1, 3-28-2000)
B.
General Requirements.
1. All residential development and other noise sensitive land uses located within one
thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet of the Agua Fria (Loop 101) right-of-way
boundary shall comply with the provisions of this section.
2. Residential development shall include single residences, multi-residences and mobile
home residences.

│ Unified Development Code

3. Noise sensitive land uses shall also include churches, schools, child care facilities,
nursing homes and similar facilities.
4. All residential development and other noise sensitive uses within one thousand three
hundred twenty (1,320) feet of the Agua Fria Freeway right-of-way boundary shall
submit a sound attenuation plan prior to rezoning, preliminary plat, lot split, or design
review approval.
5. Billboard Signs and Digital Billboard Signs are prohibited on property located within the
Scenic Corridor (see section 35.2.1009).
(Ord. No. 2127, § 1, 3-28-2000; Ord. No. 2976, § 4, 2-23-16)
C.
Sound Attenuation Plan.
1. The sound attenuation plan shall include a noise analysis of the property that details
the projected freeway noise levels based on the most current projected traffic volumes
available from the Maricopa Association of Governments. The time period for the
projected traffic volumes and traffic characteristics shall be a minimum of fifteen (15)
years from the date of the submittal.
2. The sound attenuation plan shall include the proposed attenuation measures needed
to guarantee that the projected exterior noise levels on the property shall not exceed
the (Leq) sixty-two (62) dBA noise level. This noise measurement method is the method
used by the Arizona Department of Transportation (ADOT) and the Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA).
3. The sound attenuation plan shall include a certification by an acoustical engineer or
registered architect as to the projected noise levels on the site and that the sound
attenuation measures will meet the (Leq) sixty-two (62) dBA noise level.
(Ord. No. 2127, § 1, 3-28-2000)
D.
Sound Attenuation Improvements.
1. Sound attenuation improvements shall include all measures necessary to meet the
required standard including freeway noise walls and earthen berms.
2. The sound attenuation measures shall utilize designs that minimize the visual impact
on the site with appropriate use of colors and materials. The landscape plan proposed
for any site subject to the freeway development standards shall include additional
landscape treatments to minimize the visual impacts of walls or berms.
(Ord. No. 2127, § 1, 3-28-2000)
E.
Administration.
1. The City Engineer or designee will review the sound attenuation plan and its proposed
improvements for compliance with the intent of this section.
2. The approval of the sound attenuation plan is required prior to any rezoning,
preliminary plat, lot split, or design review approval.
3. If the City Engineer or designee determines that the sound attenuation plan does not
meet the intent of this section that decision may be appealed to the Planning
Commission consistent with the procedures outlined in Section 35.6.209.

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.900 SPECIAL DISTRICTS
35.2.901 Planned Area Development
A.
Purpose Statement
The purpose of this district is to encourage new and imaginative concepts in urban design
and land development to promote and improve the health, safety, and general welfare of
the residents of the City and to create distinct developments with unique urban design,
single or mixed uses, and/or substantial additional benefit to the City that would not
otherwise be required by this Code. Further, it is the intent of the Planned Area
Development (PAD) district to:
1. Encourage creative and effective use of land and circulation systems to accommodate
changes in land development technologies.
2. Encourage residential development to provide a mixture of housing types and designs.
3. Encourage innovative development or redevelopment concepts for all land use types
to provide a greater variety and intensity of uses.
4. Provide a process which relates the urban design and scale of the project to the unique
characteristics of the site.
5. Require the nature and intensity of development to be supported by adequate utilities,
transportation, drainage, and common open spaces to serve the development and to
minimize impact on existing or future adjacent development.
6. Encourage development that is consistent with the policies and the guidelines
established in any specific plan and the General Plan.
B.
Qualifying Standards
An application for rezoning to a PAD district shall only be considered if the application
meets the following criteria, as determined by the Development Services Director or
designee:

1. The land included in the proposed PAD is under single ownership or control. Single
control of property under multiple ownership may be considered when the application
includes enforceable agreements, covenants, or commitments that run to the benefit
of the City and that the City may require to be recorded if the PAD is approved.
C.
Use Standards
1. Permitted Uses
Any permitted land use within this Code is allowed subject to consistency with the
General Plan and any applicable Specific Area Plan, along with the Specific Land Use
Designations within the approved Development Plan. Unless a combination of other
zoning districts are referenced for the definition of permitted uses, all permitted uses
must be specifically defined in the approval of the PAD.
2. Uses Subject to Conditions
Specific conditions or requirements for administrative review may be required in
conjunction with PAD approval.
3. Uses Subject to Conditional Use Permit

│ Unified Development Code

Specific uses within this Code subject to a conditional use permit may be deferred in
conjunction with the PAD approval.
4. Uses Subject to Temporary Use Permit
Specific temporary uses subject to a Temporary Use Permit may be allowed per Section
35.3.300.
5. Accessory Uses
Accessory uses are defined by the standard of the zoning district reference within the
Development Plan. Any accessory use not included within the referenced zoning
district must be detailed specifically within the Development Plan
D.
Development Standards
All standards are established within the approval process including residential density, lot
sizes, building setbacks, lot coverage, and building heights, except as follows:

1. See Section 35.4.300 Signage, standards may be established in the approval of a PAD,
however, special sign standards may not deviate from the standards set forth in
Sections 35.4.310.A and Section 35.4.310.B. Billboard Signs and Digital Billboard
Signs are prohibited on property located within a Scenic Corridor.
E.
Performance Standards
Established by development plan either by referral to zoning districts or specific
standards.
F.
Design Guidelines
Design Review is required as outlined in Section 35.6.212 Design Review. The design of
the project shall be consistent with any existing guidelines applicable to the land use
proposed. This shall include, but not be limited to the following:

1. Subdivision Design Expectations.
2. Commercial Design Expectations.
3. Multi-Family Design Expectations.
4. Industrial Design Expectations.
5. All wireless communication facilities are subject to Design Review and must be
consistent with wireless communication facilities design guidelines.
G.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.
2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.

│ Unified Development Code

5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Procedures – See Section 35.6.200 Procedures for specific process and approval
regulations
7. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes, Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.902 Special Use
A.
Purpose Statement
The purpose of this Special Use (SU) district is intended to accommodate certain land uses
which are necessary in urban development, but do not conform to traditional zoning district
permitted use classifications. This district allows for the location of these special uses by
imposing specific regulations over a defined geographic area. The special use district
allows those uses identified to be evaluated and properly located or prohibited so that
surrounding properties will not be adversely impacted by such uses. Specific performance
requirements will be considered in the evaluation and establishment of any special use.
B.
Qualifying Standards
Minimum requirements for special uses included in this district are:
1. Cemeteries, ten (10) acres.
2. Outdoor recreational facilities, three (3) acres or more.
C.
Use Standards
1. Permitted Uses
All uses permitted within the special use district are subject to the approval of a
development plan for the area of the special use. All requirements and standards must
be specifically defined and included in the approval of the special use. Any uses or
requirements of the previous zoning district are superseded in the approval of the
special use. The following uses are permitted in the special use district:
a. Cemeteries which may include related uses, such as mausoleums, columbariums,
crematoriums, mortuaries, and customary accessory uses.
b. Public utility treatment and generating plants, including nuclear, electrical,
wastewater, major electrical substations, and related ancillary offices.
c.
Helistops or heliports.
d. Golf courses, including customary accessory uses.
e. Outdoor commercial recreational facilities, including, but not limited to, baseball
and batting cages, softball complexes, outdoor arenas, sports stadiums, and
amphitheaters.
f.
Sand and gravel extraction, crushing, and/or processing.
g. Resort hotels.

│ Unified Development Code

h. Radio and television broadcasting towers.
D.
Development Standards
All standards are established within the approval process including lot sizes, building
setbacks, lot coverage, and building heights.
E.
Performance Standards
Established by development plan either by referral to zoning districts or specific
standards.
F.
Additional Development Standards
1. Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures - See Section 35.3.200 Establishing
Accessory Uses, Buildings, And Structures for additional development and design
regulations.
2. Parking and loading requirements – See Section 35.4.000 Off-Street Parking and
Loading for additional development and design regulations.
3. Landscaping and Screening requirements – See Section 35.4.100 Landscaping and
35.4.200 Screening, Walls, and Fences for additional development and design
regulations.
4. Signage requirements – See Section 35.4.300 Signage for additional development
and design regulations.
5. Exterior Lighting requirements – See Section 35.4.400 Outdoor Lighting for additional
development and design regulations.
6. Procedures – See Section 35.6.200 Procedures for specific process and approval
regulations
7. Further reference, as appropriate, should be given to the City of Glendale, Approved
Building and Fire Codes , Subdivision Guidelines, and Engineering Design Standards.

35.2.1000 OVERLAY DISTRICTS

35.2.1001 Planned Residential Development Overlay
A.
Purpose Statement
This Planned Residential Development (PRD) overlay district is intended to promote the
design and construction of Single-Family or Multi-Family residential development according
to an overall development plan. The purpose of this district is to:
1. Encourage imaginative and innovative planning of residential neighborhoods by
providing greater flexibility in design.
2. Encourage the provision of useable open space and recreation facilities within
neighborhoods.
3. Encourage variation in lot size, lot width, building setback, building orientation, and
house product design within neighborhoods.

│ Unified Development Code

4. Establish residential neighborhoods which have a distinct character and convey a
sense of place.
5. Promote the efficient use of land by enabling the development of parcels which would
otherwise be difficult to develop.
B.
Qualifying Standards
1. A PRD may be established as an overlay zoning district in any of the Suburban
Residence (i.e. SR-30, SR-17, and SR-12), Single Residence (i.e. R1-10, R1-8, R1-7,
R1-6, and R1-4), or Multiple Residence (i.e. R-2, R-3, R-4, and R-5) zoning districts.
2. A PRD overlay shall only be applied in residential use applications. Permitted, non-
residential uses in underlying zoning districts shall not be eligible for application of a
PRD overlay.
3. A PRD overlay shall be applied only to contiguous property so as to create a unified
and cohesive development.
4. Any PRD approved prior to the effective date of this Code (insert date) shall remain in
effect and be subject to the regulations established at the time of original approval.
C.
Use Standards
1. Permitted uses.
Land use shall conform to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district. A PRD
overlay shall not be used to add, eliminate, or restrict uses permitted in the underlying
zoning district regulations.
D.
Development Standards.
1. The development standards of the underlying zoning district may be amended as part
of the PRD approval to address defined opportunities and constraints related to the
property, subject to the limitations as stated below. All other provisions of the Unified
Development Code and other City adopted policies, codes, and ordinances of general
applicability shall apply.
a. Density – The maximum gross residential density allowed for in the PRD overlay
district shall be as specified for the site by the General Plan.
b. Lot size – The average lot area per dwelling, exclusive of the area occupied by
streets, shall not be less than that required by the underlying zoning district
regulation otherwise applicable to the site.
c.
Lot width - In no case shall the minimum lot width of the underlying zoning district
be reduced by more than 5 feet, except no lots dedicated to single-family detached
land uses shall have a lot width that is less than 40 feet. Any lot width for all other
permitted residential land use types that are less than 40 feet shall further
demonstrate enhanced architecture that minimizes the impact of the garage.
d. Setbacks - The required setbacks of the underlying zoning district may be
amended by a maximum of 5 feet, subject to the following additional limitations:
i. Within Single Residence Districts in no case shall the required front setback
be reduced or shall the side setback be less than 5 feet, except in the R1-4
District were the front living area setback may be reduced and zero (0) side
setbacks are permitted. All building separation requirements as specified by
the building code shall also apply.

│ Unified Development Code

ii. Within Multiple Residence Districts in no case shall any building or structure
be located within 15 feet of any lot line or within 20 feet of any public right-of-
way. All building separation requirements as specified by the building code
shall also apply.
e. Lot coverage - In no case shall the maximum lot coverage exceed the underlying
zoning district by more than five (5) percent.
f.
Height – In no case shall the maximum height of the underlying zoning district be
increased, except the maximum height may be increased by 1 foot for every 1 foot
of increased setback, up to the maximum height of the adjacent underlying zoning
district or ten (10) feet above the maximum height of the underlying zoning district
when adjacent to residential zoning, whichever is less.
g. Open Space – Required active open space shall be a minimum of 5% more than
the applicable “common area” requirements set forth within the Development
Standards for each applicable zoning district.
E.
Application Procedures and Requirements.
1. All applications for a PRD overlay shall be submitted and processed pursuant to the
requirements and procedures in Section 35.6.202 and Section 35.6.207. The
procedures for amending an approved PRD shall be the same as for the original
approval. As part of the review process, stipulations of approval may be imposed such
as, but not limited to, the following:
a. Timing or phasing of development;
b. Off-site and on-site improvements;
c.
General Development Standards (i.e. landscaping, parking, walls and screening,
and outdoor lighting); and
d. Design guidelines;

2. The PRD application shall be accompanied by a scaled development plan which shows
at a minimum the following information:
a. Name of the development.
b. Existing zoning.
c.
Proposed boundary of the PRD district.
d. General topography and areas where major grading is proposed.
e. Preliminary drainage concept.
f.
Accommodations for utilities.
g. Location of all interior and perimeter streets.
h. Size, location, and use of public or commonly owned open space and facilities.

│ Unified Development Code

i.
Conceptual lot layout or site plan.
j.
The area of any sub-development areas and the number of dwelling units
proposed within each area.
k. A data table which includes the total gross area, total number of units, gross
density, area devoted to street rights-of-way, and area proposed for open space
use.
l.
All adjacent lots or parcels and improvements within one hundred fifty (150) feet
of the site perimeter.

3. The PRD application shall also be accompanied by a clear and concise project narrative
which provides specific details about the proposed development concept. The project
narrative shall include at a minimum the following information:
a. Legal description of the property.
b. Complete description of the intended nature and character of the development.
c.
Details concerning the purpose, ownership, improvement, and maintenance of all
public or commonly owned open space and facilities.
d. Proposed phasing.
e. General landscape concept.
f.
Outline of proposed conditions, covenants, and restrictions.
g. Proposed amended development standards.
h. Typical lot layouts showing the proposed setbacks for interior, corner, and cul-de-
sac lots.
i.
Relationship to surrounding property and proposed screening, buffers, and
transitions.
j.
Design concept for perimeter walls, entry features, and common areas;
k. Proposed cross sections for all interior and perimeter streets.
l.
House product design criteria including type, architectural style, color palette, and
exterior materials.
m. Provisions for on-site and off-site drainage.

4. Required Findings.
All PRD applications shall be reviewed for conformance with the stated purpose of this
overlay district. Prior to approval, the City Council shall make the following findings:
a. The proposal is consistent in substance and location with the development
objectives of the General Plan and any adopted specific area plans.

│ Unified Development Code

b. The proposal will be compatible with and complementary to other existing and
planned development in the area. Site planning on the perimeter shall provide for
the protection of the property from adverse surrounding influences, as well as
protection of the surrounding areas from potentially adverse influences within the
development.
c.
The proposal meets or exceeds the City's Design Guidelines and Subdivision
Design Expectations regarding site planning, architecture, landscaping, building
materials and colors, and screening of mechanical equipment.
d. The proposal will result in a quality living environment and accommodate desired
lifestyles.
e. The proposed project amenities which may include equestrian and pedestrian
trails, bike paths, landscaped areas, entry features, decorative theme walls, parks,
playgrounds, and other public or commonly owned open space and recreation
facilities will be provided in a manner that results in public benefits not otherwise
attainable by application of the general regulations of Unified Development Code
and any other City adopted policies, codes, and ordinances of general applicability.
f.
The type and quality of house products will be consistent with the intended
character of the development.
g. If development is to be accomplished in phases, the development plan shall
coordinate improvement of the open space, the construction of buildings,
structures, and improvements in such open space, and the construction of
dwelling units in order that each development phase achieves a proportionate
share of the total open space and environmental quality of the total planned
development.
F.
Conformance.
1. All development within the PRD shall conform to the Development Plan, project
narrative, and any stipulations as approved by the City Council. Any substantive
modification shall require an amendment to the PRD.

35.2.1002 Adaptive Reuse Program
A.
Purpose Statement
As markets shift, tenant needs change, and architectural requirements advance, buildings
can become functionally obsolete. Consequently, these idle buildings adversely impact the
economic viability of the neighborhoods and districts that surround them. As the City of
Glendale continues to grow and develop, the need to facilitate the reuse of these
unoccupied or underutilized buildings for purposes other than which they were originally
built or designed for has become imminent.
The purpose of the City of Glendale’s Adaptive Reuse Program is to encourage the retention
and productive reuse of qualifying buildings by modifying development standards and
processes that would otherwise impede their activation and continued use.

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Program Goals
Across the City, Glendale has existing buildings that are unoccupied, partially occupied,
and/or underutilized. It is the City’s goal to create a program to encourage and support
property owners and businesses ready to invest in these buildings in order to promote
historic preservation, help revitalize neighborhoods and contribute to the economic growth
of older portions of the city.
The ancillary impacts of a proactive Adaptive Reuse Program are also intended to foster
the development of tax generating businesses, promote the redevelopment of blighted
areas, encourage infill development that utilizes existing public infrastructure, and support
sustainable development practices by recycling existing buildings.
C.
Applicability
This program applies Citywide subject to the following Tiers based on building size:
1. Tier 1: 5,000 sq. ft. maximum. This can include an addition to the existing building.
The addition cannot exceed 50% of the square footage of the existing building and a
combined total of 5,000 square feet.
2. Tier 2: Greater than 5,000 sq. ft. to 25,000 sq. ft.
3. Tier 3: Greater than 25,000 sq. ft. to 100,000 sq. ft. and larger buildings or groups of
buildings such as a retail center with aggregate square footage over 100,000 sq. ft.
D.
Eligibility Criteria
Projects must meet all of the following criteria to be eligible for the Adaptive Reuse
Program:
1. The project must reuse all of an existing building. Except Tier I projects may include an
addition to the existing building, however, the addition cannot exceed 50% of the
square footage of the existing building. (Eligibility of defined tenant spaces in a multi-
tenant building shall be determined on a case-by-case basis.)
2. The building must be permitted and at least 20 years old or been vacant for a minimum
of 3 continuous years.
3. The new use results in a change of occupancy for the existing building or change from
one use classification type to another as defined in the UDC. (Excluded business types
include: sexually-oriented businesses, marijuana facility/dispensary, tobacco/smoke
shop, check cashing/payday loan, pawn shop, liquor store, bail bonds, substance
abuse treatment centers, manufacturing/ fabrication/ assembly of products).
4. The Development Services Director or designee has the authority to make exceptions
on the above criteria.
E.
Program Incentives:
Projects that comply with the program eligibility criteria shall utilize the Adaptive Reuse
Program Guide to identify specific policies, regulations, and interpretations that may be
applicable to their project.

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.1003 Infill Development Program
A.
Purpose
Infill is redevelopment or reuse of vacant or underutilized property and/or buildings within
an area that is generally already built-up. Such development may face challenges in higher
costs of development and/or an inability to meet certain regulatory standards. The purpose
of the Infill Development Program is to promote and facilitate the development and
redevelopment of infill properties that cannot be reasonably developed using currently
adopted zoning, subdivision and engineering standards.
B.
Goals
It is the intent of this district to generally:
1. Encourage flexibility in the development, redevelopment, investment and reinvestment
of infill properties in a manner that is consistent with the Goals and Policies of the
Glendale General Plan.
2. Encourage the use of innovative approaches to development that utilize compatible
and sustainable development practices.
3. Facilitate the development, redevelopment, and use of properties in Glendale where
public infrastructure is already in place.
C.
Establishment
The Infill Development Program shall apply to the specified boundaries of the Infill Incentive
District as established by the City Council and identified on the official zoning map of the
City of Glendale, kept on file at the Development Services Department.
D.
Applicability
Except as otherwise expressly stated, the Infill Development Program regulations of this
section apply to zoning districts only within the boundaries of the Infill Incentive District, to
all new permitted uses and structures, and all building alterations and site modifications
that require a building permit.
All of the provisions of the City code that would apply to a non-infill project shall apply to
infill projects except as specifically modified by this Section. If there is a conflict between
the standards of this Section and the provisions of any applicable overlay district or plan
area district, the overlay district or area plan district standards shall supersede the
standards of this Section.
E.
Eligibility Criteria
Projects must meet all of the following criteria to be eligible for the Infill Development
Program:
1. Parcels and/or buildings must be located within the boundaries of the established Infill
Incentive District.
2. Parcels shall be twenty (20) acres or less in size.
3. The Development Services Director or designee, has the authority to make exceptions
on the eligibility criteria within the city’s Infill Development Program upon a finding that
it is in the best interest of the city.

│ Unified Development Code

F.
Program Incentives
Projects that comply with the Program eligibility criteria shall utilize the Infill Development
Plan to identify specific policies, regulations, and interpretations that may be applicable to
their project.

35.2.1004 Airport Impact Overlay
A.
Purpose Statement.
The Airport Impact Overlay district seeks to protect the public health, safety, and general
welfare of the area surrounding the Glendale Municipal Airport by minimizing exposure to
high noise levels and the hazards generated by airport operations. Also, it is to further the
development of property surrounding the airport in a manner compatible with the
continued operation of the airport. The district shall overlay other zoning districts where it
is applied so that any parcel of land lying in the Airport Impact Overlay District shall also lie
in one (1) or more of the other zoning districts. Should any conflict arise, the more strict
regulation shall apply.
B.
Overlay Districts and Boundaries.
1. Airport Noise Overlay Districts and Clear Zones. For purpose of administering these
regulations, there shall be three (3) airport noise overlay areas and one (1) clear zone
overlay area, identified below, within the Airport Impact Overlay District for the
Glendale Municipal Airport. The boundaries for these noise overlays and clear zones
shall be defined in the Official Zoning Maps.
a. Airport Noise Overlay-1 (ANO-1). The area between the post 2010 65 (ldn) and 70
(ldn) noise contour lines developed by the application of day/night average sound
level of methodology of sound measurement (ldn).
b. Airport Noise Overlay-2 (ANO-2). The area between the post 2010 70 (ldn) and 75
(ldn) noise contour lines developed by the application of day/night average sound
level of methodology of sound measurement (ldn).
c.
Airport Noise Overlay-3 (ANO-3). The area within the post 2010 greater than 75
(ldn) noise contour line as developed by the application of day/night average
sound level of methodology of sound measurement (ldn).
d. Clear Zone Overlay (CZO). The area at the end of Runway 19-1 and the future
parallel runway which must be maintained clear of any structures or obstructions
according to Federal Aviation Administration standards.
i. Lots Divided by Airport District Boundaries. Whenever a lot of record is divided
by an airport district boundary, the development shall conform to land use and
design criteria of the more restrictive district in accordance with all City codes
and regulations.
C.
Taxiway Access and Operations.
Any development proposing taxiway access shall be approved by the Development Services
Director or designee and Airport Manager.

│ Unified Development Code

D.
Certification of Noise Attenuation.
1. Certification. Prior to issuance of a building permit in any airport noise overlay area, a
certification by an acoustical engineer or registered architect shall be required
specifying that construction practices and the materials of the structure will achieve
the interior noise level required by the noise attenuation standards indicated in Section
35.2.1004.D.2. The engineer or architect shall submit relevant information to permit
the City building officials to verify that the proposed measures will achieve interior
noise level standards.
2. Noise Attenuation Standards. The noise level reduction measures must be
incorporated into the design and construction of the principal buildings where people
work or are otherwise received, in order to achieve a maximum interior noise level of
forty-five (45) decibels. This requirement includes all offices and areas which serve the
public. Any land use within a building with a self-generated noise level in excess of
forty-five (45) decibels is not subject to this standard.
a. Airport Noise Overlay-1-Noise Level Reduction of twenty (20) decibels.
b. Airport Noise Overlay-2-Noise Level Reduction of twenty-five (25) decibels.
c.
Airport Noise Overlay-3-Noise Level Reduction of thirty (30) decibels.
3. Inaccurate Data. False or inaccurate data shall be cause for rendering null and void
any building permits and may result in non-issuance of an occupancy permit.
4. City Liability. The City of Glendale, its employees and officers shall not be held liable
for any permit issued on the basis of false information.
E.
Avigational Easements and Release.
Prior to issuance of any building or development permit for property within the Airport
Impact District, the owner of said property shall provide the City of Glendale with an
avigational easement over the subject property and release the City of Glendale from all
liability for any and all claims for damages originated from dust, noise, vibration, fumes,
fuel and lubricant particles, etc. The avigational easement and release forms shall be
available from the City of Glendale.
F.
Additional Height and Safety Regulations.
1. Height. Any development or construction of buildings or structures shall submit a
Federal Aviation Administration Form 7460-1 to the local Federal Aviation
Administration office for review. A positive recommendation from the Federal Aviation
Administration stating the development has no negative effect on the airport or
navigational airspace must be reviewed prior to commencing construction.
2. Construction or establishment of any building, structure, or use shall comply with the
height limits as determined by the zoning district identified by the Official Zoning Map
of the City of Glendale, or with the height limits specified by the Airport Runway
Approach Clearance Map as defined, whichever places the greater restriction.
3. Hazard Marking and Lighting. The Federal Aviation Administration shall determine
whether the construction in, or existence of any building, structure, or plant material
constitutes a hazard to an aircraft operation in the vicinity of the airport. When such
determination is made, the owner of the structure, pole, tower, tank, or plant material
shall at his own expense, reduce in height or install, operate, and maintain such
markers and lights that may be necessary to indicate to aircraft operators the presence
of an airport hazard.

│ Unified Development Code

4. Communication Facilities. Any activity within this district which may create an electrical
interference with communications between the airport facility and the aircraft is
prohibited unless approved by the Federal Aviation Administration.
G.
Administration.
1. The Development Services Director or designee shall review all requests for building
and development within the Airport Impact Overlay Zone for compliance with this
ordinance prior to issuance of any permit.
2. The Airport Manager shall be informed of all requests for development within the
Airport Impact Overlay District. The Development Services Director or designee shall
forward a copy of all applications with attended information to the Airport Manager
prior to the issuance of any permits. The Airport Manager shall verify receipt of such
information and, within ten (10) working days, forward any comments concerning the
requests to the Development Services Director or designee.
3. Residential rules and CC&R language for developments within the Airport Impact
Overlay District shall be subject to review and comment by the Airport Manager.

35.2.1005 Mobile/Manufactured Home Overlay
A.
Purpose Statement.
This district is intended to provide for and preserve mobile/manufactured home
subdivisions and mobile/manufactured home park developments which are compatible
with the surrounding neighborhood. These developments shall provide adequate
recreational, storage, and service facilities within the development. The district shall be in
addition to and overlay any residential zoning districts.
B.
Qualifying Standards.
All uses are subject to either an approved subdivision plat in accordance with the
Subdivision Ordinance or Site Development Plan, and Design Review in accordance with
Section 35.6.212 shall be required prior to development.
C.
Occupancy of Mobile Homes and Vehicles Prohibited Except in Authorized Areas.
No person shall occupy any mobile/manufactured home or recreational vehicle in the city
except in a mobile/manufactured home park, a mobile/manufactured home subdivision or
as authorized otherwise.
D.
Limitation on Parking or Storage of Mobile/Manufactured Homes or Recreational Vehicles.
1. No person shall park or store any mobile/manufactured home on any lot or parcel of
land which is situated outside of an improved mobile/manufactured home park or
mobile/manufactured home subdivision.
2. Any recreational vehicle which is parked or stored shall not be used as permanent
living quarters or for the operation of any business.
E.
Development Standards.
1. Mobile/Manufactured Home Parks.
a. Minimum size of such mobile/manufactured home park shall be ten (10) net
acres.

│ Unified Development Code

b. The current setback requirements and spacing standards of this district shall be
met prior to replacing mobile homes or travel trailers in an existing nonconforming
park. No permits shall be issued without a scaled development plan on file
showing existing improvements and locations of all units.
c.
The minimum space size for a mobile/manufactured home shall be three
thousand (3,000) square feet; for a travel trailer or motor home, one thousand
(1,000) square feet.
d. There shall be a distance of not less than twenty (20) feet between the front or
rear of a mobile/manufactured home or travel trailer and not less than five (5) feet
between fixed canopies.
e. Travel trailers and motor homes shall constitute no more than fifteen (15) percent
of total spaces. These spaces must be delineated on the approved development
plan for each mobile home park. These spaces should be located together and not
spread throughout the park. These spaces shall not be continuously occupied for
more than six (6) months.
f.
No mobile/manufactured home, travel trailer, or accessory building shall be
placed or built within fourteen (14) feet of the side of another
mobile/manufactured home, travel trailer, or accessory building.
g. There shall be a seven (7) foot setback from all interior drives, roadways, and
exterior perimeters to the nearest edge of any mobile/manufactured home or
travel trailer.
h. No more than one (1) mobile/manufactured home, travel trailer, or motor home
shall be placed on each space.
i.
Off-street parking for at least two (2) automobiles shall be provided in each space
or on each lot or on a separate designated parking area within the
mobile/manufactured home park.
j.
Interior private streets shall not be less than thirty (30) feet in width.
k. Screening shall be provided around the exterior of the mobile home park by a
minimum six (6) foot masonry wall.
l.
All mobile/manufactured homes shall be skirted in a uniform manner.
m. No mobile/manufactured home space shall be located within twenty (20) feet of
a property line. Such area shall be maintained as a landscape buffer area which
can be used for recreation or as part of a retention area.
n. A common area of five hundred (500) square feet for each rental space shall be
provided and approved for recreation, laundry, and service purposes.
o. No boat, motor home, or travel trailer shall be permitted to be stored on any rental
space. Such storage area shall be provided by the park at a ratio of fifty (50)
square feet for each rental space.
p. Mobile/manufactured home parks may include accessory storage buildings, office
buildings, recreational facilities, laundry facilities, and other common facilities use
provided for park residents.

│ Unified Development Code

2. Mobile/Manufactured Home Subdivision.
a. Minimum size for mobile/manufactured home subdivisions shall be ten (10) net
acres.
b. Mobile/manufactured home subdivision density, yard, area, and sign
requirements shall be determined by the underlying residential district.
c.
No more than one (1) mobile/manufactured home shall be placed on any lot and
no mobile/manufactured home shall be used for anything other than a single
residence dwelling.
d. All mobile/manufactured homes shall be mounted and anchored to a continuous
masonry foundation in accordance with approved standards.
e. No mobile/manufactured home containing less than six hundred (600) square
feet shall be used as a dwelling.
f.
Approval of all mobile/manufactured home subdivisions shall be subject to the
provisions of the subdivision ordinance.
35.2.1006 Historic Preservation Overlay
A.
Purpose Statement.
The purpose of this ordinance is to support the identification, preservation, and
enhancement of the city's significant historical, architectural, cultural, and archaeological
resources in the interest of the welfare of the citizens of Glendale by:
1. Protecting, preserving, and enhancing the significant elements of the city's historical,
architectural, cultural, and archaeological heritage;
2. Encouraging the identification and recognition of significant historic resources;
3. Encouraging the sensitive adaptation of historic properties to modern uses;
4. Assuring that new construction, additions, alterations, and demolitions to both historic
and non-historic properties within Historic Preservation Districts are carried out in a
manner which is not detrimental to the historic integrity of these districts;
5. Encouraging the identification and protection of prehistoric and historic archaeological
resources;
6. Protecting and preserving those properties within the city which may not have popular
appeal, but are valuable to the community in terms of tourism, education,
neighborhood character and identity, and economic development;
7. Preserving and enhancing the city's attractiveness to potential home buyers, tourists,
businesses wanting to relocate, and other visitors, thereby supporting and promoting
commercial development and economic benefit to the city's economy; and
8. Encouraging the stabilization, rehabilitation, and conservation of the existing housing
stock, including the prevention of needless demolition of structurally sound buildings
in order to strengthen the city's neighborhoods.
B.
Effect of Historic Preservation (HP) Zoning Designation.
1. The Historic Preservation District is an overlay zone. Permitted uses and development
standards shall be regulated by the underlying zoning district.

│ Unified Development Code

2. The development standards for the underlying zoning district may be superseded by
the design guidelines adopted at the time of the district designation. This includes, but
is not limited to, the size, height, locations and number of signs, the location of off-
street parking, required screening and landscaping, the height of fences and walls,
and the number of required off-street parking and loading spaces.
3. When a building permit is sought from the City to demolish, alter, remodel, move, build,
or otherwise develop or landscape property in a Historic Preservation District, issuance
of the permit shall be deferred until after a Certificate of No Effect is issued by the
Historic Preservation Officer or a Certificate of Appropriateness is obtained from the
Historic Preservation Commission.
4. Plans showing the scope of the proposed work shall be submitted at the time of
application for a Certificate of No Effect or a Certificate of Appropriateness. An
approved plan shall be binding upon the applicant and their successors and assignees.
No building permit shall be issued for any building or structure not in accordance with
the plan, except that temporary facilities shall be permitted in conjunction with
construction. No structure or other element specified on the plan shall be eliminated,
altered, or provided in another manner, unless an amendment is approved in
conjunction with the procedures for original approval.
5. Nothing in this ordinance shall be construed to prevent ordinary maintenance or repair,
including painting, of any structure in the Historic Preservation District, which does not
alter or modify the historic character of the structure.
C.
Certificate of No Effect.
1. All requests for building permits located within a Historic Preservation District shall be
referred to the Historic Preservation Officer.
2. The Historic Preservation Officer shall issue a Certificate of No Effect if it is determined
that:
a. The proposed work is minor and clearly within design guidelines adopted at the
time of Historic Preservation District designation; and
b. The proposed work will not diminish, eliminate, or adversely impact the historic
character of the subject property or its affect on the district.
3. Approval of a Certificate of No Effect authorizes the issuance of permits required by
the City Building Codes.
4. If a Certificate of No Effect is not issued, a Certificate of Appropriateness shall be
required.
D.
Certificate of Appropriateness.
1. The Historic Preservation Commission shall review the application and shall conduct a
public hearing within sixty (60) days of the filing of an application for a building permit.
Notice of the application shall be posted on the property at least fifteen (15) days
before the date set for the public hearing. The HP Commission shall either grant or
deny the application, or grant it with stipulations. This application shall be deemed
approved if the initial hearing is not held within sixty (60) days of the date of
application.
2. The Historic Preservation Commission shall evaluate all proposals in accordance with
the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation and the adopted design
guidelines for the district. A Certificate of Appropriateness shall be granted if the HP
Commission determines that the proposed work:

│ Unified Development Code

a. Is compatible with the relevant historic, cultural, educational, or architectural
qualities characteristic of the property; and
b. Does not diminish or adversely impact the integrity of the district; or
c.
Qualifies for a Certificate of Economic Hardship.
3. Any person aggrieved by the Historic Preservation Commission's decision may, within
seven (7) working days of this action appeal to the City Council. If appealed, the matter
shall be set for a public hearing before the City Council. Notice of the hearing shall be
sent to the applicant at least fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing and shall be posted
on the property fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing.
4. The City Council shall limit its review of the case to the record of the Historic
Preservation Commission, as established by the staff report, any exhibits, minutes
and/or transcripts, and any audio/visual tape of the proceedings. New testimony will
not be accepted for consideration, however, each side may make a limited
presentation on the evidence in the record of the HP Commission. Such presentation
shall be limited to a maximum of five (5) minutes per side unless greater time is
granted by the Mayor. The City Council will conduct its review in accordance with the
evaluation criteria established by Subsection B of this section. Except as otherwise
provided herein, City Council members who review written communications or engage
in verbal communications which are not part of the HP Commission's record shall
disclose any such communications during the appeal public hearing. City Council must
make its decision within sixty (60) days of the filing of an appeal or the application is
deemed approved. At this public hearing, the City Council may do one (1) of the
following:
a. Affirm the decision of the Historic Preservation Commission.
b. Reverse the decision of the Historic Preservation Commission; or
c.
Remand the application to the Historic Preservation Commission for
reconsideration.
5. Approval of a Certificate of Appropriateness authorizes the issuance of permits
required by the City's Building Code. A Certificate of Appropriateness expires one (1)
year from the date of issuance.
E.
Certificate of Economic Hardship.
1. A Certificate of Economic Hardship may be granted by the Historic Preservation
Commission or by the City Council on appeal. Separate standards for obtaining a
Certificate of Economic Hardship are established for investment or income producing
and non-income producing properties. Non-income producing properties shall consist
of owner-occupied single-family dwellings and non-income producing institutional
properties.
2. The basis to establish economic hardship for an income producing property shall be
the inability of a property taken as a whole to obtain a reasonable rate of return in its
present condition or if rehabilitated.
3. Economic hardship in regard to a non-income producing property shall be found when
the property owner demonstrates that the property has no beneficial use as a single-
family dwelling or for an institutional use in its present condition or if rehabilitated.
4. Demonstration of an economic hardship shall not be based on or include any of the
following circumstances:

│ Unified Development Code

a. Willful or negligent acts by the owner;
b. Purchase of the property for substantially more than market value;
c.
Failure to perform normal maintenance and repairs;
d. Failure to diligently solicit and retain tenants;
e. Failure to provide normal tenant improvements.
5. Demonstration of an economic hardship may be viewed in light of or include the ability
and diligence of the property owner at the time of acquisition, to determine the
potential historic significance or existing Historic Preservation District designation of
the subject property.
6. In order to properly assess a request for Certificate of Economic Hardship, the
Commission shall request and receive from the applicant all information it deems
necessary. This may include, but is not limited to, the following:
a. A report from a licensed engineer or architect with experience in rehabilitation as
to the structural soundness of the building(s) on the property, their suitability for
rehabilitation, and possible new uses for the property;
b. The assessed value of the land and improvements according to the two (2) most
recent assessments;
c.
The real estate taxes paid during the previous two (2) years;
d. All appraisals obtained by the owner or applicant in connection with his purchase,
financing, or ownership of the property;
e. Any listing of the property for sale or rent, price asked and offers received, if any;
f.
All building and fire code violations which have been listed on the property for the
last two (2) years.
g. Any federal, state, or local citation(s) which have determined the building to be a
nuisance under applicable law; and
h. If the property is income-producing:
i. Annual gross income from the property for the previous two (2) years;
ii. Itemized operating and maintenance expenses for the previous two (2) years;
and
iii. Annual cash flow, if any, for the previous two (2) years.
7. The procedures for obtaining a Certificate of Economic Hardship shall be the same for
obtaining a Certificate of Appropriateness.
8. If a Certificate of Economic Hardship is issued, a Certificate of Appropriateness shall
be granted.
F.
Demolition and Moving of Buildings and Structures.
It is the intent of this ordinance to preserve the historic and architectural resources within
Historic Preservation Districts. However, it is recognized that there can be circumstances
beyond the control of a property owner which may result in the necessary demolition of a
structure within an Historic Preservation District. These circumstances include a building

│ Unified Development Code

which constitutes an imminent safety hazard, which involves a resource whose loss does
not diminish or adversely effect the integrity of the district, or which imposes an economic
hardship on its owners.
1. No permit shall be issued to move or demolish all or any part of a house, building, or
other structure in a Historic Preservation District without approval of a Certificate of
Appropriateness as established in Section 35.2.1006 of this ordinance.
2. A request for a demolition permit shall be exempt from these requirements if the
Building Safety Director determines, according to the criteria set forth in the Uniform
Code for the Abatement of Dangerous Buildings, that the building is an imminent safety
hazard to the public and that necessary repairs would be impractical. The Building
Safety Director shall first notify the Historic Preservation Officer in writing before
issuing the demolition permit.
3. If demolition approval is not granted, then no demolition permit shall be issued for a
period of one (1) year, unless a subsequent demolition approval has been requested
and granted. A subsequent demolition application may be made and granted for a
property which has previously been the subject of a one (1) year demolition permit
denial if new facts or circumstances can be presented in support of the application.
4. Upon denial of a demolition approval, the Historic Preservation Officer shall contact
the property owner to determine what assistance might be available to place the
property into productive use. If a feasible rehabilitation or use is not found for the
property, the Historic Preservation Officer shall investigate methods of private or public
acquisition of the property.
5. If demolition approval is granted on any basis other than that of an imminent hazard,
economic hardship, or upon expiration of a restraint of demolition, a demolition permit
shall not be issued until a redevelopment or reuse plan for the property has received
a Certificate of Appropriateness. Vacant land or non-use shall not be considered
responsive to this requirement. A redevelopment or reuse plan shall consist of a site
plan illustrating building locations, parking, walls, and landscaping, as well as
elevations showing roof lines, doors, windows, and other architectural details. A
redevelopment or reuse plan shall also meet the requirements of Design Plan Review
as required by the underlying zoning district.
6. A demolition approval may be conditioned on stipulations which provide for rights of
access to the property for the purposes of documentation or for agreed upon removal
of artifacts.

35.2.1007 Senior Citizen Overlay
A.
Purpose Statement.
The purpose of the Senior Citizen Overlay District ("SCO") is to provide for a residential
community conducive to the lifestyle and sensitive to the particular needs of senior citizens,
retirees and persons of advanced age. This District is intended to be utilized for existing
and proposed planned residential developments that were/will be developed, advertised
and sold and rented under age specific restrictions for persons fifty-five (55) years of age
or older in compliance with the provisions of the Arizona Fair Housing Act, the Federal Fair
Housing Act, and the Housing for Older Persons Act of 1995 as they may hereafter be
amended ("Fair Housing Acts").

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Application Procedures and Requirements.
1. SCO may be established as an overlay zoning district in any of the Rural Residential
(RR), Suburban Residential (SR), Urban Residential (R-I), Multiple Residence (R-2, R-3,
R-4, R-5) or Planned Area Development (PAD) zoning districts.
2. All applications to establish SCO shall be submitted and processed pursuant to the
requirements and procedures in Section 35.6.207; except that applicants are limited
to the property owner(s) or Homeowners' Association. The procedures for amending an
approved SCO shall be the same as for the original approval. Applications to remove
the SCO for any particular development may be initiated by the City Council or Planning
Commission or any other applicant as authorized by Section 35.6.207.
3. An application for SCO will be considered only after the submission of the
following materials:
a. Submission of either of the following:
i. A petition signed by one hundred percent (100%) of the owners of property
within the proposed district agreeing to the SCO District; or
ii. Documentation for existing developments that all of the property within the
proposed district has been, since the beginning of the project, and will
continue to be developed, advertised and sold or rented under age specific
restrictions as required by the Fair Housing Acts. Documentation for new
developments that all of the property within the proposed District is and will
continue to be developed, advertised and sold or rented under age specific
restrictions as required by the Fair Housing Acts and the SCO District
requirements.
This
documentation
may
include
items
such
as
advertisements, sales agreements, lease agreements and a subdivision's
deed restrictions (CC&R's Conditions, Covenants and Restrictions).
b. Submission of all of the following:
i. Documentation that at the time of application, at least eighty (80) percent of
the dwelling units are occupied by at least one (1) person fifty-five (55) years
of age or older per unit, regardless of any legal, nonconforming rights that may
exist, as required by the Fair Housing Acts. Newly constructed housing
developments or facilities need not comply with this requirement until twenty-
five (25) percent of the units in the development or facility are occupied. This
documentation of occupancy shall be by reliable surveys and affidavits which
shall be admissible in administrative and judicial proceedings for the
purposes of such verification; and
ii. Documentation for existing developments that a Homeowners' Association or
management agency or association publishes and adheres to policies that
demonstrate the intent of the Fair Housing Acts. Documentation for new
developments that a Homeowners' Association or management agency or
association has prepared published documents which will be adhered to that
demonstrate the intent of the Fair Housing Acts; and
iii. Documentation for existing developments that a Homeowners' Association or
management agency or association is actively enforcing age restrictive deed
restrictions or lease agreements on other types of residential developments
within the proposed district that are in conformance with the Fair Housing Acts
and SCO District requirements. Documentation for new developments that a
Homeowners' Association or management agency or association will be
actively enforcing age restrictive deed restrictions or lease agreements on
other types of residential developments within the proposed district that are
in conformance with the Fair Housing Acts and SCO District requirements; and

│ Unified Development Code

iv. A certification by the applicant(s) or authorized representative of the
applicant(s) that SCO is not being applied for an underlying reason that would
violate or circumvent the Fair Housing Acts or the Federal Rehabilitation Act
of 1973 and that, to the best of the signer's information and belief, the
development meets or at completion will meet the requirements for
exemption for housing for older persons under the Fair Housing Acts.
c.
On residential communities which meet the intent of the SCO as outlined in
35.2.1007.A, the SCO may be established as follows:
i. For existing developments the SCO may be applied only to entire subdivisions,
mobile home parks, or multiple residence communities with defined
boundaries. No minimum acreage is required. The SCO District precludes
exception parcels.
ii. For new developments SCO may be established only on parcels of twenty (20)
or more contiguous acres in the Rural Residential (RR), Suburban Residential
(SR), Urban Residential (R-1) and Planned Area Development (PAD) Zoning
Districts. New SCO developments in the Multiple Residence (R-5, R-4, R-3, R-
2) Zoning Districts may only be established on parcels of ten (10) or more
contiguous acres. SCO Zoning may only be applied to entire subdivisions,
mobile home parks, or multiple residence communities with defined
boundaries. The SCO District precludes exception parcels.
C.
Permitted Uses.
1. Land use shall conform to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district.
2. Any persons residing in any dwelling unit for a period of time exceeding one hundred
twenty (120) days in any twelve (12) month period shall be considered a resident of
the SCO District.
3. Age Guidelines/Requirements
a. Each dwelling unit, if occupied, shall be occupied by at least one (1) person fifty-
five (55) years of age or older.
b. No person under eighteen (18) years of age shall reside in any dwelling unit for a
period of time exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days in aggregate in a twelve
(12) month period which starts the first day of the documented occupancy by such
person.
D.
Supplementary Provisions.
1. Except as to the matters specifically identified in this Section, the development
standards and all other provisions and regulations of the underlying zoning district
shall apply to property within the SCO District.
2. Developments within the SCO District must comply with the mandates of the Fair
Housing Acts as they pertain to housing for persons fifty-five (55) years of age or older
and other applicable provisions.
3. A General Plan Amendment or Specific Plan is required prior to approval of SCO on
developments of more than 160 contiguous acres to address issues of provision of
adequate and appropriate City services, any special or different infrastructure and
public facility needs, and impacts of the development.

│ Unified Development Code

E.
Required Findings.
1. All SCO applications shall be reviewed for conformance with the stated purpose of this
overlay district. Prior to approval, the Planning Commission and City Council shall make
the following findings:
a. The proposal is in compliance with the intent of SCO District to create a community
for persons fifty-five (55) years of age or older.
b. The proposal will not adversely impact other existing and/or planned land uses,
infrastructure or public facilities, or the planning or development of school sites in
the vicinity.
c.
The proposal will provide the same infrastructure standards (such as street widths,
sidewalks, and utilities) and land use amenities (such as parks, employment and
retailing) as normally planned for in non-SCO developments.
F.
Administration.
1. Enforcement.
Enforcement of the SCO District shall occur only when reasonable efforts have been
undertaken by a Homeowners' Association or management agency or association to
enforce a subdivision's deed restrictions (CC&R's-Conditions, Covenants, and
Restrictions) or lease agreements on other types of residential developments and
certification has been submitted to the City by a Homeowners' Association or
management agency or association that the development still complies with the Fair
Housing Acts. Reasonable efforts by a Homeowners' Association or management
agency or association to enforce a subdivision's deed restrictions or lease agreements
shall be documented as follows:
a. Registered letter of written notification to the resident(s) and owner(s), if different,
of the unit(s) not in compliance stating the reasons for non-compliance with the
subdivision's deed restrictions or lease agreements on other types of residential
developments and a copy of the deed restrictions or lease agreements.
b. Records showing repeated efforts to enforce a subdivision's deed restrictions or
lease agreement on other types of residential developments against a non-
complying resident or owner.
2. The burden of proof and the provision of evidence supporting claims of exemption from
familial status requirements of the Fair Housing Acts shall be the responsibility of the
qualifying residential development. The City of Glendale, in granting SCO, does not
assume responsibility for gathering initial qualifying data, nor for maintaining data that
may be required to prove that the qualifying residential development meets
requirements of the Fair Housing Acts on any date that an allegation of discrimination
in housing is brought forth. It shall be the responsibility of the qualifying residential
development to prove that the requirements of the Fair Housing Acts were met on any
given date. Information provided to the City by the Homeowners' Association or
management agency or associations shall include:
a. Verification of occupancy by reliable surveys and affidavits which shall be
admissible in administrative and judicial proceedings for the purposes of such
verification including the name and birth date of each occupant and the
corresponding address of each unit within the SCO development.

│ Unified Development Code

b. From the list of occupants required in 35.2.1007.F.2.a, provide a list of non-
conforming uses in the SCO development from the effective date of SCO approval
including the date the nonconforming use was established.
c.
Information necessary to prove that the development is in compliance with the
requirements of the Fair Housing Acts including documentation that policies are
published and adhered to that demonstrate the intent of the Fair Housing Acts.
3. At all times, at least eighty (80) percent of the dwelling units shall be occupied by at
least one (1) person fifty-five (55) years of age or older per unit, regardless of any legal,
nonconforming rights that may exist, as required by the Fair Housing Acts.
4. Revocation.
Failure to comply with the conditions, stipulations or terms of the approval of an
existing SCO District, is a violation of this Ordinance and will be enforced in accordance
with Section 35.6.207.
35.2.1008 Glendale Centerline Overlay
A.
Purpose Statement
The Overlay District provides an alternate set of development requirements to encourage
development and redevelopment within the Glendale Centerline.
The intent is to facilitate private business investment, job creation, and the development
of shopping and recreational opportunities in the Glendale Centerline. The Overlay District
will facilitate a development review process that supports economic development
initiatives, creates flexible development standards to support development or
redevelopment of small and irregular parcels of land; will employ strategies to balance the
protection of existing neighborhoods with new development; recognizes that distinct
districts may be identified in the Glendale Centerline and provides the flexibility to
implement unique development standards in each district; allows certain land uses to
support investment and opportunity; and, prohibits certain land uses which may otherwise
inhibit investment and improvement of individual properties.
Because it is the intent of the Overlay District to provide an alternative set of land uses and
development standards in addition to the land uses and development standards within the
existing zoning districts, the land uses and development standards shall serve only as an
alternative to the existing land uses and development standards and shall not be combined
with any land uses or development standards in the existing zoning district.
At the pre-application meeting with the City's Development Review Team, the property
owner can decide to meet all conditions of the property's existing zoning, or choose to meet
all conditions of the property's Overlay District. Should development of property occur under
the Overlay District any and all requirement of the underlying zoning district are superseded
in the approval of development according to the Overlay District. No combination of existing
zoning and Overlay District land uses and/or development standards shall be permitted.
Further, once development occurs under the Centerline Overlay District, it shall require a
public hearing, as defined in Section 35.6.207, to opt out of the Centerline Overlay District.
It is important to remember that the property owner may continue to utilize the existing
zoning within the Glendale Centerline boundaries unless the Overlay District is selected.
The Overlay District is intended to be applied only in the Glendale Centerline, and as such
is not appropriate to be approved outside of the geographic area bounded by Myrtle Avenue
on the north, 43rd Avenue on the east, Ocotillo Road on the south, and 67th Avenue on
the west.

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Distinct character areas within the Glendale Centerline Overlay District.
Within the Glendale Centerline Overlay District there are four character areas, each with
their own unique development standards:
Table 2.1000-1: Glendale Centerline Overlay Character Areas
Character Area
Character Area Limits
Midtown
(43rd to 51st Avenues)
Beet Sugar
(51st to 55th Avenues)
Historic Downtown
(55th to 59th Avenues)
Market
(59th to 67th Avenues)
C.
Permitted uses.
Table 2.1000-2: Glendale Centerline Overlay Permitted Uses
Land Use
Key: P = Permitted, S = Subject to Conditions, C = Conditional Use Permit,
A = Accessory Use, X = Prohibited

Distinct Character Areas within the
Glendale Centerline Overlay Districts
Midtown
43rd—51st
Avenues
Beet Sugar
51st—55th
Avenues
Historic
Downtown
55th—59th
Avenues
Market
59th—67th
Avenues
RESIDENTIAL AND LODGING
Bed and Breakfast Establishments
X
P
P
P
Residential Care Facilities (includes congregate care,
nursing homes and assisted living facilities by
geographic area)
P
P
X
P
Hotels including conference and convention facilities.
A Conditional Use Permit shall be required for the use
within 500 feet of residentially zoned property
P
P
P
P
Residential above the first floor in conjunction with
non-residential uses on the ground floor
P
P
P
P
Residential on the ground floor
P
P
P
P
GENERAL RETAIL
New merchandise sold in department stores,
drugstores, pharmacies, and retail establishments
selling toys, flowers, gifts, stationary, jewelry, leather,
apparel, shoes (including repair), china, glassware,
pottery, crafts, cigars, yard goods,
hardware/paint/glass/tools/home improvement, pets,
hobbies, art supplies, video sales and rental, music
(including incidental recording, instruction, and
instrument repair), books/magazines/newspapers,
sporting goods, bicycles, medical equipment
sales/rentals and health supplies, cameras,
electronics, office and business supplies and
P
P
P
P

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.1000-2: Glendale Centerline Overlay Permitted Uses
Land Use
Key: P = Permitted, S = Subject to Conditions, C = Conditional Use Permit,
A = Accessory Use, X = Prohibited

Distinct Character Areas within the
Glendale Centerline Overlay Districts
Midtown
43rd—51st
Avenues
Beet Sugar
51st—55th
Avenues
Historic
Downtown
55th—59th
Avenues
Market
59th—67th
Avenues
equipment repair, household appliance sales and
service, and other similar retail goods and services
Previously owned merchandise and goods including
antiques, collectibles, coins, stamps, and consignment
stores, excluding pawn shops, second hand, and thrift
stores
P
P
P
P
Automotive - retail sales of previously owned
automobiles, including boats, motorcycles, and
recreational vehicle dealerships
X
X
X
X
Automotive - retail sales of new automobiles, including
boats, motorcycles, and recreational vehicle
dealerships
X
X
X
X
Automotive - minor repair. All repairs shall be within a
fully enclosed permanent building
S
S
X
S
Automotive supply stores, without incidental
installation of parts
P
P
X
P
Adult Businesses
X
X
X
X
EATING AND DRINKING ESTABLISHMENTS
All types of eating establishments providing meal
service from an on-site operating commercial-grade
kitchen, and/or dessert service from an on-site
commercial-grade freezer/refrigerator facility including
beer and wine tasting, with or without incidental sales
of alcohol including micro-breweries, outdoor dining,
but with no drive-thru including incidental reception
room space and off-site catering. Live entertainment,
including outdoor amplification, and/or dancing is
permitted as an accessory use, subject to Conditional
Use Permit (CUP) approval if the site is located within
500 feet of a residentially zoned property. During the
CUP process, the city will work with the applicant on
mitigation measures and enforcement protocol
S
S
S
S
FOOD AND LIQUOR SALES
Specialty foods, including imported and/or unique
food products, produce, candy, baked goods, meat,
etc., specialty liquor sales involving off-sale unique
brands of beer, wine, and distilled spirits
P
P
P
P

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.1000-2: Glendale Centerline Overlay Permitted Uses
Land Use
Key: P = Permitted, S = Subject to Conditions, C = Conditional Use Permit,
A = Accessory Use, X = Prohibited

Distinct Character Areas within the
Glendale Centerline Overlay Districts
Midtown
43rd—51st
Avenues
Beet Sugar
51st—55th
Avenues
Historic
Downtown
55th—59th
Avenues
Market
59th—67th
Avenues
(establishments exceeding 10,000 square feet of
sales area require a Conditional Use Permit)
GENERAL OFFICE, FINANCIAL AND HEALTH OR PERSONAL SERVICES
Administrative, business and professional offices,
secretarial services, realtors/real estate offices,
consulting services, travel and ticket agencies
P
P
P
P
Financial institutions, banks, savings and loans, credit
unions (excluding deferred presentment companies),
travel bureaus, visitor and information center,
government offices and services, police and fire
stations
P
P
P
P
Medical/dental/optical offices, clinics and
laboratories, licensed holistic health care
establishments (excluding massage establishments as
primary uses), veterinary services (excluding animal
boarding or outdoor pens, runs or cages)
P
P
P
P
Personal Services
P
P
P
P
Tattoo Parlors
X
X
X
X
Halfway Houses
X
X
X
X
Hookah Lounges
X
X
X
X
Hospitals
C
C
C
C
Emergency Medical Care - 24 Hour Operations
P
P
P
P
SPECIALTY SERVICES
Photographic, developing and photocopy services,
watch, clock, and small appliance repair, locksmiths
P
P
P
P
Music Recording/Practice Studios
P
P
P
P
Custom Furniture/Upholstery and Repair
P
P
P
P
Picture Framing Shops
P
P
P
P

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.1000-2: Glendale Centerline Overlay Permitted Uses
Land Use
Key: P = Permitted, S = Subject to Conditions, C = Conditional Use Permit,
A = Accessory Use, X = Prohibited

Distinct Character Areas within the
Glendale Centerline Overlay Districts
Midtown
43rd—51st
Avenues
Beet Sugar
51st—55th
Avenues
Historic
Downtown
55th—59th
Avenues
Market
59th—67th
Avenues
Postal services including parcel delivery (public or
private)
P
P
P
P
Dry cleaning and laundering services without on-site
cleaning
P
P
P
P
Home Occupations (Class I)
P
P
P
P
ENTERTAINMENT, RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL
Dance and Martial Arts Studios
P
P
P
P
Athletic Clubs, Health Studios, Yoga
P
P
P
P
Galleries and studios pertaining to artists, craft
workers, and photographers (including incidental
developing and printing), libraries, museums, etc.
including incidental retail sale of merchandise
pertaining to the primary use
P
P
P
P
Entertainment establishments (including internet
cafes) with incidental sale of food or alcohol. Live
entertainment, including outdoor amplification, and/or
dancing is permitted as an accessory use, subject to
Conditional Use Permit (CUP) approval if the site is
located within 500 feet of a residentially zoned
property. During the CUP process, the city will work
with the applicant on mitigation measures and
enforcement protocol
S
S
S
S
Parks and General Recreation
P
P
P
P
Public assembly, including amphitheaters,
auditoriums, and exhibition halls. A Conditional Use
Permit shall be required for the use within 500 feet of
residentially zoned property
P
P
P
P
Indoor recreation and sports facilities. A Conditional
Use Permit shall be required for the use within 500
feet of residentially zoned property
P
P
P
P
Theater, live and motion picture. A Conditional Use
Permit shall be required for the use within 500 feet of
residentially zoned property
P
P
P
P

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.1000-2: Glendale Centerline Overlay Permitted Uses
Land Use
Key: P = Permitted, S = Subject to Conditions, C = Conditional Use Permit,
A = Accessory Use, X = Prohibited

Distinct Character Areas within the
Glendale Centerline Overlay Districts
Midtown
43rd—51st
Avenues
Beet Sugar
51st—55th
Avenues
Historic
Downtown
55th—59th
Avenues
Market
59th—67th
Avenues
SOCIAL, PROFESSIONAL, AND RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS
Churches, synagogues, temples, missions, religious
reading rooms, and other religious activities
P
P
P
P
Social, professional and youth organizations that
conduct group and/or membership meetings on the
premises, including political, veterans, civic, labor,
charitable, and similar organizations
P
P
P
P
EDUCATION
Arts and Crafts Schools and Colleges
S
S
S
S
Business Colleges and Professional Schools (excluding
Vocational Schools)
S
S
S
S
Vocational Schools
S
S
S
S
Daycare Facilities, In Home
S
S
S
S
Day Care Facilities, Commercial
P
P
P
P
Public or private schools for primary and/or secondary
education
X
X
X
X
COMMUNICATION FACILITIES
Broadcasting Studios, Radio, Television, Internet
P
P
P
P
Communication Towers
C
C
C
C
Alternative tower structures. Also subject to Section
35.3.105.D.
P
P
P
P
TRANSPORTATION AND MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
Car rental services, excluding maintenance or repair
P
P
P
P
Parking lots and structures (municipal)
P
P
P
P

│ Unified Development Code

Table 2.1000-2: Glendale Centerline Overlay Permitted Uses
Land Use
Key: P = Permitted, S = Subject to Conditions, C = Conditional Use Permit,
A = Accessory Use, X = Prohibited

Distinct Character Areas within the
Glendale Centerline Overlay Districts
Midtown
43rd—51st
Avenues
Beet Sugar
51st—55th
Avenues
Historic
Downtown
55th—59th
Avenues
Market
59th—67th
Avenues
Parking lots and structures (commercial with fees)
P
P
P
P
Rideshare stands (incidental feature integrated into
primary use)
P
P
P
P
Public transit stations and stops
P
P
P
P
Other uses that meet the intent of the UDC as
approved by the Development Services Director or
designee
P
P
P
P

D.
Development standards.
Table 2.1000-3: Glendale Centerline Overlay Development Standards
Character
Areas
Minimum
Lot Area [1]
Maximum
Lot Area
Minimum Setbacks [2]
Building
Height [3]
DU/AC
FAR
Front
Rear
Side
Street
Midtown
43rd to 51st
Avenues
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
0
70
50
2 [4]
Beet Sugar
51st to 55th
Avenues
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
0
50
25
2 [5]
Historic
Downtown
55th to 59th
Avenues
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
0
60
40
2 [6]
Market
59th to 67th
Avenues
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
0
50
25
2 [4]
[1] No minimum lot size is required, but each lot must have a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet of frontage on a public street. For the
purpose of this section, an alley is not considered a public street.
[2] 30 feet to property within a residential zoning district, which includes Agricultural, Single Residence, Mixed Residence, or Multiple
Residence, or a detached single-family dwelling unit.

│ Unified Development Code

[3] Maximum height of accessory structures is 15 feet.
[4] A maximum Floor Area Ratio (FAR) of 4.0 can be achieved through performance incentives given for the following amenities: public
art, open space, LEED certified buildings, and shared parking at the rate of .50 additional FAR for each amenity provided.
[5] A maximum FAR of 4.0 can be achieved through performance incentives given for the following amenities: public art, open space,
LEED certified buildings, adaptive reuse, and shared parking at the rate of .50 additional FAR for each amenity provided.
[6] A maximum FAR of 4.0 can be achieved through performance incentives given for the following amenities: public art, open space,
LEED certified buildings, adaptive reuse, and compatible architecture at the rate of .50 additional FAR for each amenity provided.

E.
Performance Standards.
The following standards and restrictions shall apply to all properties within this district:
1. Unless otherwise prohibited or regulated by any other ordinance, provision, agreement,
or conditional use permit, outdoor displays are permitted subject to the following
restrictions and may be required to be screened from public view:
a. All products displayed outdoors shall be customary, accessory, and incidental to
those sold and displayed in a primary business being conducted in a permanent
building on the property.
b. Outdoor displays shall not interfere with pedestrian access-ways, fire lanes,
parking spaces, driveways, landscape areas, or traffic visibility at driveway entries
and street intersections.
c.
All pedestrian access-ways must maintain a minimum unobstructed dimension of
five (5) feet in width, unless as otherwise required by the City of Glendale Approved
Building and Fire Codes.
d. Items shall not obstruct the normal ingress and egress, including handicapped
access, from the business or any other property.
e. Hours of daily operations shall be limited to the normal business hours of the
primary business.
2. All sales transactions and service activities shall be within an enclosed permanent
building on the property, except parking lots.
3. There shall be no manufacturing, compounding, processing, or treatment of products,
except as otherwise permitted, and other than that which are clearly incidental to a
retail store or business.
4. Outdoor Sidewalk Cafes.
a. Purpose. It is the policy of the City to encourage the establishment of outdoor
sidewalk cafes on private property and within public rights-of-way.
b. Outdoor sidewalk cafes are permitted on any public right-of-way within the Overlay
District upon application and issuance of any required permits.
c.
Standards.
i. Outdoor sidewalk cafes must not obstruct sidewalk pedestrian traffic or create
public health and safety hazards. All sidewalks must maintain the minimum

│ Unified Development Code

dimensions as specified by this Code or required by the City of Glendale
Approved Building and Fire Codes..
ii. Outdoor sidewalk cafes may be open, partially covered, or enclosed by means
of umbrellas, awnings, canopies, or similar protective structure subject to the
requirements found in the City of Glendale Approved Building and Fire Codes..
iii. Outdoor sidewalk cafes must be used only as seating areas. Storage, kitchen,
or restroom uses are not allowed. The seating must be movable.
iv. All outdoor sidewalk cafes must be level with the sidewalk, and handicap
accessible.
v. Decorative/accent lighting may be incorporated into the outdoor cafe
structure, awning, canopy, etc., and must meet all Glendale City Code
requirements.
5. Any change to the exterior color of the building shall be subject to Design Review
approval.
F.
Parking.
1. Due to the pedestrian nature of the Glendale Centerline Overlay District, there are no
off-street parking requirements in the Beet Sugar and Historic Downtown character
areas for businesses located within this zoning district when development is in
conformance with the Glendale Centerline Overlay District rather than the underlying
zoning district. Deviations from parking requirements can be considered on a case-by-
case analysis as part of the Design Review application process as noted below in any
Character Area.
a. Housing developments, that seek to request lower parking minimums, will be
reviewed for approval on the following bases:

100 percent affordable housing within ½ mile of a transit stop with frequent
transit service: 0.5 parking spaces per unit:

100 percent affordable housing for seniors, within ½ mile of a transit stop
with local transit service or with access to paratransit service offered by the
city as part of a program: 0.5 parking spaces per unit; or

A parking justification study or analysis as described in Section 35.4.005 and
to include:
(a) A comparative study between the requirements for traditional multi-family
residential housing.
(b) Transit options within the vicinity of the subject property.
(c) Accessibility to general services/ retail from the subject property.
2. Parking Space Dimension.
All parking spaces shall be striped as specified by the City of Glendale Engineering
Design Standards.
G.
Signs.
1. Refer to Section 35.4.300.

│ Unified Development Code

35.2.1009 Scenic Corridor
A.
Purpose Statement.
The Scenic Corridor seeks to protect view corridors, preserve existing natural areas,
washes, rivers, creeks, desert, hills and mountains. The Scenic Corridor prohibits Billboard
Signs and Digital Billboard Signs.
B.
Loop 101 Scenic Corridor.
1. Boundaries:
a. Both sides of that portion of the Loop 101 (Agua Fria Freeway) located between
51st Avenue and Bell Road. The Scenic Corridor extends ¼ -mile on both sides of
the freeway. This distance is measured from the freeway right-of-way.
C.
Permitted Land Uses.
1. Land use shall conform to the uses permitted in the underlying zoning district, except
that Billboard Signs and Digital Billboard Signs are prohibited.

35.2.1010 Sonorita Community
A.
Intent and Applicability.
1. Intent. It is the intent of the Sonorita Community Overlay District to acknowledge the
historical residential use in the area, promote the continuance and limited expansion
of single-family residential uses by encouraging the maintenance and improvement of
the residential environment, protecting and improving the vitality of the community.
The Overlay District encourages continued residential uses in the community.
It is also the intent to facilitate single-family residential redevelopment in the Sonorita
community. The Sonorita Community Overlay District will facilitate a development
review process which encourages redevelopment and residential additions; will employ
strategies to balance the protection of the existing community with new development;
provides flexibility to implement unique development standards in the community;
allows certain land uses to support investment and opportunity.
It is the intent of the Sonorita Community Overlay District to permit residential uses
and establish residential development standards in addition to the existing permitted
uses and development standards within the existing zoning district.
The Sonorita Community Overlay District does not hinder a property owner's ability to
utilize existing zoning.
2. Applicability. The Sonorita Community Overlay District will apply only to the geographic
area bounded by Grand Avenue on the north and east, Maryland Avenue on the south,
and 59th Avenue on the west.
B.
Boundaries.
The Sonorita Community Overlay District is bounded by Grand Avenue on the north and
east, Maryland Avenue on the south, and 59th Avenue on the west which is zoned M-1
(Light Industrial).

│ Unified Development Code

C.
Existing Zoning.
1. The existing zoning in the Sonorita Community Overlay District is M-1 (Light Industrial).
The Sonorita Community Overlay District affirms that existing zoning and in no way
limits a property owner from utilizing the uses and standards associated with the M-1
District.
D.
Permitted uses.
1. An existing detached single-family home which is the only dwelling unit on the lot,
parcel, or parcels it is constructed on.
E.
Uses Subject to Conditions for Single-Family Homes.
1. Home Occupations (Class I): See Section 35.3.204.G.
F.
Accessory Uses for Single-Family Homes.
Uses which are customary and incidental to the principal use of the property. All accessory
uses are subject to Section 35.3.200.
1. Fences and walls.
a. Front yard: Maximum height - three (3) feet
b. Side or rear yard: Maximum height - six (6) feet, except eight (8) feet when abutting
an arterial street.
2. Garage or enclosed storage.
3. Swimming pool.
4. Satellite earth station.
5. Amateur radio tower.
6. Home Occupation (Class I); see Section 35.3.204.G.
7. Yard sales, subject to Section 35.3.300.
8. Household pets.
G.
Development Standards for Single-Family Homes.
1. Minimum Net Lot Area - 6,000 square feet
2. Minimum Lot Width - 50 feet
3. Minimum Lot Depth - 80 feet
4. Minimum Setback
a. Front - 15 feet to livable, 20 feet to garage or carport
b. Rear - 10 feet
c.
Side - 3 feet and 3 feet
d. Street Side - 3 feet
5. Maximum Structure Height - 30 feet
6. Maximum Percentage Lot Coverage - 80 percent

│ Unified Development Code

H.
Parking for Single-Family Homes.
1. Due to the pedestrian nature of the Sonorita Community Overlay District, there are no
off-street parking requirements for single-family homes in the Overlay District.
I.
Prohibited uses.
No new single-family homes will be permitted to be built in the Sonorita Community Overlay
District.

│ Unified Development Code

ARTICLE 3 - SUPPLEMENTAL USE PROVISIONS

35.3.000 GENERAL PROVISIONS
35.3.001 Intent
It is the intent of this section to identify those land uses and to provide specific criterion and
conditions to ensure that, if permitted, they will contribute to the health, safety, and general
welfare of the City and its residents. The requirements specified herein are in addition to those
specified in the corresponding zoning district. In the event of conflict between these standards
and the underlying zoning district standards, the provisions of this section shall apply.
35.3.002 General Applicability and Regulation
The regulations contained within this Article shall apply to the associated permitted and
conditional uses as stated in Article 2 Zoning Districts.

35.3.100 SPECIFIC USE CONDITIONS BY USE CATEGORY
35.3.101 Agricultural
This Section contains specific use conditions and regulations for permitted uses within the
Agricultural use category as provided in Article 2 – Zoning Districts.
A.
Agriculture, Stables
1. Minimum parcel size three (3) acres
B.
Agritainment
1. Minimum acreage: 10 acres
2. Activities are secondary to and/or in conjunction with the principal agricultural use.
3. The Agritainment use shall only be operated by the owner or leasee of the property on
which it is located.
4. Overnight accommodations shall not be allowed as part of the Agritainment use.
5. An event or activity occurring one (1) time per year, not exceeding five (5) days in
duration, shall not be considered Agritainment and shall be required to obtain a
temporary use permit prior to holding the event or initiating the activity.

35.3.102 Residential
This Section contains specific use conditions and regulations for permitted uses within the
Residential use category as provided in Article 2 – Zoning Districts.
A.
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached
1. Within the R-2, R-3, and R-4 Districts, any parcel of land having an area or average
width less than that required by the development standards of the zoning district in
which said parcel is located, and which parcel was legally established at the time it
came under the provisions of this chapter, shall be permitted to place a single-family
detached dwelling, provided, however, that all development shall adhere to the
development standards of the most comparable zoning district to the lot size of the

│ Unified Development Code

subject parcel (i.e. if a parcel in the R-2 zoning district is 4,000 SF in area, a single
family dwelling on said parcel would need to adhere to the development standards of
the R1-4 zoning district).
B.
Dwelling, Live/Work
1. All work activities and spaces shall adhere to Section 35.3.204.G – Home Occupations
C.
Dwelling, For Rent Community
1. Permitted Density range: 10-14 du/ac.
2. Design Standards
Unless modified within the information below, development of this use type shall
comply with the provisions of general applicability to that of a Multiple Residence
development.
a. Residences within For-Rent-Communities shall be predominately grouped around
pedestrian‐oriented landscaped pathways and courtyards to create a sense of
place, and connectivity within the greater development.
b. Each For-Rent-Community shall provide a minimum of three (3) architectural styles
for the residences that are genuinely distinct from another and provide varying
rooflines. A minimum of three (3) color schemes shall also be used for each
architectural style to add variety and visual interest to the overall development.
c.
Each residence shall feature four-sided detailing including but not limited to
masonry, shutters, corbels, column details, and gable end detailing, appropriate
for the architectural styles of the overall development.
d. The massing of buildings within the development shall include articulated facades
and varying roof forms.
e. Common open space areas shall be distributed throughout the development in
convenient and accessible locations for residents to use and enjoy.
f.
All residences shall include a private yard enclosed by a 6‐foot fence or wall.
g. Minimum common active open space shall be provided at a ratio of 125 SF per
bedroom of the overall development. Minimum private yard space shall consist of
200 SF for 1 bd units and 300 SF for 2 bed units and above. The minimum depth
of private yards shall be 8 feet.
h. Individual buildings shall be clustered and oriented toward pedestrian and open
space pathways, and they shall comply with all applicable building code
requirements. Between the buildings, will be laid out with sidewalks, landscaping,
shading, and a pattern of shared common area spaces. The minimum
unobstructed sidewalk width shall be five (5) feet in width.
i.
Primary entrances into each For-Rent-Community shall incorporate enhanced
landscaping features and alternative paving materials to create a distinct entry
feature.
j.
Perimeter walls, constructed of masonry, will be of a design complementing the
existing surrounding area while using materials and colors that are consistent with

│ Unified Development Code

the on-site architecture. Walls shall undulate or use pilasters to break up long
linear expanses along street frontages.
D.
Dwelling, Modular Home
1. Design Standards
Unless modified within the information below, development of this use type shall
comply with the provisions of general applicability to that of a Single Residence
development.
a. Garage & Carports
i. Garages or carports shall be set back at least five (5) feet behind the front
wall of the house or front edge of an unenclosed porch.
ii. Garages placed flush with the front wall of the house shall incorporate at least
one of the design/detail features below:
(a)
A decorative trellis over the entire garage.
(b)
A balcony that extends out over the garage and includes columns.
(c)
Two separate doors for two car garages instead of one large door.
(d)
Decorative windows on the garage door.
(e)
Decorative details on the garage door. Standard squares on a
garage door will not qualify as a decorative detail.
(f)
A garage door color (other than white) that matches or
complements the color of the house.
(g)
Other design techniques that effectively deemphasize the garage,
as determined by the Development Services Director or designee.
i. The garage face shall occupy no more than 50 percent of the ground-level
facade facing the street.
b. Building Facades
i. Building facades visible from a public street shall employ techniques to recess
or project individual windows from the facade or incorporate window trim that
features color that contrasts with the base building color. Exceptions will be
considered where buildings employ other distinctive window or facade
treatment that adds depth and visual interest to the building.
c.
Architectural Details
i. Provide for architectural details that add visual interest to the neighborhood
and are well proportioned to achieve good human scale. Specifically,
incorporate at least three of the following detail elements into the facade of
the house:
(a)
Decorative entry.
(b)
Decorative porch design, including decorative columns or railings.
(c)
Bay windows or balconies.
(d)
Decorative door design including transom and/or side lights or
other distinctive feature.

│ Unified Development Code

(e)
Decorative roofline elements including brackets, multiple dormers,
and chimneys.
(f)
Decorative building materials, including decorative masonry,
shingle, brick, tile, stone, or other materials with decorative or
textural qualities.
(g)
Landscaped trellises or
other
decorative
elements
that
incorporate landscaping near the building entry.
(h)
Distinctive paint schemes.
(i)
Exceptions: Other decorative facade elements or details that meet
the intent and standards as determined by the Development
Services Director or designee.
E.
Mixed Use Residential
1. Mixed-use residential uses shall be located in the same building and shall include
residential uses in conjunction with retail sales or retail services or office uses, as
described in provision 9 below.
2. Mixed use residential development shall only be permitted on parcels abutting arterial
or collector roadways.
3. Non-residential uses shall be limited to the floor(s) of the building below the residential
use, or adjacent to ground floor residential uses.
4. At least fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the mixed-use residential building
shall be for residential uses.
5. The maximum residential density shall be the same as applies in the zoning district
where the development is located.
6. Ground-floor residential uses fronting a public street or walkway, where present, shall
be separated from the street by landscaping, steps, porches, grade changes, and/or
low ornamental fences or walls in order to create a private yard area between the
sidewalk and the front door.
7. The aggregate of the non-residential use or uses shall be no greater than fifteen
thousand (15,000) square feet in gross floor area.
8. The total number of required off-street parking spaces for a mixed-use residential
development shall be equal to the sum of the required parking for each use as if
provided separately, unless modified per section 35.4.000.
9. The residential and non-residential uses permitted within a mixed-use residential
development are as provided by the zoning district where the mixed-use development
is located, with the following additions:
a. Coffee Shop, Café or Bakery
b. Financial Institution
c.
Office, Business or Professional
d. Personal Services
e. Retail, General

│ Unified Development Code

f.
Any other non-residential use listed under the General Commercial and
Professional Office Use Category in Table 2.500-1 shall require a Conditional Use
Permit.
F.
Group Homes
To permit the establishment of group homes in residential neighborhoods, while preserving
the residential character of the community.
1. Definitions.
Residential Care Home: A residential home suitable for accommodating six (6) to ten
(10) adults or minor children with disabilities or who are minors without disabilities.
This definition shall include those residences that are licensed by the State of Arizona,
including but not limited to assisted living homes and sober living homes or awarded
an Oxford House Charter, but shall not include any group living arrangement for
unrelated individuals who are not disabled, including but not limited to
halfway/correctional/sex offender transitional facilities or shelter care facilities for
people at risk.

Residential Care Center: A facility suitable for accommodating eleven (11) or more
adults or minor children with disabilities or who are minors without disabilities. This
definition shall include those residences that are licensed by the State of Arizona,
including but not limited to assisted living homes and sober living homes or awarded
an Oxford House Charter, but shall not include any group living arrangement for
unrelated individuals who are not disabled, including but not limited to
halfway/correctional/sex offender transitional facilities or shelter care facilities for
people at risk.

Group Care Facility: A residential home for two or more unrelated individuals under
supervised care and/or treatment (including but not limited to those that have been
adjudicated (i.e. placed by court-order), beyond that which would be provided in the
confines of a traditional residential setting, who do not qualify as a Residential Care
Home or Residential Care Center, in which living facilities and sleeping rooms are
provided; and which may provide select services, such as, but not limited to, meals,
services to promote emotional support, life skills development and/or employment
training. This shall include halfway/correctional/sex offender transitional facilities or
shelter care facilities for people at risk.
2. Notwithstanding the definition of “Family” in Section 35.8.004 of this Code, homes of
six or fewer persons receiving special care on a 24-hour-per-day basis for physical,
mental, or developmental disabilities shall be considered a single-family residence for
the purposes of this title. The limitation of six or fewer persons does not include the
operator or members of the operator's family or staff.
3. Residential Care Homes shall be permitted without conditions in the SR, R1, R-2, R-O,
and MH Zoning Districts, subject to issuance of a business license showing compliance
with the requirements of this subsection.
4. Residential Care Centers shall be permitted without conditions in the R-3, R-4, R-5, C-
1, and C-2 Zoning Districts, subject to issuance of a business license showing
compliance with the requirements of this subsection.
5. Group Care Facility may be permitted in the R-3, R-4, R-5 and C-3 zoning districts
subject to obtaining a Conditional Use Permit and showing compliance with the
requirements of this subsection.
6. Requirements:

│ Unified Development Code

a. All establishments must obtain a business license as well as a certificate of
occupancy as required by City building codes.
b. If State licensing is required, proof of such licensure shall be provided to the
Planning Division within the Development Services Department.
c.
No such home or center shall be located on a lot with a property line within 1,200
feet of another such residential care home, residential care center or group care
facility.
d. The establishment must meet the minimum off-street parking requirements as set
forth in Section 35.4.000.
e. An individual required to register as a sex offender and classified as a Level II or
Level III community risk (intermediate to high risk) is not permitted to live in a
residential care home or residential care center.
f.
An administrative record of each Residential Care Home, Residential Care Center
or Group Care Facility shall be maintained with the Planning Division within the
Development Services Department.
g. The City reserves the right to revoke authorization to operate.

7. Disability accommodation.
i. A disability accommodation from a development standard or separation
requirement in association with a Residential Care Home or Facility shall not
be authorized unless the Board of Adjustment shall find upon sufficient
evidence all of the following:
(a)
The requested accommodation is requested by or on the behalf of
one (1) or more individuals with a disability protected under
Federal and Arizona Fair Housing Laws (42 U.S.C. § 3600 et seq.
and A.R.S. § 41-1491 et seq.);
(b)
The requested accommodation is necessary to afford an individual
with a disability equal opportunity to use and enjoy a dwelling;
(c)
The standard or requirement unduly restricts the opportunity for a
person with a disability from finding adequate housing within the
City of Glendale;
(d)
The requested accommodation does not fundamentally alter the
nature and purpose of the UDC of the City of Glendale;
(e)
The requested accommodation will not impose an undue financial
or administrative burden on the city, as "undue financial or
administrative burden" is defined in Federal or Arizona fair housing
laws (42 U.S.C. § 3600 et seq. and A.R.S. § 41-1491 et seq.) and
interpretive case law;
ii. The profitability or financial hardship of the owner/service provider of a facility
shall not be considered in determining whether to grant a disability
accommodation.
iii. The requested accommodation must comply with all applicable building and
fire codes.

│ Unified Development Code

iv. The requested accommodation must not, under the specific facts of the
application, result in a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals
or substantial physical damage to the property of others.
v. The requested accommodation shall be made in any form, however, upon
receipt, the City may require the requestor to comply with the procedures
ordinarily followed, including the submittal of an application, including the
required fee, as published in the fee schedule, and comply with all public
notification requirements.

8. Where legally required, the Residential Care Home or Facility is licensed by, certified
by, approved by, registered with, or under contract with a Federal, State, or local
government and evidence of such is provided to the Planning Department within sixty
(60) days of approval of the Planning Department;
9. No exterior change which would alter its residential character shall be made to the
exterior of the building(s) and the grounds;
10. The location of the Residential Care Home or Facility has been approved by the
Planning Department; and
11. An administrative record of each Residential Care Home or Facility shall be maintained
with the Planning Department.
G.
Model Home Complex
1. The complex shall be subject to administrative approval.
2. The complex shall only be used to market homes being built in the subdivision in which
it is located. Off-site home sales may be permitted subject to approval of a Conditional
Use Permit.
3. A model home complex plan is required which contains information as required by the
Development Services Director or designee. The Development Services Director or
designee shall review and approve the plan prior to the issuance of building permits
for models.
4. A single temporary flagpole may be erected on the model home complex. The
maximum flagpole height shall be sixty (60) feet. The flagpole will be permitted for a
maximum of three (3) years from the date of approval of the model home complex. The
flag on this flagpole shall not have a flag length which is more than 25 percent of the
flagpole height.
5. Prior to occupancy as a single-family residence, all model homes shall conform to all
provisions of this ordinance and any temporary parking, office, lighting, fencing,
flagpole, or other similar improvements shall be removed.

35.3.103 General Commercial and Professional Office
This Section contains specific use conditions and regulations for permitted uses within the
General Commercial, Entertainment, and Professional Office use category as provided in Article
2 – Zoning Districts.
A.
Adult Businesses
1. Findings, Purpose and Intent:
a. Sexually oriented (adult) businesses cause secondary effects on the community
which are detrimental to the public health, safety and welfare, including unlawful

│ Unified Development Code

and unhealthy activities; unlawful sexual activities, including public sexual
indecency and prostitution; sexual encounters of a casual nature; and risk of
spread of sexually transmitted and possibly fatal diseases.
b. Areas of the community surrounding adult businesses are beset by higher
incidences of sexually related crimes, street crime, and property crimes; greater
demand on police resources; lower property values; litter from sexual devices,
materials and packaging; and other problems.
c.
Incidents are reported of lack of strict age verification procedures and of
admission of underaged juveniles as patrons into an adult entertainment
establishment.
d. Adult businesses require reasonable locational restrictions and spacing
requirements to protect residential areas and other uses which are frequented by
children from the documented negative secondary effects which occur with these
businesses and to protect and preserve the public health, safety and welfare.
e. Preventing concentration of adult businesses in proximity to each other and on the
same site or in the same building is a reasonable means to prevent intensification
of negative secondary effects from these businesses in the immediately
surrounding area and on the community generally.
f.
Establishing regulations on the location of adult businesses will disperse any
secondary effects; allow more effective utilization of police resources; allow more
effective law enforcement monitoring of the adult businesses and prevention of
illegal negative secondary effects of adult businesses; and will facilitate
enforcement of the provisions of this UDC and other state and local laws, thereby
furthering the substantial governmental interest in protecting the public health,
safety and welfare.
g. It is the intent of this section to regulate the location of adult business
establishments so as to protect and promote the health, safety, and general
welfare of the citizens of the city and its visitors, and to establish reasonable and
uniform regulations to prevent the concentration of adult businesses and their
secondary effects.
h. This section has neither the purpose, nor effect of imposing a limitation or
restriction on the content of any communications or communicative materials,
including sexually oriented business.
i.
It is not the purpose or intent of this section either to restrict or deny lawful access
by adults to sexually oriented materials or to deny accesses by the distributors of
sexually oriented materials to their intended market.
j.
It is not the purpose or intent of this section to impose judgment on the content or
merits of any constitutionally protected form of speech or expression.

2. Prohibited locations of any type of adult use or sexually oriented business:
a. An operator of a sexually oriented business is in violation of this ordinance if the
business is operated in a zoning district, which does not expressly permit that type
of adult use in said zoning district.

│ Unified Development Code

b. In addition to being located in a proper zoning district, an operator commits a
violation if the adult business is operated within one thousand (1,000) feet of an
existing:
i. Church;
ii. Public or private school;
iii. Public park;
iv. Agricultural or residentially zoned property;
v. Child care center;
vi. Designated historic district; or
vii. Other adult business.
c.
The measurement of the one thousand (1,000) foot distance for the purposes of
subparagraph b. above, shall be made in a straight line, without regard to
intervening structures or objects, from the nearest portion of the property line of
an existing church, school, child care center, or adult business, or from the
boundary line of a public park, agricultural or residentially zoned property or
designated historic district, to the nearest property line of the property sought to
be used as a sexually oriented business.
d. The measurement of the one thousand (1,000) foot distance for the purposes of
subparagraph b. above shall also include churches, schools, childcare centers,
agricultural or residentially zoned properties, public parks, or other adult uses
which are located in an adjoining city or county which are within the one thousand
(1,000) foot distance of the nearest property line of the property sought to be used
for an adult use or sexually oriented business within the City of Glendale.
e. A person commits a violation if they cause or permit the establishment or
operation of more than one (1) adult use or sexually oriented business in the same
building or structure, or on any portion of the site.
3. Submittal or application for adult use or sexually oriented business:
a. Application for adult business shall be submitted to the planning department for
review. The application shall include a narrative statement describing the nature
of the business for determination of conformity with a listed adult business use.
The application shall also include a site plan and Maricopa County assessor parcel
map clearly identifying surrounding properties with depiction of the required
distances from the uses detailed in paragraph b. of this section. This application
shall state the distance from each of the uses identified in paragraph b. of this
section.
b. Review of site application for completeness of information shall be completed
within ten (10) days of the submission of the application. The applicant will be
notified by first class mail if the application is complete or requires additional
information.
4. Provisions for existing nonconforming uses:
a. An adult business otherwise lawfully operating prior to the adoption of this
ordinance, that was lawfully established and maintained under prior UDC
provisions within the one thousand (1,000)-foot distance regulation of subsection
b. above, shall be deemed a legal nonconforming use. Such nonconforming use
shall not be increased, enlarged, extended or altered except the use may be

│ Unified Development Code

voluntarily changed by the operator to a conforming use within the property's
zoning district which meets all other applicable requirements of city.
b. If two (2) or more adult businesses are located within one thousand (1,000) feet
of one another and otherwise lawfully operating, the adult business which was first
established and continually operating is deemed the conforming use and the later
established adult business is deemed the nonconforming use. Whether the later
established adult business is entitled to be established or maintained as a legal,
nonconforming use shall be determined under the requirements of 4.a. above,
Section 35.7.100, Legal Non-Conformity, and state law.
B.
Animal Pet Facilities
1. Animal Supply and Feed Store:
a. In the C-2 District, animal supply and feed stores shall be limited to indoor sales
only.
2. Animal Pet Day Care Facility:
a. When located adjacent to a residential or agricultural district, every building shall
be set back at least fifty (50) feet from the closest residential or agricultural lot
line. The space shall be designed so the average sound level emitted from the
interior of the facility shall not exceed forty-five (45) decibels at any point fifty (50)
feet from the exterior walls and roof of the facility. Building plans submitted for a
pet day care facility shall include a certified statement from registered architect or
engineer that a building will meet the forty-five (45) decibel requirement.
b. The facility shall be constructed so that direct unaccompanied access by animals
to outside areas of the building is not allowed.
c.
Animals must be accompanied by a facility employee or pet owner at all times
when outside the building.
d. Use of the facility for overnight boarding shall require a CUP.
e. All outdoor recreation and/or boarding areas shall require a CUP.

C.
Automotive and Recreational Vehicle Rentals
1. When ancillary to a Permitted principal use, six (6) or fewer vehicles may be made
available for rent; for-rent vehicles shall not occupy required parking spaces.
2. On-site storage, maintenance, and washing of rental vehicles shall occur no closer than
150 feet from a residential use and shall not be conducted between any adjacent
street and the front of the principal building.
D.
Automotive and Recreational Vehicle Sales
1. Such use shall be located no less than 150 feet away from a single-family residential
use.
2. Such use may be located less than 150 feet away from a single-family residential use
with a Conditional Use Permit.
3. All repairs, testing and tuning activities shall occur indoors.

│ Unified Development Code

4. Outdoor sound systems, including PA systems, shall be prohibited.
5. Automotive rental facilities associated with a dealer shall be considered an allowed
accessory use.
E.
Automotive, Commercial Parking Lot
1. Overnight parking is not permitted unless a conditional use permit is secured and the
lot is completely enclosed, locked and limited to passenger vehicles only
F.
Automotive Refueling Station
1. There shall be no outdoor service or repair operations, other than the dispensing or
installation of gasoline, vehicle charging or other minor services, such as tire inflation,
for customers as related to such dispensing, installation or charging;
2. There shall be no sale, rental, display, long-term parking, or storage of vehicles, boats,
trailers, machinery or other similar equipment; or
3. There shall be no outdoor storage or display of vehicle components and parts, supplies
or equipment, except within an area defined on the project approved site plan and
which extends no more than ten (10) feet beyond the principal building.
4. All fuel pumps and/or pump islands shall be covered by a canopy that matches or
complements the design of the main structure.
5. Electric charging stations may count towards required parking spaces.
6. The placement of more than two such facilities per intersection of arterial or collector
roadways is discouraged.
7. Facilities located on the same side of a street shall be no less than 500 feet from a
similar facility.
8. Refueling pumps and associated equipment shall be no less than 150 feet from a
single-family residential use.
9. Canopy lights shall be flush mounted, and the light source shall not be visible from any
property line.
10. A use may combine a refueling station with a convenience store, restaurant, drive-
through facility, car wash and/or automotive repair, minor only if said uses are
permitted or conditionally permitted and approved in that district.
G.
Automotive Repair and Service, Major
1. Outdoor repair areas shall be paved with concrete, asphalt, pavers, or gravel as
approved by the Transportation Department.
2. Service bays shall be oriented away from public view and shall be no closer than 150
feet from a residential property.
3. Vehicle and equipment storage shall be within a building or fully screened within a
solid, permanent enclosure.
4. Outdoor service or repair of vehicles shall be prohibited except in areas fully screened
from public view and no closer than 150 feet from a residential property.
5. Accessory uses may include assembly and repair buildings, machine shops, paint
facilities, fueling and supply facilities, parking areas, and incidental retail sales
associated with the principal uses.

│ Unified Development Code

6. A major automotive repair use may be combined with automotive sales, outside
storage or service stations only if these uses are permitted or conditionally permitted
and approved in that district.
H.
Automotive Service and Repair, Minor
1. All services shall be conducted within an enclosed building.
2. Service bays shall be oriented away from public view and shall be no closer than 150
feet from a residential property.
3. A use may combine an automotive repair, minor use with a refueling station,
convenience store, restaurant - limited service, drive through and/or car wash only if
these uses are permitted or conditionally permitted and approved in that district.
I.
Bar or Cocktail Lounge
1. Use shall be located no closer than 1,000 feet from a state-designated local alcohol
reception center.
2. Use shall be located no closer than 100 feet from a property zoned for single-family
residential use, excluding rights-of-way.
3. Outdoor seating and patio spaces shall be no closer than 200 feet from a property
zoned for residential use, excluding rights-of-way.
J.
Shopping Center, Community
1. Performance Standards
a. Design review for the entire site must be approved prior to issuance of building
permits for any portion of the site.
b. A project may be built in phases, but the first phase must include at least one of
the major anchors for the center and a percentage of the total gross floor area for
the center as determined at the time of Master Development Plan approval. Pad
sites shall not be developed prior to development of the first major anchor.
c.
The shopping center must include plazas containing a total of at least one
thousand (1,000) square feet per net acre of the site. The plazas shall include
shade trees, seating areas, tables, and trash receptacles. At least fifty percent
(50%) of the area of plazas required shall be constructed in the first phase of
development.
d. Outdoor sales and displays are prohibited, except when the following conditions
are present: 1. Products and services displayed outdoors are customary,
accessory, and incidental to those sold and displayed in a primary business being
conducted in the permanent building on the property. 2. Outdoor sales and
displays do not interfere with pedestrian access ways, fire lanes, required parking
spaces, driveways, landscape area, or traffic visibility at driveway entries and
street intersections.
e. All retail and service activities shall be within an enclosed building. No outside
storage of equipment or materials is permitted.
f.
Prior to certificate of occupancy of any building on the site, the developer shall
provide certification that the noise level from mechanical equipment does not
exceed 55 dBA (normal speaking voice) at the property line.

│ Unified Development Code

g. The frontages and corner setback area shall include a minimum of twenty-five (25)
feet of landscaping, broken only by necessary driveways and screen walls. No
parking shall be permitted within this area.
h. Where a development abuts a residential street (that is, where there are
residences across a street from the center), a fifty (50) foot landscape buffer is
required.
i.
Where a development is immediately adjacent to a residential district with no
intervening street, a twenty (20) foot landscape buffer is required.
j.
All perimeter on-site improvements including landscape buffers, sidewalks,
perimeter walls and parking lot screen walls must be constructed in the first phase
of development.
2. Master Development Plan
a. All Shopping Center, Community developments shall include a Master
Development Plan for the area. The plan, at a minimum, will address:
i. The location of all proposed buildings, plazas, and pedestrian walkways.
ii. The location of all drive aisles, parking, loading and service areas.
iii. The location of all landscaping, retention areas, entry features and perimeter
walls.
iv. The location of all required public street improvements.
v. A design theme for the center showing the architecture, materials and colors
that will be used.
vi. The location of all proposed free-standing identification signs.
vii. On-site lighting performance measures.
viii. The location, type and size of individual uses planned for the center.
b. The Master Development Plan shall be reviewed through the design review
process. Consideration shall be given to the conformance of the proposed plan
with the General Plan, the commercial design expectations, and the stated
purpose of the Shopping Center, Community development.
c.
The procedure for amending an approved Master Development Plan shall be the
same as prescribed for the original approval.
K.
Convenience Store
1. The maximum total square footage of the building shall be seven thousand five
hundred (7,500) square feet, unless modified through the CUP process.
2. A use may combine a convenience store with a refueling station, restaurant - limited
service, drive through, car wash and/or automotive repair, minor only if these uses are
permitted or conditionally permitted and approved in that district.
L.
Deferred Presentment Companies
1. The use shall be a minimum of three hundred (300) feet from any agricultural or
residentially- zoned property located in the City of Glendale or in an adjoining city or
county, measured from property lines.

│ Unified Development Code

2. The use shall be a minimum of one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet from
any other deferred presentment company located in the City of Glendale or in an
adjoining city or county, measured from the property lines.
M.
Donation Centers
1. All donated items shall be stored in an enclosed building.
N.
Drive-Through
This section shall apply to all principal uses that include a drive-through facility.
1. Proposed drive throughs that are located within five hundred (500) feet of any zoned
single family residential property shall require a Conditional Use Permit.
2. Menu boards shall not be placed facing the primary street. In addition, every effort
shall be made to avoid placing payment and/or pick-up windows adjacent to public
streets.
3. Drive through aisles that face or are adjacent to public streets shall be screened from
public view by a minimum three (3) foot tall masonry wall that matches the primary
structure.
4. No drive-through aisles shall exit directly onto a public right-of-way.
5. Drive through queuing length shall be approved in accordance with Section 35.4.013
of this Ordinance.
6. Clearly marked pedestrian crosswalks shall be provided for each walk-in customer
access point to the facility that is located adjacent to a drive-through lane(s).
O.
Financial Institution
1. In the PR District, financial institutions shall not exceed seven thousand five hundred
(7,500) square feet.
2. In the C-1, PR, C-O, and G-O Districts, drive through services shall require a Conditional
Use Permit.
3. All drive-through services shall adhere to Section 35.3.103.N and 35.4.013
P.
Health and Fitness Center
1. Use includes both indoor and outdoor activities.
2. Outdoor activities shall be no closer than 150 feet from a residential use.
Q.
Hotels and Motels
1. Shall require a Conditional Use Permit in the C-3 and B-P Districts when use includes
conference and convention facilities.
R.
Household Appliance, Furniture, and Small Equipment Rentals
1. No outside display or storage is allowed
2. Any use with seventy-five thousand (75,000) square feet or greater of gross floor area
shall be considered Retail, Large.

│ Unified Development Code

S.
Medical Offices and Clinics
1. In the C-O District, medical and dental laboratories shall not exceed five thousand
(5,000) square feet.
T.
Marijuana Facilities
1. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to implement Arizona Revised Statutes, Title
36, Chapter 28.1; entitled "Arizona Medical Marijuana Act" and Chapter 28.2; entitled
"Responsible Adult Use of Marijuana".
2. Marijuana Establishment. Marijuana Establishment shall be permitted only in the
General Office (G-O), General Commercial (C-2), and Heavy Commercial (C-3) zoning
districts, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
a. Applicant shall provide:
i. Name(s) and location(s) of the affiliated offsite marijuana establishment
associated with the cultivation operation.
ii. A copy of the operating procedures adopted in compliance with A.R.S. § 36-
2854.
iii. A survey sealed by a registrant of the State of Arizona showing the location of
the nearest marijuana dispensary or cultivation location if within 10,560 feet.
iv. Site plan, floor plan, building permits for occupancy change, and a security
plan.
v. If the application is by an agent for the owner of the property, the owner's
authorization must include an explicit acknowledgement from the owner that
the owner knows that the proposed use of the property is as a marijuana
offsite cultivation location.
b. Shall be located in a permanent building and may not be located in a trailer, cargo
container or motor vehicle.
c.
Shall not permit on-premise consumption.
d. Shall not be located within 5,280 feet of any other Marijuana Dispensary,
Marijuana Dispensary Offsite Cultivation Location, Marijuana Establishment,
Marijuana Manufacturing Facility, or Marijuana Designated Caregiver Cultivation
Location. This distance shall be measured from the exterior walls of the building
or portion thereof in which the businesses are conducted or proposed to be
conducted.
e. Shall not be located within 1,320 feet of a residentially zoned property. This
distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the building
or portion thereof in which the business is conducted or proposed to be conducted
to the zoning boundary line of the residentially zoned property.
f.
Shall not be located within 1,320 feet of an elementary, secondary or high school.
This distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the
building or portion thereof in which the business is conducted or proposed to be
conducted to the property line of the protected use.
g. Shall not share a common wall with a Child Care Center.
h. Shall provide for proper disposal of marijuana remnants or by-products, and not
to be placed within the facility's exterior refuse containers.

│ Unified Development Code

i.
There shall be no emission of dust, fumes, vapors, or odors into the environment
from the facility.
j.
There shall be no retail sales at the facility.
k. The offsite cultivation location must comply with the security requirements of
A.R.S. Title 36, Chapter 28.1 and 28.2.
l.
Shall be a maximum 25,000 gross square feet.
3. Marijuana Testing Facility. To the fullest extent allowable by law, the operation of a
marijuana testing facility is prohibited in Glendale.
4. Marijuana Dispensary Offsite Cultivation Location. A Marijuana Dispensary Offsite
Cultivation Location shall be permitted only in the Light Industrial (M-1) and Heavy
Industrial (M-2) zoning districts, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
a. Applicant shall provide:
vi. Name(s) and location(s) of the affiliated offsite marijuana dispensary
associated with the cultivation operation.
vii.
A copy of the operating procedures adopted in compliance with A.R.S. § 36-
2804(B)(1)(c).
viii.
A survey sealed by a registrant of the State of Arizona showing the location
of the nearest marijuana dispensary or cultivation location if within 10,560
feet.
ix. Site plan, floor plan, building permits for occupancy change, and a security
plan.
x.
If the application is by an agent for the owner of the property, the owner's
authorization must include an explicit acknowledgement from the owner that
the owner knows that the proposed use of the property is as a marijuana
offsite cultivation location.
b. Shall be located in a permanent building and may not be located in a trailer, cargo
container or motor vehicle.
c.
Shall not permit on-premise consumption.
d. Shall not be located within 5,280 feet of any other Marijuana Dispensary,
Marijuana Dispensary Offsite Cultivation Location, Marijuana Establishment,
Marijuana Manufacturing Facility, or Marijuana Designated Caregiver Cultivation
Location. This distance shall be measured from the exterior walls of the building
or portion thereof in which the businesses are conducted or proposed to be
conducted.
e. Shall not be located within 1,320 feet of a residentially zoned property. This
distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the building
or portion thereof in which the business is conducted or proposed to be conducted
to the zoning boundary line of the residentially zoned property.
f.
Shall not be located within 1,320 feet of an elementary, secondary or high school.
This distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the
building or portion thereof in which the business is conducted or proposed to be
conducted to the property line of the protected use.

│ Unified Development Code

g. Shall not share a common wall with a Child Care Center.
h. Shall provide for proper disposal of marijuana remnants or by-products, and not
to be placed within the facility's exterior refuse containers.
i.
There shall be no emission of dust, fumes, vapors, or odors into the environment
from the facility.
j.
There shall be no retail sales at the facility.
k. The offsite cultivation location must comply with the security requirements of
A.R.S. Title 36, Chapter 28.1.
l.
Shall be a maximum 25,000 gross square feet.
(Ord. No. 2763, § 1, 2-22-11)

100

│ Unified Development Code

5. Marijuana Dispensary. Marijuana Dispensary shall be permitted only in the General
Office (G-O), General Commercial (C-2), and Heavy Commercial (C-3) zoning districts,
subject to the following conditions and limitations:
a. Applicant shall provide:
i. Name and location of the offsite cultivation location, if applicable.
ii. A copy of the operating procedures adopted in compliance with A.R.S. § 36-
2804(B)(1)(c).
iii. A survey sealed by a registrant of the State of Arizona showing the location of
the nearest marijuana dispensary or cultivation location if within 10,560 feet.
iv. Site plan, floor plan, building permits for occupancy change, and a security
plan.
v. If the application is by an agent for the owner of the property the owner's
authorization must include an explicit acknowledgement from the owner that
the owner knows that the proposed use of the property is as a marijuana
dispensary.
b. Shall be located in a permanent building and may not be located in a trailer, cargo
container or motor vehicle.
c.
Shall not provide outdoor seating.
d. Shall not permit on-premise consumption.
e. Shall be a maximum 6,000 gross square feet.
f.
Shall not be located within 5,280 feet of any other Marijuana Dispensary,
Marijuana Dispensary Offsite Cultivation Location, Marijuana Manufacturing
Facility, or Marijuana Designated Caregiver Cultivation Location. This distance
shall be measured from the exterior walls of the building or portion thereof in which
the businesses are conducted or proposed to be conducted.
g. Shall not be located within 500 feet of a residentially zoned property. This distance
shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the building or portion
thereof in which the business is conducted or proposed to be conducted to the
zoning boundary line of the residentially zoned property.
h. Shall not be located within 1,320 feet of an elementary, secondary or high school.
This distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the
building or portion thereof in which the business is conducted or proposed to be
conducted to the property line of the protected use.
i.
Shall not share a common wall with a Child Care Center.
j.
Shall have operating hours not earlier than 8:00 a.m. and not later than 10:00
p.m.
k. Off-site delivery is permissible only if the dispensary maintains and accurately
practices procedures and policies that fully comply with A.R.S. Title 36, Chapter
28.1 and Arizona Administrative Code Title 9, Chapter 17, or their successor
statutes and rules, if any.
l.
Drive-through services are prohibited.

101

│ Unified Development Code

m. Shall provide for proper disposal of marijuana remnants or by-products, and not
to be placed within the dispensary's exterior refuse containers.
n. There shall be no emission of dust, fumes, vapors, or odors into the environment
from the dispensary.
o. The dispensary must comply with the security requirements of A.R.S. Title 36,
Chapter 28.1.
p. A prominent and permitted sign stating "NO LOITERING IS ALLOWED ON OR IN
FRONT OF THESE PREMISES" shall be located in a place that is clearly visible to
patrons of the dispensary. As depicted by the signage, no loitering is allowed on or
in front of the premises of the Marijuana Dispensary.
q. Additionally, a security plan shall be submitted by the applicant in conjunction with
design review approval. The security plan shall include provisions for the following:
i. An alarm system with a redundant power supply and circuitry to prevent
deactivation.
ii. A video surveillance system that at all times records all interior areas and the
exterior perimeter.
iii. A lighting system that at all times illuminates the interior areas and the
exterior perimeter.
iv. A plan for the reprogramming of all security codes and keys in the event an
employee resigns or is terminated.
(Ord. No. 2763, § 1, 2-22-11; Ord. No. O18-16, § 1, 3-27-18; Ord. No. O19-47, § 1, 5-
28-19)
6. Marijuana Manufacturing Facility. Marijuana Manufacturing Facility shall be permitted
only in the Light Industrial (M-1) and Heavy Industrial (M-2) zoning districts, subject to
the following conditions and limitations:
a. Applicant shall provide:
i. Name(s) and location(s) of the affiliated offsite Marijuana Dispensary
associated with the infusion (or manufacturing) facility.
ii. A copy of the operating procedures adopted in compliance with A.R.S. §36-
2804(B) (1) (c).
iii. A survey sealed by a registrant of the State of Arizona showing the location of
the nearest Marijuana Dispensary, Marijuana Dispensary (No Cultivation),
Marijuana
Dispensary
Offsite
Cultivation
Location,
or
Marijuana
Manufacturing Facility if within 10,560 feet.
iv. Site plan, floor plan, building permits for occupancy change, and a security
plan.
v. If the application is by an agent for the owner of the property, the owner's
authorization must include an explicit acknowledgement from the owner that
the owner knows that the proposed use of the property is for a marijuana
manufacturing facility.
b. The Facility shall be located in a permanent building and may not be located in a
trailer, cargo container or motor vehicle.

102

│ Unified Development Code

c.
The Facility shall not be located within 5,280 feet of any other Marijuana
Cultivation, Marijuana Dispensary, Marijuana Dispensary Offsite Cultivation
Location, Marijuana Infusion (or Manufacturing) Facility, or Marijuana Designated
Caregiver Cultivation Location. This distance shall be measured from the exterior
walls of the building or portion thereof in which the businesses are conducted or
proposed to be conducted.
d. The facility shall not be located within 1,320 feet of a residentially zoned property.
This distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior walls of the
building or portion thereof in which the businesses are conducted or proposed to
be conducted to the zoning boundary line of the residentially zoned property.
e. The Facility shall not be located within 1,320 feet of an elementary, secondary or
high school. This distance shall be measured in a straight line from the exterior
walls of the building or portion thereof in which the business is conducted or
proposed to be conducted to the property line of the protected use.
f.
Shall not share a common wall with a Child Care Center.
g. The Facility shall provide for proper disposal of marijuana remnants or by-
products, and not to be placed within the facility's exterior refuse containers.
h. There shall be no emission of dust, fumes, vapors, or odors into the environment
from the facility.
i.
There shall be no retail sales at the facility.
j.
Shall not permit on-premise consumption.
k. The Facility must comply with the security requirements of A.R.S. Title 36, Chapter
28.1.
l.
Shall be a maximum 10,000 gross square feet.
(Ord. No. 2763, § 1, 2-22-11)
7. Marijuana Designated Caregiver Cultivation Location. Marijuana Designated Caregiver
Cultivation location shall be permitted only in the Light Industrial (M-1) and Heavy
Industrial (M-2) zoning districts, subject to all rules adopted by the Arizona Department
of Health Services and the following conditions and limitations:
a. Shall be located in a permanent building and may not be located in a trailer, cargo
container or motor vehicle.
b. Shall not permit on-premise consumption.
c.
The location shall provide for proper disposal of marijuana remnants or by-
products, and not placed within the location's exterior refuse containers.
d. There shall be no emission of dust, fumes, vapors, or odors into the environment
from the location.
e. There shall be no retail sales at the location.
f.
More than one designated caregiver may co-locate cultivation locations as long as
the total cultivation area does not exceed 250 square feet.

103

│ Unified Development Code

g. The designated caregiver location must comply with the security requirements of
A.R.S. Title 36, Chapter 28.1.
h. If the application is by an agent for the owner of the property, the owner's
authorization must include an explicit acknowledgement from the owner that the
owner knows that the proposed use of the property is for a marijuana designated
caregiver cultivation location.
(Ord. No. 2763, § 1, 2-22-11)
U.
Microbrewery, Craft Distillery or Tasting Room
1. Use shall be determined by Arizona State Liquor License type.
2. Building shall be located no closer than 1,000 feet from a state-designated local
alcohol reception center.
3. Outdoor dining and patio spaces shall be no closer than 200 feet from a property zoned
for residential use, including rights-of-way.
V.
Shopping Center, Neighborhood
1. Performance Standards
a. No single retail use shall be larger than seventy-five thousand (75,000) square
feet of gross floor area.
b. Design review for the entire site must be approved prior to issuance of building
permits for any portion of the site.
c.
A project may be built in phases, but the first phase must include the major anchor
for the center as determined by the Master Development Plan. Pad sites shall not
be developed prior to the development of the major anchor.
d. The shopping center must include a plaza or plazas containing at least one
thousand (1,000) square feet per net acre of the site. The plaza shall include
shade trees, seating areas, tables, and trash receptacles. At least fifty percent
(50%) of the area of plaza(s) required shall be constructed in the first phase of
development.
e. Outdoor sales and displays are prohibited, except when the following conditions
are present:
i. Products and services displayed outdoors are customary, accessory, and
incidental to those sold and displayed in a primary business being conducted
in the permanent building on the property.
ii. Outdoor sales and displays do not interfere with pedestrian access ways, fire
lanes, required parking spaces, driveways, landscape area, or traffic visibility
at driveway entries and street intersections.
f.
All retail and service activities shall be within an enclosed building. No outside
storage of equipment or materials is permitted.
g. Prior to certificate of occupancy of any building on the site, the developer shall
provide certification that the noise level from mechanical equipment does not
exceed fifty-five (55) dBA (normal speaking voice) at the property line.

104

│ Unified Development Code

h. The frontages and corner setback area shall include a minimum of twenty-five (25)
feet of landscaping, broken only by necessary driveways and screen walls. No
parking shall be permitted within this area.
i.
All perimeter on-site improvements including landscape buffers, sidewalks,
perimeter walls and parking lot screen walls must be constructed in the first phase
of development.
2. Master Development Plan.
a. All applications for Shopping Center, Neighborhood developments shall include a
Master Development Plan for the area of the rezoning request. The plan, at a
minimum, will address:
i. The location of all proposed buildings, plazas, and pedestrian walkways.
ii. The locations of all drive aisles, parking, loading and service areas.
iii. The location of all landscaping, retention areas, entry features and perimeter
walls.
iv. The location of all required public street improvements.
v. A design theme for the center showing the architecture, materials and colors
that will be used.
vi. The location of all proposed freestanding identification signs.
vii. On-site lighting performance measures.
viii. The location, type and size of individual uses planned for the center.
b. The Master Development Plan shall be reviewed through the design review
process. Consideration shall be given to the conformance of the proposed plan
with the General Plan, the commercial design expectations, and the stated
purpose of the Neighborhood Shopping Center district.
c.
The procedure for amending an approved Master Development Plan shall be the
same as prescribed for the original approval.
W.
Nightclub and Live Entertainment
1. Such facilities can be approved through administrative review, if the entrances and
exits to the building are located more than three hundred (300) feet from any
residential use. The dance floor may not exceed one-eighth (1/8) of the total floor area.
No adult entertainment uses permitted. The closing time of the dance floor shall be
simultaneous with the closing of the bar or cocktail lounge.
2. In the C-2 District, the area devoted to patron dancing shall not exceed seven and one-
half (7-1/2) percent of the total gross floor area.
3. Facilities where exits and entrances to the structure are less than three hundred (300)
feet from any existing or planned residential use shall require a Conditional Use Permit.
X.
Pawn Shops
1. The use shall be a minimum of three hundred (300) feet from any agricultural or
residentially- zoned property located in the City of Glendale or in an adjoining city or
county, measured from property lines.

105

│ Unified Development Code

2. The use shall be a minimum of one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet from
any other pawn shop located in the City of Glendale or in an adjoining city or county,
measured from the property lines.
Y.
Personal Services
1. Maximum of one thousand (1,000) square feet of floor area to be occupied by or
devoted to machinery to be used for laundry, cleaning, dyeing, and finishing work;
2. Retail service to individual customers only and no wholesaling of any commodity or
service shall be permitted;
3. Shall require a Conditional Use Permit in the PR District.
4. All drive-through services shall adhere to Section 35.3.103.N and 35.4.013 and
require a Conditional Use Permit.
Z.
Recreation, Indoor
1. Indoor Recreational facilities larger than four thousand (4,000) square feet of gross
floor area shall require a Conditional Use Permit
AA. Retail, General
1. No outside storage is allowed
2. In the G-O District, retail stores integrated into office building shall not exceed five
thousand (5,000) square feet.
3. In the C-1 and PR District, retail grocery or hardware stores shall not exceed seven
thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet.
4. In the PR District, retail printing businesses shall obtain a Conditional Use Permit.
BB. Retail, Large
1. Facades and Exterior Walls.
a. Facades greater than 100 feet in length, measured horizontally, shall incorporate
wall plane projections or recesses having a depth of at least three percent of the
length of the facade and extending at least 20 percent of the length of the facade.
No uninterrupted length of any facade shall exceed 100 horizontal feet.
b. Ground floor facades that face public streets shall have arcades, display windows,
entry areas, awnings, or other such features along no less than 60 percent of their
horizontal length.
c.
Building facades must include:
i. A repeating pattern that includes no less than three of the following typical
elements:
(a)
Color change;
(b)
Texture change;
(c)
Material module change;
(d)
An expression of architectural or structural bays through a change
in plane no less than 12 inches in width, such as an offset, reveal
or projecting rib;

106

│ Unified Development Code

(e)
A specific architectural element proposed by the applicant’s
architect that is acceptable to the designated approving authority.
2. Roofs.
a. Roofs shall have no less than two (2) of the following features:
i. Parapets concealing flat roofs and rooftop equipment, such as HVAC units,
from public view. The average height of such parapets shall not exceed fifteen
(15%) percent of the height of the supporting wall and such parapets shall not
at any point exceed one-third (1/3) of the height of the supporting wall. Such
parapets shall feature three (3) dimensional cornice treatment;
ii. Overhanging eaves, extending no less than three (3' 0") feet past the
supporting walls;
iii. Sloping roofs that do not exceed the average height of the supporting walls,
with an average slope greater than or equal to one (1' 0") foot of vertical rise
for every three (3' 0") feet of horizontal run and less than or equal to one (1'
0") foot of vertical rise for every one (1' 0") foot of horizontal run;
iv. Three (3) or more roof slope planes;
v. A specific architectural element proposed by the applicant’s architect that is
acceptable to the Design Review process.

3. Materials and Colors.
a. Predominant exterior building materials shall be of high-quality material, including,
but not limited to, brick, sandstone, other native stone, and tinted/textured
concrete masonry units.
b. Facade colors shall be low reflectance, subtle, neutral, or earth tone colors. The
use of high intensity colors, metallic colors, black or fluorescent colors shall be
prohibited.
c.
Building trim and accent areas may feature brighter colors, including primary
colors, but neon tubing shall not be an acceptable feature for building trim or
accent areas.
d. Exterior building materials shall not include smooth-faced concrete block, tilt-up
concrete panels, or prefabricated steel panels.
4. Entryways.
a. Each large retail establishment on a site shall have clearly defined, highly visible
customer entrances featuring no less than five of the following:
i. Canopies or porticos;
ii. Overhangs;
iii. Recesses/projections;
iv. Arcades;
v. Raised corniced parapets over the door;
vi. Peaked roof forms;
vii. Arches;

107

│ Unified Development Code

viii. Outdoor patios;
ix. Display windows:
x. Architectural details such as tile work and moldings which are integrated into
the building structure and design;
xi. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or
places for sitting;
xii. A specific architectural element proposed by the applicant’s architect that is
acceptable as part of the design review process;
5. Vehicular, Pedestrian, and Bicycle Connectivity.
a. The site design must provide direct connections and safe street crossings to
adjacent land uses and existing and proposed public transportation facilities and
bikeways.
6. Central Features and Community Space.
a. Each retail establishment subject to these standards shall contribute to the
establishment or enhancement of community and public spaces by providing at
least two of the following: patio/seating area, pedestrian plaza with benches,
window shopping walkway, outdoor playground area, kiosk areaor other such
deliberately shaped area and/or a focal feature or amenity that, in the judgment
of the design review process, adequately enhances such community and public
spaces. Any such areas shall have direct access to the public sidewalk network
and such features shall not be constructed of materials that are inferior to the
principal materials of the building and landscape.
CC. Tattoo and Piercing Studio
1. Use shall not be located within one thousand (1,000) feet of another Tattoo or Piercing
Studio, a Pawn Shop or Non-Chartered / Non-Traditional Financial Institution, Liquor
Store, or Adult Business.
DD. Thrift Stores
1. A storage area must be provided for all discarded items. All storage areas for individual
items, including collection receptacles, shall be entirely enclosed or screened and not
visible from the public right-of-way or from adjacent residential areas.
2. All collection receptacles shall be secure from public access during non-business
hours.
3. No material, goods, or merchandise may be stored outside of an approved collection
receptacle unless it is within an approved screened area.
EE. Veterinary Clinic
1. Noise attenuation walls shall be installed between suites to prevent noise transmission
above 45dB.
2. Odor control and air filtration measures shall be taken to contain all odors within the
subject suite.
3. Outdoor uses shall be prohibited unless otherwise stated below.
4. If veterinarian clinic has a kennel or animal training associated with it, then it shall
comply with Section 35.3.104.A Animal Kennel / Animal Shelter and/or Section
35.3.104.B Animal Training, Outdoor and the following standards:

108

│ Unified Development Code

a. In the C-2, C-3 and C-O zoning districts, outdoor boarding or training facilities are
not permitted.
b. In the M-1 zoning district, outdoor boarding or training facilities shall require a
conditional use permit.
FF. Veterinary Hospital, Emergency
1. Noise attenuation walls shall be installed between suites to prevent noise transmission
above 45dB.
2. Odor control and air filtration measures shall be taken to contain all odors within the
subject suite.
3. Outdoor uses shall be no less than one hundred (100) feet to any residential use.

35.3.104 Industrial
This Section contains specific use conditions and regulations for permitted uses within the
Industrial use category as provided in Article 2 – Zoning Districts.
A.
Animal Kennel / Animal Shelter
1. All animals must be kept indoors, and no outside runs are permitted unless otherwise
stated below.
2. The kennel structure must not be any closer than one hundred (100) feet to any
residential or agricultural zone.
3. The kennel structure shall be designed, constructed, and maintained so that sound
emitted to exterior walls and roofs shall not exceed forty-five (45) decibels. Building
plans submitted for a kennel/shelter shall include a certified statement from a
registered architect or engineer that the building will meet the forty-five (45) decibel
requirement.
4. If the kennel offers outdoor boarding or animal training, then it shall comply with
Section 35.3.104.B Animal Training, Outdoor and the following standards:
a. In the C-3 and M-1 zoning district, outdoor boarding or training shall require a
Conditional Use Permit.
B.
Animal Training, Outdoor
1. Outdoor uses shall be no less than one hundred (100) feet from any residential use
and shall not be in use between 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m, unless amended through the
Conditional Use Permit process.
2. Special events such as shows, exhibitions, and contests shall only be permitted when
a temporary use permit has been secured.
C.
Broadcast Studios
1. The use and placement of transmitter dishes or towers shall require a Conditional Use
Permit.

109

│ Unified Development Code

D.
Commercial Aviation Business
1. Crew sleeping quarters and rest facilities may be conditionally permitted as an
accessory use only to a commercial aviation business and can only be located in a
terminal or hanger.
2. Crew sleeping quarters and rest facilities for pilots and/or crew personnel that support
an aircraft’s operation. The quarters may provide any of the following amenities: bunks
or beds, bathrooms with shower facilities, a kitchenette and a small lounge area. The
quarters shall not be used as long-term housing or rented out to the general public.
Only personnel that are part of the aircraft operations can utilize the quarters.
E.
Manufacturing and Assembly, Major
1. Outdoor activity shall be no closer than 300 feet from any residential use.
2. Outdoor activity and storage shall be screened from public rights-of-way by a solid wall
or fence of no less than ten (10) feet in height.
3. Retail sale of merchandise shall be prohibited.
4. Vehicle, equipment, and material storage shall occur on improved dustproof surfaces.
5. Manufacturing of flammable, hazardous, or explosive materials such as pyrotechnics,
rubber products, and chemicals or allied products shall be prohibited in the M-1 zoning
district.
6. In the M-2 zoning districts, manufacturing of flammable, hazardous, or explosive
materials such as pyrotechnics, rubber products, and chemicals or allied products
shall require a conditional use permit.
F.
Manufacturing and Assembly, Minor
1. Outdoor storage shall occur on paved surfaces and be screened from public rights-of-
way by a solid wall or fence of no less than ten (10) feet in height.
G.
Product Processing
1. Use shall be located on a property that is no closer than 500 feet from any residential
use or 250 feet from any retail commercial use.
2. In the M-1 District, processing of meat, poultry, and seafood canning, curing, and by-
product processing; rendering or refining of fats and oils; and dyeing and finishing of
textile products shall be prohibited.
3. In the M-2 District, rendering or refining of fats and oils or dyeing and finishing of textile
products shall require a Conditional Use Permit.
H.
Storage, Recreational Vehicles
1. Excludes services such as mechanical maintenance, washing, and detailing.
2. Outdoor recreational vehicle storage facilities shall be screened from the view of
adjacent streets by a solid wall or fence of no less than ten (10) feet in height and
landscaping.
I.
Storage, Self-Service
1. All storage shall be within an enclosed building, except that boats, trailers and motor
vehicles may be placed in outdoor storage areas which are separate from the buildings
and screened from the view of adjacent streets by a solid wall or fence of no less than
ten (10) feet in height and landscaping.

110

│ Unified Development Code

2. Outside storage shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the gross site area and shall not
count towards meeting parking requirements.
3. All storage warehouse facilities are to be used for storage purposes only.

35.3.105 Public and Semi-Public
This Section contains specific use conditions and regulations for permitted uses within the Public
and Semi-Public use category as provided in Article 2 – Zoning Districts.
A.
Place of Worship
1. All vehicular access to the facility shall be onto an arterial or collector road.
2. Wherever an off-street parking area is adjacent to a residential use, a continuous
obscuring wall, fence and/or landscaped area at least six (6) feet in height shall be
provided.
B.
Private Schools, Colleges, and Universities; with or without Dormitories
1. Located at the intersection of two (2) collector streets or fronting or siding on an arterial
street.
C.
Social Club or Lodge
1. Entrances and exits to the building shall be located no less than three hundred (300)
feet from any residential use. Any entrance or exit less than three hundred (300) feet
from any residential use shall obtain a Conditional Use Permit.
D.
Wireless Communication Facility (Including Tower and Supporting Facilities)
The intent of the following development standards is to improve the design and placement
of new wireless communication facilities (WCF) in order to reduce the impact on the visual
and aesthetic character of the community. The standards are designed to: Encourage the
use of concealment technology; minimize the construction of new towers through the
promotion of co-location on existing WCF, buildings or other structures; ensure continuous
maintenance of WCF and enforce the timely removal of any unused or outdated facilities;
and regulate the use of temporary WCF. A WCF may be concealed, disguised or visible. As
described below, each type of WCF has specific development standards, approval
processes, and design guidelines based upon whether they are new structures or being co-
located.
1. Concealed Wireless Communication Facilities. Concealed WCF used by a governmental
agency for public safety purposes may be permitted in all zoning districts and are not
regulated by these provisions of the UDC. Other Concealed WCF are permitted in all
zoning districts, subject to the following standards:
a. Concealed WCF on non-residentially zoned properties adjacent to residentially
zoned properties:
i. Concealed WCF are permitted on non-residentially zoned property that is
adjacent to residentially zoned properties, except if a concealed WCF does not
uphold the criteria specified in Section 35.3.105.D.11 “a” through “f” below,
as determine by the Community Development Director or their designee, said
facility shall be subject to obtaining a conditional use permit).

111

│ Unified Development Code

b. Concealed WCF on residentially zoned properties:
ii. Public/semi-public spaces—Concealed WCF are permitted on residentially
zoned property that is designated or used for public or semi-public spaces
such as, but not limited to, schools, churches, golf courses, parks or
government facilities. If a concealed WCF does not uphold the criteria
specified in Section 35.3.105.CD.11 “a” through “f” below, as determine by
the Community Development Director or their designee, said facility shall be
subject to obtaining a conditional use permit.
iii. Open space residential tracts—Concealed WCF are permitted in tracts within
residential subdivisions that are zoned or platted for open space or retention
areas, subject to obtaining a conditional use permit.
c.
Bulk requirements. The standards governing the building height, lot coverage,
building and perimeter setbacks are regulated by the underlying zoning district.
When there is more than one underlying zoning district, the more restrictive
regulations shall apply.
d. Design guidelines. A site plan must be approved by the Planning Department
demonstrating that the proposed WCF meets the definition of "concealed." Site
plans for concealed WCF must demonstrate the following in order to be approved:
i. The antenna is fully enclosed, screened or obscured so that it is not visible at
all or, if visible, it is not recognizable as a WCF to a casual observer; and
ii. The antenna does not extend more than twelve (12) inches from the building
or structure to which it is attached; and
iii. The underlying zoning district must allow the structure being utilized to
support the antenna and the support structure; and
iv. The concealed WCF and its support structure shall comply with the setback
requirements of the underlying zoning district; and
v. The support equipment is located entirely within an equipment enclosure that
is architecturally compatible with the surrounding area and completely
screened from view; and
vi. A WCF concealed as a flagpole shall be required to fly a flag in compliance
with the accepted protocol for the type of flag flown. The flag and pole shall
be visible from the building entrances used by the public. The diameter of the
pole structure must not exceed twenty-four (24) inches; and
vii. The installation of a concealed WCF should be done in a manner that
minimizes the removal of mature vegetation or the disturbance of natural
desert vegetation.

2. Disguised Wireless Communication Facilities. Disguised WCF used by a governmental
agency for public safety purposes are permitted in all zoning districts and are not
regulated by these provisions of the UDC. Other disguised WCF are permitted in all
zoning districts, subject to the following standards:
a. Disguised WCF on City Owned Property adjacent to residentially zoned properties:
i. Disguised WCF on City Owned Property adjacent to residentially zoned
properties shall be subject to obtaining a conditional use permit.
b. Bulk requirements. The standards governing lot coverage and perimeter setbacks
are regulated by the underlying zoning district. When there is more than one

112

│ Unified Development Code

underlying zoning district, the more restrictive regulations shall apply. In addition,
disguised WCF must comply with the following:
i. Maximum height—Sixty-five (65) feet in height from natural grade to the
highest point of the pole or support structure for all disguised WCF except for
monocactus, which shall be limited to forty-five (45) feet in height to the top
of the structure. A co-located disguised WCF shall be limited to eighty feet (80)
in height.
ii. Required setbacks—The following minimum setbacks are required for
disguised WCF:
(a)
From an adjoining property zoned for residential purposes:
(i)
Disguised WCF—Except as described below, a minimum one
hundred fifty (150) foot setback is required from an
adjoining property zoned for residential purposes. For
purposes of this standard, land uses that are permitted in
residential zoning districts, including those that are
designated for public spaces such as, but not limited to,
schools, churches, golf courses, parks or government
facilities are considered "residential purposes." The setback
may be reduced to fifty (50) feet from a property that is
zoned for residential purposes subject to obtaining a
conditional use permit pursuant to Section 35.6.208 of the
UDC. For City owned property, exclusive of right-of-ways or
public utility easements, a minimum three hundred (300)
foot setback is required from any adjoining property zoned
for residential purposes. This setback shall be increased by
twenty (20) feet for every five (5) foot increase in height
above sixty-five (65) feet up to the maximum allowed height
as stated in section 35.3.105.D.2.a.i above.

(ii)
WCF co-locating on public utilities (not located on City
owned property) — Except as described below, a minimum
one hundred fifty (150) foot setback is required from
another property zoned or used for residential purposes.
The setback from a property that is zoned for residential
purposes may be reduced to a lesser distance or eliminated
subject to administrative review and pursuant to Arizona
Revised Statutes, Title 11, Chapter 13-Wireless Structures
and Facilities, or its successor statutes, if any.
(b)
From an adjoining property that is zoned for commercial or
industrial purposes: No setback required except for any required
perimeter landscape setback standards.
(c)
Streets: A minimum setback of twenty-five (25) feet from all public
and private rights-of-way or accessways, unless being located on a
previously existing public utility pole or if a greater setback is
required by the underlying zoning.
(d)
Support structures or signs: The setbacks for any structure that is
supporting a disguised WCF must comply with the setback
requirements of the underlying zoning district.

113

│ Unified Development Code

i. Restrictions on development in residential zoning districts—Disguised WCF
are permitted on residentially zoned properties subject to compliance with the
above noted bulk requirements and as follows:
(a)
Public/semi-public spaces—Disguised WCF are permitted on
residentially zoned property that are designated for public or semi-
public spaces such as, but not limited to, schools, churches, golf
courses, parks or government facilities, If a Disguised WCF does
not uphold the criteria specified in Section 35.3.105.D.11 “a”
through “f” below, as determine by the Community Development
Director or their designee, said facility shall be subject to obtaining
a conditional use permit).
(b)
Open space residential tracts—Disguised WCF are permitted in
tracts within residential subdivisions that are zoned or platted for
open space or retention areas, subject to obtaining a conditional
use permit pursuant to Section 35.6.208 of the UDC.
c.
Design guidelines. A site plan must be approved by the Development Services
Department demonstrating that the proposed WCF meets the definition of
"disguised." The following minimum specifications shall apply to these types of
disguised WCF:
i. Monopalms: A monopalm must meet the following design guidelines:
(a)
All monopalms must be anatomically correct and contain a
minimum of 55 palm fronds.
(b)
The antenna array shall not extend more than thirty (30) inches
from the structure to which it is attached.
(c)
The entire length of the antenna must be disguised by the palm
fronds.
(d)
The pole structure must be built of steel or fiberglass and clad with
faux bark. The faux bark shall start at the base of the pole and
continue to the height of the first palm frond attachment. The
balance of the pole structure and the attachments must be painted
to blend with the palm fronds.
(e)
The diameter of the pole structure must not exceed twenty-six (26)
inches at its widest point.
(f)
All cables must be concealed within the pole structure.
(g)
Microwave dishes shall be limited to one (1) square foot in size and
must be concealed within the trimmed leaf cluster (often referred
to as the "pineapple") of the monopalm or within the palm fronds.
(h)
The trimmed leaf cluster shall be mounted directly below the palm
fronds and shall be painted to blend with the pole structure.
(i)
No more than two (2) microwave dishes are permitted on each
monopalm.
(j)
No climbing pegs are permitted on the pole structure.
(k)
The installation of a monopalm should be done in a manner that
minimizes the removal of mature vegetation.
i. Monocactus: A monocactus must meet the following design guidelines:

114

│ Unified Development Code

(a)
The structure must be built of steel or fiberglass and clad with faux
finish that starts at the base of the pole and continues to the top
of the structure.
(b)
The diameter of the pole structure must not exceed thirty (30)
inches at its widest point.
(c)
All antenna and cables must be concealed within the pole
structure.
(d)
The number and size of any "arms" must be sized to be
proportional to the height of the monocactus.
(e)
No microwave dishes are permitted.
(f)
No climbing pegs are permitted on the pole structure.
(g)
The installation of a monocactus should be done in a manner that
minimizes the removal of mature vegetation or the disturbance of
natural desert vegetation. To ensure compliance, the following
shall be done:
(h)
If required by the Planning Department, a plant inventory of the
monocactus and equipment enclosure or shelter site (if no
enclosure is used) and a re-vegetation/salvage plan shall be
submitted and approved at the time of site plan review; and
(i)
Any trenching or site disturbance shall be re-vegetated to match
the existing or natural vegetation, and
(j)
No protected plant species shall be disturbed during construction
unless re-vegetated as part of an approved salvage plan.
i. Monopine or Broadleaf tree: A monopine or broadleaf tree must meet the
following design guidelines:
(a)
The pole structure must be built of steel or fiberglass and clad with
faux bark. The faux bark shall start at the base of the pole and
continue to the height of the first branch attachment. The balance
of the pole structure and the attachments must be painted to
blend with the branches.
(b)
The diameter of the pole structure must not exceed thirty-six (36)
inches at the base and shall taper to no greater than twenty-eight
(28) inches at the top of the pole structure.
(c)
All cables must be concealed within the pole structure.
(d)
The branches must:
(i)
Be constructed to a density of 2.5 branches for each one
vertical foot of pole, and
(ii)
Start attachment at no greater than fifteen (15) feet above
finished grade and continue to the top of the pole, and
(iii)
Be a minimum of eight (8) feet long around the
circumference of the lower level and shall taper
appropriately as the branches progress upwards.
(a)
The entire length of all antenna and their attaching apparatus shall
be disguised by the branches and the antenna array shall not

115

│ Unified Development Code

extend more than thirty (30) inches from the structure to which it
is attached.
(b)
Microwave dishes shall be limited to one (1) square foot in size and
must be painted the same shade of green as the branches. The
attaching apparatus must also be painted the same shade of
green as the branches.
(c)
No more than four (4) microwave dishes are permitted on each
Monopine or Broadleaf tree.
(d)
No climbing pegs are permitted on the pole structure.
(e)
The installation of a monopine or broadleaf tree should be done in
a manner that minimizes the removal of mature vegetation.
i. Ball field light poles: WCF may be added to legally existing or proposed ball
field light poles in compliance with the following design guidelines:
(a)
The maximum allowable width of an antenna array is four (4) feet.
(b)
The antenna array shall not extend more than thirty (30) inches
from the structure to which it is attached.
(c)
The maximum allowable length of each antenna is ten (10) feet.
(d)
The diameter of the pole structure must not exceed thirty-six (36)
inches.
(e)
The addition of a WCF to a ball field light must not increase the
height of the light structure by more than ten (10) feet.
(f)
All cables must be concealed within the pole structure.
(g)
Microwave dishes shall be limited to two (2) square feet in size.
(h)
No more than two (2) microwave dishes are permitted on each ball
field light pole.
(i)
All microwave dishes, antennas, and attaching apparatus must be
painted to match the ball field light pole.
(j)
The installation of ball field light poles should be done in a manner
that minimizes the removal of mature vegetation.
i. Water towers/tanks: WCF incorporated into water towers or water tanks must
meet the following design guidelines:
(a)
The maximum allowable width of an antenna array is four (4) feet.
(b)
The antenna shall not extend more than eighteen (18) inches from
the structure to which it is attached.
(c)
The maximum allowable length of each antenna array is ten (10)
feet.
(d)
The addition of a WCF must not increase the height of the water
tower/tank structure.
(e)
All cables must be concealed within the support structure or fully
enclosed within a cable shroud.
(f)
Microwave dishes shall be limited to two (2) square feet in size.

116

│ Unified Development Code

(g)
No more than two (2) microwave dishes are permitted on each
water tower or water tank.
(h)
All microwave dishes, antennas, cable shrouds and attaching
apparatus must be painted to match the water tower or water tank.
(i)
The installation of a water tower or water tank should be done in a
manner that minimizes the removal of mature vegetation.
i. Existing public utility poles: It is encouraged that WCF be added to existing
public utility poles, subject to the following design guidelines:
(a)
Twelve kilovolt (12 kv) utility poles:
(i)
The antenna shall not extend more than twelve (12) inches
from the structure to which it is attached.
(ii)
The maximum allowable length of all antenna added to a
twelve kilovolt (12 kv) utility pole is ten (10) feet.
(iii)
The addition of a WCF to an existing public utility pole must
not increase the height of the public utility pole by more
than ten (10) feet.
(iv)
All cables must be concealed within the public utility pole or
a cable shroud.
(v)
Microwave dishes shall be limited to two (2) square feet in
size.
(vi)
No more than two (2) microwave dishes are permitted on
each public utility pole.
(vii) All microwave dishes, antennas, cable shrouds and
attaching apparatus must be painted to match the public
utility pole.
(a)
Sixty-nine kilovolts (69 kv) or larger utility poles or lattice-type tower
structures:
(i)
The maximum allowable width of an antenna array is four
(4) feet.
(ii)
The antenna array shall not extend more than thirty (30)
inches from the structure to which it is attached.
(iii)
The maximum allowable length of each antenna is ten (10)
feet.
(iv)
The addition of a WCF to an existing public utility pole must
not increase the height of the public utility pole by more
than ten (10) feet.
(v)
All cables must be concealed within the public utility pole or
a cable shroud.
(vi)
Microwave dishes shall be limited to two (2) square feet in
size.
(vii) No more than two (2) microwave dishes are permitted on
each public utility pole.
(viii) All microwave dishes, antennas, cable shrouds and
attaching apparatus must be painted to match the public
utility pole.

117

│ Unified Development Code

3. Visible Wireless Communication Facilities. Visible WCF used by a governmental agency
for public safety purposes are permitted in all zoning districts and are not regulated by
these provisions of the UDC. All other visible WCF are permitted in the Commercial and
Industrial Zoning Districts, except for the C-1 and C-2 Zoning Districts, and must comply
with the following standards:
a. Bulk requirements. The standards governing lot coverage and perimeter setbacks
are regulated by the underlying zoning district. When there is more than one
underlying zoning district, the more restrictive regulations shall apply. In addition,
visible WCF must comply with the following:
i. Maximum height—Eighty-five (85) feet from natural grade to the highest point
of pole or fifteen (15) feet higher than the height of the top of the building to
which it is mounted.
ii. Required setbacks—The following setbacks are required:
(a)
From another property zoned for residential purposes: A minimum
of three hundred (300) feet setback is required. For purposes of
this standard, land uses that are permitted in those residential
zoning districts, including those that are designated for public
spaces such as, but not limited to, schools, churches, golf courses,
parks or government facilities shall be considered "residential
purposes." For City owned property, exclusive of right-of-ways or
public utility easements, a minimum three hundred (300) foot
setback is required from any adjoining property zoned for
residential purposes. This setback shall be increased by twenty
(20) feet for every five (5) foot increase in height above sixty-five
(65) feet up to the maximum allowed height as stated in section
35.3.105.D.3.a.i above.
(b)
From an adjoining property that is zoned for commercial or
industrial purposes: No setback required except for any required
perimeter landscape setback standards.
(c)
Streets: A minimum setback of seventy-five (75) feet from all public
and private rights-of-way or accessways, unless a greater setback
is required by the underlying zoning.
b. Design guidelines. A site plan must be approved by the Planning Department
demonstrating that the proposed visible WCF meets the following minimum
specifications:
i. The maximum allowable width of an antenna array is four (4) feet.
ii. The antenna array shall not extend more than thirty (30) inches from the
structure to which it is attached.
iii. The maximum allowable length of each antenna array is ten (10) feet.
iv. The diameter of the pole structure must not exceed forty (40) inches.
v. All antenna cables must be concealed within the pole structure or a cable
shroud.
vi. Microwave dishes shall be limited to two (2) square feet in size and must be
painted the same color as the Visible WCF.
vii. No more than two (2) microwave dishes are permitted on each visible WCF
pole.

118

│ Unified Development Code

viii. All microwave dishes, antennas, cable shrouds and attaching apparatus must
be painted to match the visible WCF.
ix. Antennae mounted on the side of a building shall be permitted subject to the
following provisions:
(a)
The antenna must not extend above the existing profile of the
building or project more than twelve (12) inches from the building
face.
(b)
The antenna shall be integrated into the building design in a
manner that respects the architectural style and coloring of the
structure, considers the context and placement of the antenna on
the structure, and minimizes its visual impact.
(c)
Requests to exceed the established building profile shall be
subject to securing a conditional use permit pursuant to Section
35.6.208 when demonstrated that the architectural element to
which the antennae are attached is integrated with and in
proportion to the building design.
i. The installation of a visible WCF should be done in a manner that minimizes
the removal of mature vegetation or the disturbance of natural desert
vegetation. To ensure compliance, the following shall be done:
(a)
If required by the Planning Department, a plant inventory of the
WCF and equipment enclosure or shelter site (if no enclosure
used) and a re-vegetation/salvage plan shall be submitted and
approved at the time of site plan review; and
(b)
Any trenching or site disturbance shall be re-vegetated to match
the existing or natural vegetation, and
(c)
No protected plant species shall be disturbed during construction
unless re-vegetated as part of an approved salvage plan.
4. Equipment enclosures, support equipment and structures. WCF include different types
and sizes of support equipment and accessory structures needed to accommodate
each antenna. No site plan for a WCF shall be approved unless the following standards
can be met:
a. Not permitted—An equipment enclosure and all support equipment must not be
located within the required perimeter landscape setback(s) of a development.
b. Equipment enclosure—The following standards apply to equipment enclosures:
i. Maximum area shall not exceed six hundred (600) square feet.
ii. Shall be screened primarily by an eight (8) foot decorative solid block or
masonry perimeter wall. Less than five percent (5%) of each wall facade may
be constructed of alternative materials, including see through materials, as
approved by the Planning Department when deemed to be appropriate for
security purposes.
iii. All entry gates visible from public streets or accessways shall be constructed
of sight-obscuring material approved by the Planning Department.
c.
Equipment shelter—The following standards apply to equipment shelters:
i. Maximum area shall not exceed three hundred and sixty (360) square feet.

119

│ Unified Development Code

ii. Maximum height permitted is twelve (12) feet, to be measured from finished
grade or roof-top elevation of a supporting structure. Below grade shelters are
permitted.
iii. No perimeter screening is required for equipment shelters not serving
antennae attached to public utility poles if all equipment and wiring is fully
enclosed within the shelter.
iv. Equipment shelters serving antennae attached to public utility poles must be
enclosed within the perimeter walls of a utility substation.
v. An equipment shelter shall not be located closer to an abutting street than the
principal building on the lot or parcel.
d. Ground-mounted cabinets—Ground-mounted cabinets shall comply with the
following:
i. Maximum area shall not exceed three hundred (300) square feet for a single
wireless communication provider or six hundred (600) square feet for multiple
wireless communication providers.
ii. Maximum height permitted is eight (8) feet, to be measured from finished
grade elevation.
iii. Ground-mounted cabinets that are visible from a public street or accessway
must be located within an equipment enclosure, equipment shelter or
enclosed building.
iv. Ground-mounted cabinets are not permitted to be constructed within the front
yard setback of a residential zoning district.
e. Other screening allowances—If the support equipment is screened from view from
a public street or accessway, alley, or adjacent property by a permanent perimeter
or interior wall, fence or structure that is permanent, no separate wall is needed
around the equipment enclosure.
f.
Illumination—Equipment enclosures or shelters shall not be externally illuminated
unless required by Federal regulations.
g. Noise level—The average noise level of the support equipment, measured at any
property line that is zoned or used for residential purposes, must not exceed fifty-
five dB (Ldn) when measured on an "a weighted" sound level meter and according
to the procedures of the Environmental Protection Agency.
5. Co-location. The co-location of WCF on a site or structure is encouraged. Before
building permits can be issued for co-location, the following must be submitted to or
approved by the Planning Department:
a. Written authorization from the owner of the structure for the telecommunication
service provider to attach additional antennas, and
b. The site plan approved for the original WCF must be amended to reflect any
additional antennae, change in support structure or expanded area for support
equipment before the issuance of permits.
When a change to the original WCF or a co-location on an existing WCF results in
the structure no longer being able to comply with either the concealed or disguised
designation, the entire WCF must meet the development standards for the more
intensive use.

120

│ Unified Development Code

The Development Services Director or designee shall make a determination as to
whether a facility under review, including proposed co-locations, would result in a
change in its designation in the event of a dispute. An appeal of the determination
made by the Development Services Director or designee can be filed for
consideration by the Board of Adjustment pursuant to the provisions contained
in Section 35.6.209 of the UDC.
6. Standards for the use of "cell on wheels" (COWs) apparatus. There are instances in
which portable self-contained cell sites, called COWs, are needed on a temporary or
emergency basis. The following minimum standards shall apply to the use of COWs:
a. A temporary use permit shall be approved by the Development Services Director
or designee for the use of COWs in any zoning district.
b. COWs shall be located no closer than fifty (50) feet from the property line of a
property that is zoned or used for residential purposes.
c.
COWs are permitted on tandem axel utility trailers with a maximum width of ten
(10) feet and length of twenty-four (24) feet.
d. Permitted power sources.
i. A whisper quiet generator or other utility source shall be used that emits an
average noise level, measured at any property line that is zoned or used for
residential purposes, that does not exceed fifty-five dB (Ldn) when measured
on an "a weighted" sound level meter, according to the procedures of the
Environmental Protection Agency, unless otherwise approved by the
Development Services Director or designee.
ii. Use of on-site utility services must be approved by the Planning Department.
e. No space or spaces needed to meet the required parking standards for a
development site shall be taken by the placement of COWs.
f.
Special events—A temporary use permit issued for the use of COWs for a special
event shall comply with the standards contained in Section 35.3.105.D.6 (a)
through (e) above and the following:
i. The approval shall not exceed a length of fifteen (15) consecutive days
(excluding installation and removal).
ii. There shall be no more than four temporary use permits for COWs per carrier
issued per event per calendar year.
iii. No primary use needs to be existing on a site in order for a temporary use
permit to be issued for COWs serving a special event.
g. WCF installation/repairs—A temporary use permit issued for the use of COWs
during the installation of a new WCF or while repairs are being done on an existing
WCF shall comply with the standards contained in Section 35.3.105.D.6 (a)
through (e) above and with the following:
i. The approval shall not exceed a length of sixty (60) consecutive days
(excluding installation and removal).
ii. There shall be no more than one temporary use permit issued for the use of
COWS for other than special events per site each calendar year.
iii. A one-time extension of the original temporary use permit of up to sixty (60)
consecutive days (excluding installation and removal) may be approved by the

121

│ Unified Development Code

Development Services Director or designee upon a showing that the proposed
installation or repairs are actively progressing.
7. Fiber Installation. See City of Glendale Engineering Design Standards for fiber design
and construction requirements.
8. Plan review. A plan must be approved or amended by the Planning Department to
reflect any additional antennae, microwave dishes, or attaching apparatus or a change
in support structure or expanded area for support equipment. A site plan amendment
is not needed to make changes to equipment that is fully enclosed within an
equipment shelter that was included on a previous site plan approval. No site plan for
a new or amended WCF shall be approved unless the support equipment is located
entirely within an equipment enclosure or equipment shelter that is architecturally
compatible with the surrounding area.
9. Standards for replacement of existing wireless communication facilities. Replacement
of all or parts of a legally existing WCF (concealed, disguised, or visible) shall be
permitted as a matter of right when the new WCF is in compliance with the previous
zoning or conditional use permit approval or the above listed standards. For purposes
of this provision "existing" shall mean that the pole or structure was taken down not
more than ninety (90) days prior to the issuance of permits for the replacement
monopole or new antennae. To minimize ground disturbance, antennae structures
would be considered replacements if they are located within a ten (10) foot radius of
the original antennae structure. A new antennae structure being built beyond the ten
(10) foot radius from an existing WCF would be permitted only upon obtaining all of the
necessary approvals described in Section 35.6.208 of the UDC.
10. Discontinuation of use. The use of any part of a WCF, including, but not limited to, a
communication monopole, antennae, or support equipment, that has been
discontinued for a period of ninety (90) calendar days shall be removed from the site
unless a conditional use permit is secured pursuant to Section 35.6.208 of the UDC.
11. Conditional use permit approval standards. Requests for conditional use permits,
when needed, shall be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of Section
35.6.208 of the UDC. Consideration shall also be given to each of the following:
a. The consistency of the request with the context of the surrounding area;
b. The design of a disguised WCF must be compatible with the architectural character
and natural features of the site or development;
c.
The placement of the WCF on the lot or parcel and its potential effect on expanding
existing or developing future land uses;
d. The measures taken to reduce the visual impact, bulk or clutter on the surrounding
area;
e. The cumulative effect that existing WCF in the vicinity of the site may have on the
request;
f.
Consistency with the design standards contained in Section 7.506; and
g. The following information shall be submitted upon application for a conditional
use permit for a WCF:
i. A site plan identifying the proposed location and height of the WCF;
ii. Elevations of the proposed WCF including details on the monopole or structure
and attached antennae and equipment, accessory buildings, ground-mounted
cabinets and equipment, and screening structures or materials;

122

│ Unified Development Code

iii. A statement on the capacity of the proposed WCF to allow collocation with
other wireless communication providers; and
iv. The location and height of all WCF located within a one-half (1/2) mile radius
of the site.
h. Required parking. None. If an existing parking space for another use is used by
one or more wireless communication providers for maintaining an on-site WCF, it
is considered a dual use parking space.
i.
Site access. Vehicular or pedestrian access that is used exclusively for the periodic
maintenance of a WCF does not need to be improved with asphalt or concrete
paving or improved to meet the dust-proof alternative standards contained in the
UDC.

35.3.200 ESTABLISHING
ACCESSORY
USES,
BUILDINGS,
AND
STRUCTURES
35.3.201 Purpose
The purpose of this section is to identify and regulate accessory buildings, structures and uses
in all zoning districts that are incidental and customarily subordinate to principal uses.
35.3.202 Accessory Uses
A.
Unless specifically expressed herein, accessory uses shall adhere to the following:
1. All principal uses allowed in a zoning district shall be deemed to include those
accessory uses and activities typically associated with the use as described in the
principal uses definition provided in Article 8 - Definitions, unless otherwise specified,
or specifically prohibited, within this Section.
2. No accessory use shall occur or be permitted on any lot or parcel until the principal
building or use has been established or erected; unless both principal and accessory
buildings and uses are conditional uses being established simultaneously.
3. Unless otherwise expressly stated, accessory uses are subject to the same lot,
building, and development regulations as apply to principal uses and buildings.
4. Accessory uses must be operated and maintained under the same ownership and
located on the same lot as the principal use to which they are accessory, unless
otherwise expressly stated.
5. Accessory uses shall not produce noise, dust, light, odor, or vibration in excess of that
produced by the principal use.
6. If the principal building or use is destroyed, removed or ceases to exist, the utilization
of the accessory use shall no longer be allowed.

35.3.203 Accessory Building and Structures
A.
Unless specifically expressed herein, accessory buildings and structures shall adhere to
the following:
1. All principal uses allowed in a zoning district shall be deemed to include those
accessory buildings, structures, and activities typically associated with the use as

123

│ Unified Development Code

described in the principal uses definition provided in Article 8 - Definitions, unless
otherwise specified, or specifically prohibited, within this Section.
2. No accessory building or structure shall occur or be permitted on any lot or parcel until
the principal building or use has been established or erected; unless both principal
and accessory buildings and uses are conditional uses being established
simultaneously.
3. Unless otherwise expressly stated, accessory buildings and structures are subject to
the same lot, building, and development regulations as apply to principal uses and
buildings.
4. Accessory buildings and structures must be operated and maintained under the same
ownership and located on the same lot as the principal use to which they are
accessory, unless otherwise expressly stated.
5. Accessory buildings and structures, except for accessory dwelling units as stated
herein, shall not be used for living or sleeping quarters.
6. If the principal building or use is destroyed, removed or ceases to exist, the utilization
of the accessory building, structure, or use shall no longer be allowed.
7. In the case of a conflict between the accessory building or structure standards of this
Section and any other requirement of this Code, the more restrictive standards shall
control.
B.
Location standards for Accessory Buildings and Structures are as follows:
1. All detached buildings and structures must be located behind the nearest front plane
of the principal building.
2. Accessory buildings and structures shall not be erected in any right-of-way or
easement.
3. No accessory building (e.g. freestanding garage, pool house, etc.) shall be located
within six (6) feet if fire rated and ten (10) feet if not fire rated of the site’s principal
building. If attached by any part of a common wall or covered roof to the principal
building, said building shall be deemed a part of the principal building and shall
conform to the development standards of the principal building.
4. Accessory structures (e.g. fence, deck, trellis, sun shade, etc.) may be attached or
detached from the principal building. All required separation for applicable building
and fire codes shall also be met.
5. Accessory buildings or structures up to seven (7) feet in height, unless otherwise
specified herein, shall maintain a minimum setback of three (3) feet to the side and
rear property lines.

124

│ Unified Development Code

6. For each foot over seven (7) feet in height, the side and rear setbacks for accessory
buildings and structures shall be increased by two (2) feet, up to a maximum of the
principal building setback requirements. For example, a thirteen (13) foot tall
accessory building shall require a minimum side or rear setback of fifteen (15) feet,
((13’-7’) x 2’) + 3’=15’).

7. Exceptions
a. Movable and/or manufactured structures such as children’s play equipment,
trash enclosures, tool / storage sheds, and pet shelters smaller than 120 square
feet in area and less than six (6) feet in height may be placed within a required
rear or side yard setback, but not in a required landscape setback as specified in
Section 35.4.100, and behind a property screen wall or behind the nearest front
plane of the principal building where such a wall does not exist. In no event shall
the roof of said structures be designed to allow water to drain onto adjacent
property.

125

│ Unified Development Code

b. Rear yard setbacks for accessory buildings and structures in residential zoning
districts shall be zero when an alley is present at the rear yard adjacent to another
residential property. This shall be applicable to properties located within
conventional subdivisions as well as to those within planned projects (i.e. PRD or
PAD).
c.
For any non-single-family residential use or non-residential use in any zoning
district, accessory buildings and structures may be located in the side or rear yard
subject to Section 35.4.310.A and 35.4.310.B, but shall adhere to any required
landscape setbacks as specified in Section 35.4.100.
d. In the A-1 zoning district or for any non-single-family residential use or non-
residential use in any district, accessory buildings and structures may be located
in the front yard, but shall adhere to the required front setback.
C.
Size standards for Accessory Buildings and Structures are as follows:
1. Maximum height of accessory buildings and structures in the R1, RR and SR zoning
districts is sixteen (16) feet. Accessory buildings and structures in the A-1 zoning
district shall have a maximum building height of twenty (20) feet. In all other districts,
accessory buildings and structures shall not exceed the height of the principal building.
2. Maximum height of an amateur radio tower is seventy-five (75) feet.
3. The maximum gross floor area of any accessory building or structure shall not exceed
50% of the building footprint of the principal building.
a. Exception. This provision shall not apply to the following zoning districts: A-1, RR-
45, C-3, B-P, M-1, and M-2.
4. Accessory buildings and structures, including tool/storage sheds, shall be included in
lot coverage calculations for all zoning districts.
D.
Appearance for Accessory Buildings and Structures are as follows:
1. Accessory buildings and structures shall be constructed of materials that have a visual
appearance that is similar or complimentary to the principal structure in treatment and
color. Common movable and/or manufactured structures such as children’s play
equipment, trash enclosures, tool / storage sheds, and pet shelters are exempt from
this requirement.

35.3.204 Accessory Use Conditions
A.
Accessory Dwelling Unit
1. An accessory dwelling unit (ADU) shall be subject to Zoning Clearance as described in
Section 35.6.210
2. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall only be permitted in the A-1, RR, and SR
zoning districts. An attached accessory dwelling unit shall only be permitted in the A-1,
RR, SR, R1-10, and R1-8 zoning districts.
3.2. An accessory dwelling unit shall may only be located only on a lot that is 8,000 square
feet or larger in area and contains containing one single-family detached dwelling unit.
4.3. Only one accessory dwelling unit shall be permitted per single-family dwelling unit.

126

│ Unified Development Code

5.4. If the accessory dwelling unit is attached (i.e. located within the same building as the
principal dwelling), the principal dwelling shall not be altered so as to appear to contain
more than one dwelling unit.
6.5. An accessory dwelling unit shall not contain more than two bedrooms.
7.6. A manufactured home, mobile home or recreational vehicle shall not be used as an
accessory dwelling unit. Any ADU that is constructed off-site is considered semi-
permanent and must be placed on an approved foundation system.
8.7. An accessory dwelling unit shall be constructed of similar materials, colors, and
architectural style to the principal dwelling.
9.8. An accessory dwelling unit shall meet all size, lot coverage and height requirements
for accessory buildings, including the total area of the ADU shall not exceed 50 percent
of the total under-roof footprint of the principal dwelling.
10.9. A detached accessory dwelling unit shall meet setback requirements for accessory
buildings. An attached accessory dwelling unit shall meet setback requirements for the
principal dwelling.
11.10. An accessory dwelling unit shall have no separate water or utility meters;.
12.11. An accessory dwelling unit shall have no separate address from the principal
dwelling.
13.12. An accessory dwelling unit shall have no separate driveway or parking area from
that of the principal dwelling as provided in Section 35.4.006.
14.13. Any ADU that is licensed as a travel vehicle by the State or any other State shall be
considered nonpermanent housing and shall be allowed for uses similar to
recreational vehicles as specified in this code.
15. If presented for rent, the ADU shall be rented in conjunction with the main dwelling
unless occupancy of the ADU is offered for rent for individual periods of less than thirty
consecutive days (i.e. short-term rentals).
16.14. For individual rental periods of less than thirty consecutive daysIf presented for rent,
(i.e. short-term rentals) where the main dwelling is owner-occupied, the property owner,
which shall include title holders and contract purchasers, must occupy either the main
dwelling or the ADU as their principal residence. The residence main dwelling or ADU
that is not occupied by the property owner may then be rented for individual periods of
more than or less than thirty consecutive days (i.e. long-term or short-term rental). If
the main dwelling or ADU is not owner-occupied, the accessory dwelling unitADU may
not be leased, subleased, or rented separate and apart from the main dwelling for
either long-term or short-term periods.
A.
Agricultural Stand
1. Limited to structures of less than five hundred (500) square feet.
2. Stands shall not be located within any public right-of-way and shall be kept free of litter
and debris.
3. Stands may be subject to specific ingress and egress requirements as determined by
the Development Services Director or designee.
B.
Amateur Radio Tower
1. Maximum height of an amateur radio tower is seventy-five (75) feet.

127

│ Unified Development Code

C.
Automatic Teller Machine
1. Permitted accessory use in all non-residential and multiple residence zoning districts
or when associated with permitted non-residential uses in single residence districts.
2. Walk-up (outdoor) only.
3. Walk- up (indoor) permitted by right if ancillary to a Principal use.
4. See Section 35.3.103.N and 35.4.013 for drive-through applications
D.
Automotive Charging Station
1. Permitted accessory use in all non-residential and multiple residence zoning districts
or when associated with permitted non-residential uses in single residence districts.
E.
Cargo Containers
1. Cargo Containers shall be allowed in the A-1 zoning district and as an accessory use
with any non-residential use allowed in all other zoning districts.
2. Containers that are designed to be used for storage and appear to be Cargo
Containers, yet do not meet the specifications for commercial shipping, packing, or
transportation of freight, shall comply with the requirements of this section.
3. A permit shall be obtained at the Development Services Department prior to placing a
Cargo Container on a property.
a. Exception. Licensed building contractors may use Cargo Containers in any zoning
district for temporary storage of equipment and/or material at a construction site
that has a valid building permit.
4. Cargo Containers shall be located on the side or rear of the principal building and must
meet all development standards including setbacks, lot coverage and height
regulations for the zoning district in which it lies and must also meet Fire Code
requirements for placards as is necessary. Cargo Containers placed on the side of a
principal building shall not extend beyond any portion of the principal building’s front
façade.
5. Cargo Containers shall not occupy any required off-street parking spaces with the
exception of temporary use during construction activities authorized by a building
permit.
6. Cargo Containers shall not be stacked, except when used for cargo purposes in the M-
1 and M-2 zoning districts.
7. Cargo Containers shall not be connected to any utilities.
8. Cargo Containers shall be painted an earth tone color, shall not be used for
advertisement, and shall be screened from public view with landscaping or an opaque
screen wall/fence.
F.
Child Care, Home
1. Use shall be licensed, certified or approved by the State of Arizona.
2. Vehicles belonging to employees and residents are required to park onsite, in the
garage or on an approved paved driveway.
3. No signage for advertising or notification of use shall be permitted on or off the site.
4. A minimum of 600 square feet of open space shall be provided for an outdoor play
area, none of which shall be located in the required front setback.

128

│ Unified Development Code

5. All outdoor recreation areas shall be completely screened and enclosed by a 6-foot-
high solid masonry wall or wood fence with solid self-closing and self-latching gates.
G.
Home Occupations
1. Home Occupations (Class I) are accessory uses in all residential districts. An
occupation or profession is considered a home occupation when it:
a. Is conducted entirely from within the principal residence with no activity or storage
in the garage or other accessory buildings, or in other outdoor areas, except as
allowed below;
b. Is conducted only by a resident or residents of the dwelling unit (no employees
other than the family), no outside employees visit the site;
c.
Does not have any customer traffic or more than one (1) commercial delivery
vehicle a day coming to the residence related to the home occupation;
d. Produces no offensive noise, vibration, smoke, dust, odors, heat, or glare beyond
the boundaries of the property;
e. Is clearly incidental and secondary to the use of the dwelling unit for residential
purposes with storage for the use limited to a maximum of five (5) percent of the
total floor area and a maximum of ten (10) percent of the collective floor area of
the garage or accessory building;
f.
Has no signs or other exterior evidence of its existence;
g. A valid City sales tax and business license is maintained for business purposes;
h. Activity shall be limited to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m.; and
i.
Any parking incidental to the home occupation shall be provided on site.
2. Home Occupations (Class II) are subject to conditional use permit in all residential
districts. It is required when any of the following standards cannot be met by the
proposed home occupation:
a. Is conducted entirely from within the principal residence with no activity or storage
in the garage or other accessory buildings, or in other outdoor areas;
b. Is conducted only by a resident or residents of the dwelling unit (no employees
other than the family), no outside employees visit the site;
c.
Does not have any customer traffic or more than one (1) commercial delivery
vehicle a day coming to the residence related to the home occupation.
3. Except as may be provided by conditional use permit approval in conjunction with a
Home Occupation (Class II), no accessory use shall include outdoor display or storage
of any of the following listed items, when such items are visible or emit odor, dust, gas,
noise, vibration, smoke, heat, or glare, beyond any boundary of the lot on which such
items are displayed or stored:
a. Any building or landscaping materials.
b. Any machinery, construction trailers, parts, or appliances.

129

│ Unified Development Code

c.
Vehicles which are unlicensed, inoperable, or registered to or owned by persons
not residing on, or the guests of persons residing on the premises.
d. Any other chattel used for or intended for a commercial purpose or ultimate use
other than to subject premises.
H.
Livestock, Non-Commercial
1. No Commercial breeding is permitted. Boarding of livestock is permitted subject to the
maximum number of livestock allowed per lot.
2. In A-1 and RR Districts the following shall apply:
a. Raising and grazing of livestock is permitted for a maximum of one (1) livestock
animal per five thousand (5,000) square feet of open space. Two (2) swine shall
be allowed per lot. The raising of poultry is permitted provided they are contained
within a fence, coop or cage. Male fowl shall not be permitted within five hundred
(500) feet of any residence or living space, including pool or patio, on an adjacent
suburban residential, urban residential, or multiple residential zoned lot.
3. In SR Districts the following shall apply:
a. Raising and grazing of livestock, excluding swine, is permitted for a maximum of
one (1) animal per ten thousand (10,000) square feet of open space. The raising
of poultry with the exception of male fowl, is permitted provided they are contained
within a fence, coop or cage.
4. All livestock must be contained in a stock type fence and/or corral. No setback shall
be required between such fence or corral when adjacent to property zoned A-1 or RR,
or non-residential zoned lots. However, such fence or corral shall not be closer than
one hundred (100) feet from any residence or living space, including pool or patio, on
an adjacent SR, R1 or MR zoned lot.
5. Accessory buildings used specifically for permitted animals shall be subject to Section
35.3.203.
I.
Outdoor Display and Sales
1. Outdoor display and/or sale of merchandise may be allowed as an accessory use for
all commercial and industrial uses, provided that the display meets the following
guidelines and regulations:
a. Outdoor display and/or sale area shall be clearly defined on a site plan and
approved by the Development Services Director or designee and may be subject
to appropriate conditions by the Director or designee to ensure compliance with
the provisions of this subsection.
i. Exceptions: A permanent outdoor retail display area which is an integral part
of a business, including but not limited to, Garden Centers and Auto, Boat,
and RV Dealership display lots shall obtain site plan approval with all
applicable development/improvements.
2. Shall be a fixed location that does not disrupt the normal function of the site or its
circulation, and does not encroach upon required driveways, landscaped areas,
parking lots, sidewalks, loading zones, or fire lanes. Displays shall not obstruct any
entrance to a building or traffic safety sight areas or otherwise create hazards for
pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
3. Display/sale of goods shall not be in any public right-of-way.

130

│ Unified Development Code

4. Shall directly relate to a business occupying a permanent structure on the same site,
and shall display only goods of the primary business on the same site, unless
associated with a non-profit organization.
5. Shall be limited to the hours of operation of the business and portable and removed
from public view at the close of each business day, unless otherwise permitted through
the site plan or development review process.
6. No merchandise shall be affixed to the exterior of a building or displayed so as to
impede or interfere with the reasonable use of the store front windows for display
purposes.
7. Shall be managed so that display structures and goods are maintained at all times in
a clean and neat condition, and in good repair.
8. All signage shall adhere to Section 35.4.300, Signs
J.
Outdoor Storage
1. Outdoor storage associated with principal use is permitted subject to the following
conditions; however, the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to outdoor storage
associated with industrial or agricultural zoning districts:
a. Storage areas must be fully screened from view by an opaque fence or
concrete/masonry block wall that is no less than 6 feet, but no more than 8 feet
in height. A landscaped earthen berm may be used instead of or in combination
with a required fence or wall.
b. The storage area screen fence/wall shall incorporate exterior colors and/or
finishes to match the primary building.
c.
Stored materials shall not exceed the height of the lowest screen fence/wall,
except as provided elsewhere in this ordinance.
d. Storage area gates must be opaque.
e. Storage areas shall be paved with concrete, asphalt, pavers, or gravel as approved
by the Transportation Department.
f.
Storage areas shall not be located within a required off-street parking or loading
area.
g. No storage of any items may occur within the front setback area or within the
street side yard building setback.
K.
Watchman’s Quarters
1. Permitted accessory use in all non-residential zoning districts when associated with
permitted non-residential uses.
2. The watchman's quarters must clearly be accessory to the principal use.
3. Only one watchman's quarters per lot shall be permitted.
4. Watchman’s quarters shall be an integral part of the principal building and shall not
exceed 40% of building floor area, with a maximum quarter’s size of 1,000 square feet.
5. A watchman's quarters shall consist of sleeping, kitchen, and bathroom facilities, and
for the purposes of this Section shall not be considered an accessory dwelling unit.
6. There shall be no payment of rent by the occupant of the quarters;

131

│ Unified Development Code

7. The watchman’s quarters and the principal building or use shall share utilities.
Separate utility meters shall be prohibited.
8. At least one off-street parking space shall be provided for a watchman’s quarters.
9. If the principal building or use is destroyed, removed, or ceases to exist, the utilization
of the watchman’s quarters shall no longer be allowed.

35.3.300 TEMPORARY USES
This Section allows for the establishment of temporary uses and/or activities which often do not
meet the typical development or use standards of the applicable zoning district, but may be
considered acceptable solely due to their temporary nature. These activities are regulated to
protect and preserve the basic health, safety, and public welfare of the community, while also
ensuring compatibility is maintained between the proposed activity and surrounding areas.
35.3.301 Temporary Use Approval
All allowed temporary uses shall obtain a Temporary Use permit, (unless otherwise stated in
Section 35.3.302 or exempt as identified in subsection 35.3.303), pursuant to Section
35.6.213 Temporary Use Permit, of this Ordinance and provided that the temporary use
complies with the standards and/or conditions specified in subsection 35.3.302 below.
35.3.302 Temporary Use Conditions
A.
Carnivals, Circuses, Concerts, Revivals, Rodeos and Similar Activities
1. A Temporary Use Permit (private property) shall be obtained or a Special Event Permit
when the event is on City property.
2. Staff shall ensure that health and fire safety is considered and shall solicit the
comments of the County Health Department and Fire Chief/Marshall as necessary.
3. Staff shall ensure that land area is adequate for the proposed use’s parking; and shall
ensure that traffic safety is considered.
4. Staff shall require measures to adequately protect surrounding property.
5. Permanent structures shall not be allowed.
6. A Special Events Permit or a Temporary Use Permit shall pertain to the allowable
activity permitted during the time limit of the permit. A change in ownership or sponsor
applicant for the same activity during the time limit of the permit shall not constitute
grounds for extending the time granted for the activity in the original permit.
B.
Corn Maze
1. A temporary corn maze may be established subject to the following:
a. The activity is based on corn growing on the subject property.
b. A site plan to define access, parking dust control, temporary structures, signs and
related improvements is approved by the planning department.
c.
Authorization by property owner and identification of responsible parties.
d. Definition of the days and hours of operation.

132

│ Unified Development Code

e. The facility shall not operate more than forty (40) business days within any eight
(8) week calendar period.
f.
Any goods or services proposed for display or sales on the site shall be accessory
to the special agricultural entertainment event.
g. The facility meets all fire and public safety requirements for a temporary event.
h. The area of the corn maze shall be a minimum of five (5) acres but not exceed
twelve (12) acres.
i.
Any temporary structures must be removed at the end of the operations.
C.
Donation / Recycling Drop-Off Boxes
1. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes are subject to the approval of a Temporary Use
Permit (TUP) as well as the submission of a signed affidavit from the person requesting
the TUP stating that the requestor has complied with Arizona state law regarding
Donation/Recycling Drop-off Boxes and has the permission of the property owner to
place the Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box on the relevant property.
2. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes may be permitted as an accessory use to all
permitted non-residential uses within a residential zoning district pursuant to this
article.
3. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes shall be located on a paved surface.
4. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes shall not be located within the front or side yard
setbacks, required landscaped areas or within required parking spaces.
5. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes shall not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular
circulation, or be located within the public right-of-way, drive aisles, fire lanes, loading
zones, or any other location that may cause hazardous conditions, or constitute a
threat to the public health, safety, and welfare.
6. There shall be no more than one (1) Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box on lots or parcels
or shopping complexes/centers less than one (1) acre in size, no more than two (2)
Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes on lots or shopping complexes/centers of one (1)
to three (3) acres in size, and no more than four (4) Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes
on lots or complexes/centers greater than three (3) acres in size. No more than two
donation boxes shall be clustered together in any one location.
Donation Box Allotment Example:
a. Property or Premises/Complex Size up to 1 acre = 1 Box.
b. 1—3 Acres = 2 Boxes *.
c.
3 + Acres = 4 Boxes *
* No more than 2 (two) Donation Boxes shall be clustered together in any one location.

7. Each Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box shall have a firmly closing and locking lid, shall
be clearly marked to identify the specific items and materials to be collected for
donation, and shall be clearly marked to identify the City of Glendale Temporary Use
Permit number. The numbers shall be a minimum of 2 inches high and located on the
deposit face of the box. The mark shall identify if the entity is a non-profit or for-profit
organization.

133

│ Unified Development Code

8. The name and local telephone number of the entity obtaining the TUP shall be affixed
to the box on an area no larger than one foot by one foot.
9. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes shall have a capacity no greater than 6 cubic yards.
10. All donated items must be collected and stored in the Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box
and all contents cleared no less than once a week. Any items or materials left outside
of the Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes shall be removed within 24 hours of
discovery or notification, whichever occurs first. If a container is damaged or
vandalized, it must be repaired or removed within 5 business days of discovery or
notification. If there is a public health, safety or welfare concern pursuant to the
authority granted to the City, the container must then be removed within 24 hours of
discovery or notification.
11. It is the joint responsibility of the property owner or authorized agent and the entity
obtaining the TUP to keep the area around the Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes free
of litter and debris, and remove any graffiti within 24 hours of discovery or notification,
whichever occurs first.
12. It is the responsibility of the entity obtaining the TUP to maintain the
Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box in good condition that is rust and dent free.
13. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes not located or maintained in compliance with this
Article may be subject to revocation of the Temporary Use Permit (TUP).
14. The City may consider prior permit revocations, prior notices of violation, and
fraudulent application information when granting or denying new Temporary Use
Permits for Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes.
15. Any Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box (including its contents) which is determined to
be unauthorized, unpermitted, or is otherwise in violation of this ordinance shall be
deemed a public nuisance and may be removed pursuant to those provisions.
16. The property owner shall control the Temporary Use Permit. The permittee or drop box
operator does not control the Temporary Use Permit unless he/she is also the property
owner. As such, the property owner or authorized agent may rescind his/her
authorization for the Donation/Recycling Drop-Off box at any time and the permit shall
be revoked. Property owners may remove a Donation/Recycling Drop-Off box in
accordance with Arizona state law.
17. Arizona state law governing drop boxes applies to Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes.
D.
Farmer’s market, temporary
1. Limited to not more than two (2) days of operation per seven (7) day period.
E.
Mobile Food Vending
The purpose of this subsection is to protect the health, safety and welfare of the community
of the City of Glendale by enacting reasonable regulation for mobile food vendors, their
employees, agents, lessees or independent contractors by requiring compliance with
minimum standards for safety and security.
1. Generally
a. The mobile food unit and its customers shall not obstruct the movement of
pedestrians or other vehicles using the sidewalk, street, alley, or other public right-
of-way.
b. All associated activities shall occur on a dustproof surface, except for mobile food
vendors serving active construction sites.

134

│ Unified Development Code

c.
Hours of operation shall exclude the hours between 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
unless a Special Event permit has been issued and specifically expands the hours
of operation.
d. Mobile food vendors shall comply with all applicable City of Glendale sign
regulations.
e. A mobile food unit shall have adequate lighting to ensure customer safety in the
vending area. Lighting shall be directed downwards and away from rights-of-way
and adjacent properties.
f.
The mobile food unit and the surrounding vending area shall be maintained in a
safe and clean manner at all times.
g. The site shall be kept free of refuse, trash, and litter, which shall be removed from
the site daily.
h. Temporary restrooms shall be prohibited.
i.
Permanent modifications to the site shall be prohibited.
2. Compliance with State Licensing Requirements
It shall be unlawful for any person to operate a mobile food unit or act as a mobile food
vendor without having first obtained a valid license from the State of Arizona
Department of Health Services pursuant to A.R.S. § 36-1761.
3. Compliance with City Licensing Requirements
A mobile food vendor shall be required to maintain a current City of Glendale business
license.
4. Location:
a. Private property.
i. A mobile food vendor shall obtain written permission to use any private
property where a mobile food unit is operating and shall provide proof of such
written permission on demand by the City.
ii. Notwithstanding the permission of a person owning or having lawful control of
private real property, a mobile food unit shall not remain in one location on
private property for longer than ninety-six (96) consecutive hours, unless the
City grants permission for a permitted event greater than four (4) days. “One
location” within this subsection means a location within a parcel of land and
includes movements from different parked positions within the same parcel.
b. Public Property
i. A mobile food vendor shall only operate in a legal parking space. If the mobile
food vendor desires to operate on City property other than a legal parking
space in a right-of-way, the mobile food vendor shall obtain from the City: (1)
a separate licensing for use, services contract, or similar agreement, which
will be entered into at the City’s sole discretion and applicable law; or (2) a
Special Event permit or similar permission in accordance with the City Code.
c.
Residentially Zoned Property. A mobile food vendor shall not operate in an area
zoned for residential use or within two hundred fifty (250) feet of an area zoned
for residential use, except:

135

│ Unified Development Code

i. A mobile food vendor selling only ice cream or similar confections intended to
be sold in a manner that requires limited-duration stops may operate on public
rights-of-way in areas zoned for residential use; or
ii. Subject to applicable laws and the City Code a mobile food vendor may
operate on private property in a residential area if the mobile food vendor
obtains a separate agreement with the property owner to operate a mobile
food unit for a maximum of six (6) hours within a twenty-four (24) hour period
on the private property.
iii. Mobile food vendors serving active construction sites shall be permitted to
operate a mobile food unit for a maximum of three (3) hours within a twenty-
four (24) hour period on the private property.

5. Parking. A mobile food unit shall comply with this subsection and applicable law as it
pertains to parking, unless parking is governed by a separate subsection in this article.
a. A mobile food unit shall only operate in legal parking spaces.
b. A mobile food unit, including any semi-permanent structure used or associated
with the mobile food unit, may use no more than one (1) legal parking space,
unless the mobile food vendor has a separate agreement with the City to use
additional legal parking spaces or parking spaces on City property other than right-
of-way.
c.
No mobile food unit exceeding twenty-four (24) feet may park diagonally in a
diagonal parking space or park in any manner that occupies more than one (1)
diagonal parking space.
d. No mobile food unit shall operate with the serving window facing street traffic.
e. A mobile food unit shall abide by all parking regulations, including posted time
limits. If there are no other time restrictions on the use of a legal parking space, a
mobile food unit shall not occupy a legal parking space for more than six (6) hours
in a twenty-four (24) hour period. “Occupy” within this subsection means within
one hundred (100) feet of the place in which the mobile food unit was initially
parked.
f.
A mobile food unit shall not occupy a legal parking space with insufficient parking
capacity as prescribed by City Code and applicable law, and includes occupying a
legal parking space that reduces the number of available parking spaces
surrounding the area which is required for the principal use or uses of the property
associated with the parking spaces as set forth in A.R.S. Title 9, Chapter 4, Article
7.2.
g. A mobile food vendor shall not claim or attempt to establish any exclusive right to
park at a particular street location, unless the parking space is part of a permitted
event.
6. Noise.
a. A mobile food vendor shall not use, play, or caused to be used or played any
loudspeaker, microphone, amplified music, or other amplified instrument or
device used for the production of sound in a vending area when the motor vehicle
or mobile food unit from which mobile food vendor is vending is stationary or
mobile upon any right-of-way, park or other public place. For the purposes of this

136

│ Unified Development Code

subsection, the factors for determining whether a sound is amplified include, but
are not limited to, the following:
i. The proximity of the sound to sleeping facilities, whether residential or
commercial;
ii. The land use, nature, and zoning of the area from which the sound emanates
and the area where it is received or perceived;
iii. The time of day or night when the sound occurs; it shall be presumed that any
amplified noise between 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. is reasonably disturbing;
iv. The duration of the sound; and
v. Whether the sound is recurrent, intermittent, or constant.
F.
Mobile Outdoor Vendors
1. A mobile outdoor vendor shall not be required to obtain a Temporary Use Permit,
however, shall be required to obtain a business license from the City.
2. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any event located on City owned
property or authorized by any other permit issued by the City, such as a farmer's
market; an authorized festival; or recreational event if the mobile vendor is in
partnership with the organization conducting the event and is located on the site of the
event.
3. A mobile outdoor vendor shall only be permitted to operate on city owned property or
on private property with the written permission of the owner and shall provide proof of
such written permission on demand by City officials or law enforcement officers.
4. A mobile outdoor vendor is only permitted on properties that have been established
with principal uses. Mobile Outdoor Vendors shall be prohibited from operating on
vacant or unoccupied parcels.
5. Mobile Outdoor Vendors shall be restricted from operating within the public right-of-
way or any Residentially Zoned District.
6. A mobile outdoor vendor shall not operate at the same site or center for more than six
(6) consecutive hours within a 24-hour period. This period includes time needed for
setup, operation and takedown.
7. No more than one mobile outdoor vendor shall operate at the same time at the same
site or center, unless a Temporary Use Permit has been obtained.
8. All licenses/permits shall display in a visible and conspicuous location at all times
during the operation of vending.
9. One (1) A-Frame or Sandwich sign shall be allowed per vending operation.
10. Vending operations are subject to all City noise regulations.
11. Vending operations shall be taken down when not in use.
12. Vending operations shall provide the City a Certificate of Insurance evidencing general
and product liability coverage and naming the City as an additional insured.
13. Mobile Outdoor Vendors shall not:
a. Be left unattended
b. Be parked or placed in any area that might impede or inconvenience the public.
c.
Be parked within the sight visibility triangle. See City of Glendale Engineering
Design Standards for specific sight visibility triangle requirements.

137

│ Unified Development Code

G.
Seasonal Sales and Special Events
1. Temporary sales or display of goods or special events are allowed only if they are
related to a particular seasonal, cultural, traditional, or community activity or event for
a period not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days, as determined by the Development
Services Director or designee. In making a determination, the Development Services
Director or designee shall consider the following criteria:
a. The nature, scope, location, and manner of operation of the activity or event does
not constitute a health or safety hazard to the public.
b. The goods or services displayed are customarily and traditionally related to a
widely celebrated or observed seasonal or other activity, event, or holiday.
c.
The goods and services are displayed in connection with fund raising or other
activities by a school, church, social agency, or other community or nonprofit
organization.
d. The activity or event is consistent with other uses permitted in the zone district.
e. The use does not interfere with pedestrian access-ways, fire lanes, driveways,
landscape areas, or traffic visibility at driveway entries and street intersections.
f.
Parking on the property is adequate to serve any existing permanent uses and the
seasonal sale or special event use.
g. Fireworks Displays
i. Fireworks sales may only be located on commercially zoned properties and on
residentially zoned properties with permitted non-residential land uses.
ii. Outdoor fireworks displays, sales, and tents are to be located on an improved
surface.
iii. Only one fireworks vendor shall be allowed to locate on each property.
iv. A maximum tent or canopy size of 800 square feet is permitted.
v. Property owner authorization is required
h. Short Term Special Events
i. Short term special events that are part of a promotional event shall be
regulated as follows:
(a)
Short term typically last for one (1) day or a weekend but can be
approved for up to ten (10) consecutive calendar days. Short term
special events are allowed up to four (4) times per calendar year,
with a thirty (30) day waiting period between events.
H.
Temporary Office or Construction Trailers
1. Temporary office trailers are allowed only after building permits have been issued for
the permanent building(s) to occupy the site.
2. May be authorized for use exclusively as a temporary office or construction shed
incidental to a construction project for a period of twelve (12) months. The
Development Services Director or designee may authorize extensions of additional six
(6) month increments where construction within the project site is proceeding in a
timely fashion.

138

│ Unified Development Code

3. May be authorized for use as a home sales office when building permits have been
issued for a subdivision model home complex. The permit is not to exceed six (6)
months. A development plan is required to be approved by the Development Services
Director or designee.
35.3.303 Exempt Temporary Uses
The following temporary uses and events are exempt from the requirement for a Temporary Use
Permit, but may require other City approval to ensure public health, safety, and welfare.
A.
Garage/Yard Sales are permitted for no more than three (3) events of forty-eight (48) hours
or less within a twelve (12) month period at the same residence or street address.
B.
Events which occur in meeting halls, theaters, or other permanent indoor or outdoor public
assembly facilities subject to all applicable regulations of this Code.
C.
Promotional activities related to the primary product lines of a retail business, and similar
activities (e.g. book readings and signings at book stores, opening receptions at art
galleries).
D.
Emergency public health and safety activities.
E.
Temporary nonprofit or fundraising car washes are permitted in non-residential districts.
F.
City sponsored events.
G.
Events held on City owned property shall obtain a Special Event Permit.

139

│ Unified Development Code

ARTICLE 4 - GENERAL DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS

This Article establishes general development criteria for property within the City, including regulations for off-
street parking, landscaping and screening, signage, and lighting.

35.4.000 OFF-STREET PARKING
This Section establishes the off-street parking and driveway requirements for all new
development and changes in use or intensity of use for existing development. These
requirements include the number of required spaces and their sizes, parking area and driveway
design, bicycle parking requirements, and loading and unloading standards.
35.4.001 Purpose
It is the primary purpose of this Section to ensure the adequate provision of automobile and
bicycle parking, loading, and maneuvering for each specified land use or land use category. The
intent of the regulations set forth in this section are to further minimize excess, and often
unused, parking areas, alleviate on-site traffic congestion, and minimize vehicular-pedestrian
conflicts. This Section also seeks to mitigate the visual and urban design impacts of parking lots
by reducing the scale of parking areas through proper landscape and site design standards.
35.4.002 General Applicability
A.
This section shall apply to off-street parking for all new development and changes in use
or intensity of use for existing development in all zoning districts. Every building and use,
including a change or expansion of a building or use shall provide accessory parking and
loading areas as set forth below.
1. New Buildings and Land Uses: Off-street parking and loading shall be provided as
required by this Section at the time any new building or structure is erected, or any new
land use is established.
2. Expansion of Existing Nonresidential Buildings: When the floor area of an existing
building is increased, additional off-street parking and loading shall be provided as
required by this Section for the additional floor area only, provided that the existing
parking was legally established and has not been reduced. If the number of existing
parking and loading spaces is greater than the requirements for such use, the number
of spaces in excess of the prescribed minimum may be counted toward meeting the
parking and loading requirements for the addition or enlargement.
3. Addition of Use to Existing Nonresidential Buildings: When a new use locates on a
parcel with an existing use, all off-street parking shall be provided to meet the total
number of spaces required for the existing use and the new use, unless the uses meet
the requirements of alternative guidelines that are expressly allowed by other
provisions of this Code.
4. Change in Use of Existing Nonresidential Buildings: When a change in use requires
more off-street parking than the previous use, additional parking and loading spaces
shall be provided equivalent to the difference between the number of spaces required
by this Section for the immediately previous use and the total number of spaces
required by the new use. A change in occupancy is not considered a change in use
unless the new occupant is in a different use classification than the former occupant.

140

│ Unified Development Code

5. Alterations That Increase the Number of Dwelling Units: The creation of additional
dwelling units through the alteration of an existing building or construction of an
additional structure or structures requires added off-street parking, as required by this
Section, to serve the new dwelling units. This requirement does not apply when
sufficient off-street parking exists to provide the number of spaces required for the
existing and new dwelling units.
6. Reduction in Parking Area: It shall be unlawful for an owner of any building or use
affected by this section to discontinue, change or dispense with, or to cause the
discontinuance or change of the required parking or loading space without first having
established other parking spaces which meet all requirements of this Section to
replace those being lost or except after proof that, by reason of reduction in floor area,
seating area or other factors, the proposed reduced area for off-street parking or
loading will conform to the requirements of this Section.
7. When Required: Off-street parking and loading facilities required by this Section shall
be constructed or installed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the
uses that they serve.
35.4.003 General Parking Regulations
A.
All parking spaces and driveway areas serving such parking spaces shall be surfaced with
concrete, asphalt, or paving blocks.
B.
Required parking shall be provided on-site or on contiguous lots subject to a shared parking
agreement unless otherwise stated herein.
C.
Off-street parking areas shall not encroach into a front setback or any required landscape
buffer or landscape setback unless otherwise stated herein.
D.
In determining the required parking for a use based on its building square footage, square
feet shall mean the gross floor area of the building or suite occupied by that use unless
otherwise stated herein.
E.
All parked vehicles must comply with unobstructed view easement and sight distance
requirements as identified in the City of Glendale Engineering Design Standards.
F.
Continuous curbing at least six inches high and six inches wide shall be provided around
the perimeter of all parking and drive aisle areas. Curbing located adjacent to stormwater
facilities may contain curb cuts to allow for necessary drainage.
G.
Landscaping and screening of parking lots shall be in accordance with Sections 35.4.100
– Landscaping and 35.4.200 – Screening, Walls & Fences of the Glendale Unified
Development Code.
H.
Parking lots shall be designed in groupings no larger than 200 spaces. Larger lots shall be
divided by buildings, plazas, or landscaped areas.
I.
Parking areas shall provide reasonable connectivity to adjacent parking areas, when
requested by the City to promote convenience, safety and efficient circulation. A cross
access agreement guaranteeing the continued availability of shared access between
properties and running with the land shall be recorded by the owners of the abutting
properties.

141

│ Unified Development Code

J.
All off-street parking areas shall be designed so as to provide ingress and egress from a
public street by the forward motion of the vehicle. Required off-street parking spaces shall
be accessible without backing into or otherwise reentering a public right-of-way.
K.
All parking spaces, excluding single residence homes, shall be permanently marked with
four-inch (4”) wide painted lines. Circulation aisles, approach lanes, and turning areas shall
be clearly marked with directional arrows and lines to ensure safe traffic movement.
L.
It shall be the joint and separate responsibility of the owner and/or lessee of the principal
use, uses or building to maintain in a neat and adequate manner, the parking space,
access ways, striping, landscaping, and required fences or screening.
M.
Off-street parking spaces shall not be used for storage, sale or rental of goods, parking or
placement of shipping container(s), or storage of inoperable vehicles, unless otherwise
stated herein or permitted as a Special Event.
N.
Parking lots shall be illuminated from sunset to sunrise. Lighting fixtures shall be no taller
than twenty-five (25) feet, except where the property being illuminated is adjacent to single
family residential uses, in which case, any lighting fixtures within one hundred (100) feet
from the residential property line shall be no taller than sixteen (16) feet. All lighting fixtures
shall be directed downward and shielded to prevent light spillage onto adjacent properties.
O.
Parking shade canopies are encouraged for non-residential and multiple-family residential
uses. Parking canopies shall adhere to the following location and development standards:
1. Setbacks shall be measured from the property line to the nearest face or component
of the canopy.
2. Canopies shall not encroach into a front setback or any required landscape buffer or
landscape setback.
3. Canopies located in accordance with zoning district setbacks shall not exceed fifteen
(15) feet in height.
4. Canopies shall not exceed ten (10) feet in overall height when located within ten (10)
feet of any single residence property line.
5. Canopies shall not be placed in a manner that reduces the minimum width or vertical
clearance of any required drive aisle.
6. Canopies shall be constructed of steel or aluminum or a combination thereof and shall
be subject to Design Review and approval. Staff shall review the structure for height,
placement, and color to ensure proper height and setbacks are maintained and colors
are consistent with the primary building or design theme. Fabric may be used for the
cover portion of the canopy provided it is free of text or signage, kept in good repair,
and complementary to the approved color palette of the primary building or design
theme.

35.4.004 Parking Space Dimensions

All vehicular parking areas shall comply with the minimum dimension requirements as set forth
below:
Table 4.000-1: PARKING SPACES AND DRIVE AISLE DIMENSIONS
A
B
C
D
E

142

│ Unified Development Code

Parking Angle
Parking Space
Width (3)
Parking Space
Length (1)
Aisle Width
(1-Way) (4)
Aisle Width
(2-Way) (4)
Standard (90⁰) (5)
10’(6)
20’ (6)
23’
23’
Angled
9’
18’
18’
20’
Parallel (0⁰)
9’
24’
12’
24’
(1) Parking spaces may include a 1.5-foot overhang into landscape or pedestrian areas provided that these
areas maintain a minimum 5-foot, unobstructed clear space for their intended respective purposes. No
part of any parked vehicle may be within five (5) feet of a street curb where no sidewalk exists. Parking
curbs / stops shall be used to prevent excess encroachment.
(2) ADA spaces shall comply with the City of Glendale Engineering Design Standards
(3) Vehicle compact parking spaces shall, at minimum, measure eight (8) feet in width by sixteen (16) feet
in length.
(4) Width may be increased where required by the Fire Department.
(5) The minimum parking width and length for standard off-street parking spaces shall apply to parking on
residential lots and covered spaces, unless otherwise stated herein.
(6) Low turnover uses may utilize a minimum parking space width of nine (9) feet and length of eighteen
(18) feet.

35.4.005 Required Parking Ratios
A.
Any building or use hereafter erected, converted, or enlarged shall be provided with not
less than the minimum spaces as set forth below, which spaces shall be readily accessible
to the uses served thereby. Fractional numbers of parking spaces shall be increased to the
next whole number.
Table 4.000-2 Parking Ratios
Specific Use
Required Vehicle Spaces
Agricultural
Agriculture, Stables
Commercial: One per 5,000 SF of lot area
Non-Commercial: N/A
Agritainment
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Urban Agriculture,
Noncommercial
One per 5,000 SF of lot area
Residential
Single-Family Detached
and Attached
Two spaces per dwelling unit with minimum 1 covered
Multi-Family; Residential
component of Mixed-Use
Residential
Studio and one-bedroom unit - 1.5 space per unit
Two-bedroom units - 1.5 spaces per unit
Three or more bedroom units - 2 spaces per unit
Live/Work
Two spaces per dwelling unit
Manufactured Home Park
Two spaces per dwelling unit + 1 space for every 8 dwelling units/lots for guests
Recreational Vehicle Park
One space per RV space + 1 space for every 8 RV spaces for guests
Residential Care Home,
Residential Care Center,
Group Care Home
Same as single-family detached and attached
Senior Care, Assisted
Living, and Memory Care
Facilities
One space per 3 beds + 1 space per employee on a normal shift
General Commercial and Professional Office
Commercial
Entertainment, Indoor
With fixed seats: One space per 4 fixed seats or one space per 300 SF GFA, whichever
is greater
Without fixed seats: One space per 200 SF GFA
Commercial
Entertainment, Outdoor
Five spaces per acre of facility + one space per 4 persons of total maximum capacity
of facility

143

│ Unified Development Code

Retail, General
One space per 300 SF GFA
Retail, Large
Indoor portion: One space per 300 SF GFA
Nursery or similar outdoor portion: One space per 400 SF of sales and display area
Shopping Center,
Community or
Neighborhood
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Personal Services
One space per 300 SF GFA
Automotive Refueling
Station
Space at pump + one space per fueling position
Automotive Refueling
Station, with Convenience
Store
Space at pump + one space per fueling position + one space per 300 SF GFA
Automotive Repair and
Service
Three spaces per service bay + one space per 350 SF of additional retail sales and
service area (service bay shall not be counted as a parking space)
Restaurant, Full Service
One space per 120 SF GFA + one space per 400 SF of outdoor seating area

Restaurant, Limited
Service
Indoor service and preparation area:
one space per 75 SF GFA

Outdoor service area:
one space per 400 SF of outdoor seating area
Office, Business or
Professional
One space per 300 SF GFA
Medical, Offices and
Clinics
One space per 350 SF GFA
Car Wash
Full-service: One space per 200 SF of sales, office and lounge area
Self-service: 0.5 spaces per bay + stacking
Bar or Cocktail Lounge
One space per 75 SF patron space + one space per 200 SF of outdoor seating area
Hotels and Motels
One space per guest room + one space per 4 persons of total maximum capacity of
banquet room (if present) + two spaces per 3 employees
Hotels, Resort
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Medical, Hospitals
One space per 2 inpatient beds + one per employee on a normal shift
Microbrewery, Craft
Distillery or Tasting Room
One space per 150 SF patron space
Shopping Center,
Community/Neighborhood
Parking Justification Study (section 35.4.005.E)
Veterinary Clinic
One space per 400 SF GFA
Veterinary Hospital,
Emergency
One space per 400 SF GFA
Industrial
Broadcast Studios
One space per 200 SF GFA
Data Center
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Helistops or Heliports
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Resource Extraction and
Processing
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Animal Kennel / Animal
Shelter
One space per 600 SF GFA
Self-Storage, Indoor
One space per 50 units or one space per 5,000 SF of storage area, whichever is
greater, plus one space for watchman, if applicable.
Manufacturing and
Assembly, Major
One space per 1,000 SF of warehouse area + one space per 350 SF of office area
Manufacturing and
Assembly, Minor
One space per 500 SF of warehouse area + one space per 350 SF of office area
Warehouse or Distribution
Center
One space per 2,000 SF of warehouse and/or 5,000 SF of yard related area + one
space per 350 SF of office area
Building materials sales
One space per 500 SF of sales related area + one space per 350 SF of office area

144

│ Unified Development Code

Storage, Recreational
Vehicles
Minimum four spaces + one space per employee
Storage, Outdoor
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Travel Plaza / Truck Stop
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Public / Semi-Public
Assembly
Hall/Auditorium;
Community Center
One space per 4 fixed seats or one space per 300 SF GFA where fix seating is not
provided
Cemetery or Mausoleum
Minimum 5% of the gross area shall be made available for parking
Child Care, Center
One space per 400 SF GFA
Community Playfields and
Parks
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Community Recreation
Center, Private
One space per 300 SF GFA
Country Club
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Golf Course
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Government Offices and
Civic Buildings
One space per 300 SF GFA
Place of Worship
One space per 4 fixed seats or one space per 300 SF GFA where fix seating is not
provided
Private Schools, Colleges,
and Universities; without
Dormitories
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Private Schools, Colleges,
and Universities; with
Dormitories
Parking Justification Study (see section 35.4.005.E)
Social Service Facility
One space per 4 beds (based on maximum capacity)
Utility Facility and Service
Yard
One space per employee + one space per fleet vehicle if present at site
School, Public or Private,
K- 8
One space per classroom + one space for each 200 SF of indoor assembly area
School, Public or Private,
9- 12
One space per 200 SF of classroom and office area

B.
Multiple Uses. Unless otherwise specified, lots containing more than one use shall provide
parking and loading in an amount equal to the total of the requirements for all activities.
C.
Shell Buildings. Where buildings are constructed without uses specified (i.e. shell
buildings), the use with the highest parking requirement among all uses specified for the
zoning district where the site is located shall be used to calculate off-street parking
requirements.
D.
Unspecified Uses or Parking Ratios. Parking for land uses or parking ratios not specifically
listed in Table 4.000-2 shall be determined by the Development Services Director or
designee, based upon the requirements for the most similar and comparable use, the
particular characteristics of the proposed use, and any other relevant data regarding
parking demand. Alternatively, the Development Services Director or designee may require
the applicant to submit a Parking Justification Study as specified in Section 35.4.005.E or
other information, at the applicant’s cost.
E.
Parking Justification Study.
1. For uses with considerable variation in scale, operational characteristics, and parking
demand that benefit from a case-by-case analysis, applicants may submit a Parking
Justification Study.

145

│ Unified Development Code

2. A Parking Justification Study shall be prepared by a professional with expertise in traffic
and parking analyses, unless the City determines that a professional analysis is not
necessary and include the following:
a. Estimates of proposed parking demand and spaces based on recommendations
of the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Parking Generation Manual that
includes existing and proposed onsite buildings or uses, including hours of
operation and peak use time and demand for each proposed building or use. This
analysis may also include other reliable data sources or collected from uses or
combinations of uses that are the same as or comparable with the proposed use.
b. The number and location of proposed onsite standard, compact, and ADA
accessible parking spaces.
c.
All existing and anticipated available parking within the proposed development
and within 660 feet of the proposed use.
d. If parking demand is proposed to include offsite parking, copies of any shared
parking agreement or other evidence of a right to park in that location shall be
included.
e. The proximity of the proposed parking to existing residential neighborhoods and
an explanation of how uses will not place a parking burden on residential streets.
Off-site parking may be restricted on narrow streets or streets that have or will
have bike lanes.
f.
Availability of and proximity to transit or other modes of transportation.
g. Bicycle parking demand and provisions.
h. Demand for commercial ride sharing and on-site drop-off / pick-up areas.
i.
Off-street loading requirements and impacts on surrounding uses and properties.
j.
Any other information deemed appropriate by the Development Services Director,
Design and Transportation Director, or designee. Such information may include a
traffic study.
3. Any study that requests a reduction in parking requirements by 25 percent or more
shall further prepare a Transportation Management Plan (TMP) which shall be
approved by the City and recorded with Maricopa County. The amount of parking
reduction shall be discretionary to be determined by the City, and depends on the type
and extent of strategies in the TMP, which may include:
a. Transit passes or equivalent alternative transportation mode subsidies for tenants
b. Alternative transportation information center located in the building
c.
Resident Carpool and/or Ridematch Program
d. Enhanced shuttle service (or contributions to extend or enhance existing shuttle
service or to create new shared or public shuttle service)
e. Subsidized membership in a private car-share company

146

│ Unified Development Code

f.
Resident Car Share Program (residents share their privately owned cars with other
residents)
g. On-site bicycle share program for residents or the general public
h. Limitation of “assigned” parking to one space per residential unit
i.
Provision of priority parking spaces for carpools/vanpools
j.
Bike-repair/workshop space in the building
k. Lease provisions and monitoring requirements for the property owner to ensure
that tenants are not parking off site
l.
Presence of basic daily uses within ¼-mile, such as grocery/corner store, drug
store, or child care; and/or weekly uses such as bank, convenience store,
restaurant, or theater
m. Designation of a Transportation Coordinator to manage the TMP, actively monitor,
pursue and report mode shift goals, and be a point of contact for the City. Where
monitoring reports indicate that performance measures are not met, the City may
require further program modifications.
n. Other approaches accepted by the City that reduce parking demand.
4. Criteria for evaluation of a Parking Justification Study shall include, but is not limited
to:
a. Impacts to abutting properties or right-of-ways, dedicated tracts, or easements
b. Compatibility with the character of the surrounding properties and their parking
facilities
c.
Equivalence to the intent and purpose of the original parking requirements
d. Impacts to safety and public services
5. The parking justification analysis process:
a. Submission to the Development Services Director, Transportation Director, City
Engineer, or designees.
b. Approval or rejection with written explanation.
c.
Revision or appeal to Board of Adjustment.

35.4.006 Residential Off-Street Parking

147

│ Unified Development Code

A.
All residential lots shall provide a dustproof driveway between a public street or private
drive and all required parking spaces. If access to a public street is provided via an alley,
the alley and driveway shall be a dustproof surface.
B.
For lots less than 8,000 square feet in area, all of the following shall apply:
1. No more than 50% of the front yard area portion of a property that is located on the
street side of an approved solid wall, fence, or gate may be improved with a dustproof
driveway, parking, or maneuvering area. Where such screening does not exist, the
identified front yard shall serve as the basis for calculating the allowed driveway,
parking, or maneuvering area.
2. For corner lots, the identified front yard shall also be used to calculate the maximum,
permitted dustproof driveway, parking, and maneuvering area, however, the calculated
maximum dustproof area may be allocated across both front and street side yards.
3. The maximum, continuous width of any driveway, parking, or maneuvering area shall
not exceed thirty (30) feet or 50% of the lot width as measured at the front setback,
whichever is less, however, this width may be expanded to accommodate side entry
garages.
4. All driveway, parking or maneuvering areas within the front yard shall be prohibited
from being located in front of any living space of a dwelling, except to provide direct
access to a permitted garage or carport or to allow for the placement of a circular drive.
C.
For lots 8,000 square feet or more in area, all of the following shall apply:
1. No more than 40% of the front yard area portion of a property that is located on the
street side of an approved solid wall, fence, or gate may be improved with a dustproof
driveway, parking, or maneuvering area. Where such screening does not exist, the
identified front yard shall serve as the basis for calculating the allowed driveway,
parking, or maneuvering area.
2. For corner lots, the identified front yard shall also be used to calculate the maximum,
permitted dustproof driveway, parking, and maneuvering area, however, the calculated
maximum dustproof area may be allocated across both front and street side yards.
3. The maximum, continuous width of any driveway, parking, or maneuvering area shall
not exceed forty (40) feet or 50% of the lot width as measured at the front setback
line, whichever is less, however, this width may be expanded to accommodate side
entry garages.
4. All driveway, parking or maneuvering areas within the front yard shall be prohibited
from being located in front of any living space of a dwelling, except to provide direct
access to a permitted garage or carport or to allow for the placement of a circular drive.
D.
All vehicles shall be parked, stored or maneuvered on a dustproof surface such as
concrete, pavers, asphalt, or crushed rock or aggregate that is a minimum of three inches
thick. All crushed rock or aggregate shall be distinctly different than any adjacent
landscaping groundcover through material type and/or color and shall be contained by a
permanent border. Permanent borders for asphalt surfaces are recommended. All
dustproof surfaces shall be maintained and kept free from weeds, grass, or other
vegetative growth.
E.
Circular driveways and similar circulation areas shall be allowed within the front yard so
long as:
1. The circular driveway or similar circulation area was:

148

│ Unified Development Code

a. constructed at the same time the primary structure was constructed under the
then-existing zoning classification, or
b. constructed prior to the adoption of this section of the Glendale Municipal Code
and in compliance with the zoning code in effect at the time of construction, or
c.
constructed in accordance with a permit or zoning clearance letter issued by the
City of Glendale Planning Department
2. The circular driveways and similar circulation areas are in compliance with Section 24-
68 of the Glendale Municipal Code.
F.
For regulations regarding vehicle parking or storage on residentials lots, See Chapter 24
Motor Vehicles and Traffic, Section 24-68 Parking on Residential Lots.

Fig 4.1 Residential Parking

149

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.007 Professional Office District Parking
A.
Residential Office (RO) District
1. Access to parking for all nonresidential uses shall be provided from arterial or collector
street.
2. No parking space shall be located closer than ten (10) feet to a side or rear property
line.
3. No vehicle maneuvering or parking area shall be in the front yard of the development
except for ingress and egress to allowable parking areas.
B.
General Office (GO) District
1. Access to parking shall be from arterial or collector street.

150

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.008 PR District Off-Street Parking
A.
The parking requirements of the Pedestrian Retail (PR) district differ from those in other
areas of the city. The parking requirements for new uses shall be determined by the
Development Services Director Transportation Director, or designee, in conjunction with
the design review process prescribed in Section 35.6.212. Review and findings shall be
based on existing on-street parking, parking for existing uses, and other available parking
in the district.
B.
Off-Street Parking Facilities.
1. All required off-street parking spaces shall be located on the same lot or a contiguous
lot or lots under the same ownership as the building or use for which the parking is
accessory. Parking spaces shall be located in the rear of structures to avoid visibility
from public streets, and should be accessed, when possible, from alleys.
2. Except where provided by the City or an improvement district, required parking on a
site separate from the use served shall meet one (1) of the following conditions:
a. Same ownership. A legal instrument satisfactory to the City Attorney shall be
recorded requiring maintenance of the required number of spaces on the site.
b. Leasehold. The minimum lease term shall be five (5) years. A legal instrument
satisfactory to the City Attorney shall be recorded requiring cessation of a use
served if access to the leased parking is terminated without substitution of parking
meeting the requirements of this section.
3. Except where provided by the City or an improvement district, required parking spaces
for customers shall be within two hundred (200) feet and for employees within four
hundred (400) feet of the entrance of the served use via the shortest public pedestrian
route.
C.
Bicycle Parking.
1. Bicycle parking facilities may be substituted for automobile parking spaces at a ratio
of eight (8) bicycle parking spaces for one (1) required vehicle parking space, up to a
maximum of two (2) percent of the vehicle spaces required.
2. Bicycle parking facilities shall include provision for locking of bicycles, either in lockers
or in secure racks in which the bicycle frame and wheels may be locked by the user.
Bicycle spaces shall be at least as convenient as the most convenient automobile
spaces and shall be protected from damage by automobiles.
D.
Parking Structures.
1. Parking garages may be above the ground floor, provided the parking garage is
architecturally concealed and enclosed. Parking garages shall apply decorative
treatments to upper-level facades, panels, and railings. The overall architectural
design of parking facilities shall be the same as buildings with occupied floor space.
The following considerations shall be included in the parking garage design:
a. Exterior facades of all parking garages fronting on public streets shall be designed
as to achieve an architectural unity with adjacent buildings and other buildings in
the vicinity of the garage.

151

│ Unified Development Code

b. Provide adequate screening of vehicles from the street view. Open metal railings
or panels which do not adequately screen the vehicles from view shall be avoided;
c.
Incorporate stepped-back design of upper floors if above the street wall level;
d. Provide landscape planters to soften the visual impact.
2. Ground floor retail may be provided, subject to Zoning District requirements, along
garage frontage on public streets, Ground level landscaping is required when it is not
in conflict with retail entry and windows.

35.4.009 Joint Use Parking
A.
Parking spaces required under this Section may be provided cooperatively for multiple uses
within a consolidated development or for multiple unrelated individual uses, subject to the
following requirements:
1. Joint use parking arrangements shall only be allowed for nonresidential uses with
different hours of operation or different peak business periods;
2. Up to fifty percent (50%) of the parking spaces required by this Section may be supplied
by the off-street parking facilities of uses with opposite hours of operation. For
example, a place of worship with primarily weekend hours may, with written and
recorded permission, use the parking facilities of a nearby business office park to
satisfy up to 50% of the uses required parking. Requests for such an accommodation
shall be submitted in writing to the Development Services Director or designee for
review at the time of Design Review or Building Permit Review, whichever is applicable
or occurs first;
3. The use for which a request is being made to implement the joint use parking
allowance shall be located within three hundred (300) feet of the joint use parking
facilities. A safe and direct pedestrian pathway must be provided from the parking area
to the primary building entrance. These pathways must be ADA compliant, shall not
require crossing arterial classified streets, and either be completely separated from
vehicular traffic or clearly designated, such as an attached or detached paved
sidewalk;
4. The applicant shall document the operating hours of all involved uses and document
that no substantial peak parking demand conflict exists to ensure the long-term
success of the joint use parking agreement;
5. A properly drawn legal instrument, executed by the parties concerned for joint use off-
street parking facilities, approved by the City Attorney shall be filed with the City Clerk
and recorded with the County Recorder.

35.4.010 Off-Site Parking
A.
Off-site parking on a separate lot from the lot on which the principal use is located may be
used to satisfy the parking requirements of this Section provided adherence to the
following criteria is maintained:
1. Off-site parking shall be developed and maintained in compliance with this Section;

152

│ Unified Development Code

2. The site used for off-site parking shall be under the same ownership as the principal
use being served, under public ownership and authorized by the City for use, or shall
have guaranteed permanent use by way of a perpetual lease filed with the City Clerk
and County Recorder;
3. Reasonable and lawful vehicular and pedestrian access from off-site parking facilities
to the use being served shall be guaranteed. A safe and direct pedestrian pathway
must be provided from the parking area to the primary building entrance. These
pathways must be ADA compliant, shall not require crossing arterial classified streets
(except within the Centerline Overlay District), and either be completely separated from
vehicular traffic or clearly designated, such as an attached or detached paved
sidewalk.
4. Off-site parking for multiple-family dwellings shall not be located more than two
hundred (200) feet from the nearest point of a parking area to a commonly used site
access of the use being served.
5. Off-site parking for non-residential uses shall not be located more than three hundred
(300) feet from the nearest point of a parking area to a commonly used access of the
use being served.
35.4.011 Bicycle Parking
A.
All non-residential uses over 5,000 square feet gross floor area shall provide one bicycle
space per 25 vehicle parking spaces, with a maximum of 25 bicycle spaces.
B.
Bicycle parking may be provided through designated spaces or bicycle storage racks. Racks
and other similar fixtures must be securely affixed to the ground and allow for the bicycle
to be secured in place. The design and placement of bicycle racks and fixtures shall be
included on site all site plans and construction documents to be reviewed and approved
by the City.
C.
To the extent feasible, bicycle racks shall be complementary to the architectural theme of
the primary building or center.
D.
Where bicycle spaces are required by this article, the spaces may be indoors or outdoors
and shall be located within 50 feet of the primary entrance and shall not interfere with
vehicular or pedestrian circulation.
E.
Development that accommodates long-term bicycle parking, for more than four hours, shall
be designed to provide secure bicycle storage options (i.e. bike lockers, bike cages, etc.)
for residents and employees.

35.4.012 Loading and Unloading General Provisions
A.
Material Loading Areas: Accommodations for loading and unloading are required for all
non-residential uses and are subject to the following criteria:
1. Required material loading spaces shall not be part of the spaces used to satisfy off-
street parking requirements specified in Table 4.000-2.

153

│ Unified Development Code

2. Loading shall be restricted to the hours of 6:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. when located within
two hundred (200) feet of any residential use.
3. Off-street truck loading areas shall be located on the same lot on which the building
for which they are servicing is located, unless they are under a cooperative
arrangement, in which case they may be located on another parcel not more than two
hundred (200) feet from the structure for which they are provided.
4. Material loading areas shall be located within rear or side yards only. Loading areas
shall be screened from adjacent residential uses and from public view.
5. Loading areas shall be properly graded for drainage, surfaced with concrete or asphalt,
and maintained in good condition free of weeds and debris.
6. Lighting facilities shall be placed in such a manner that they neither unreasonably
disturb occupants of adjacent residential properties nor interfere with traffic.
7. Loading areas shall be served by entrances and exits so located as to minimize traffic
congestion. Such areas shall be accessible from a street, alley or drive aisle
connecting with a street or alley, but in no case shall access be shared by residential
uses.
8. Required loading space dimensions shall be determined based upon the size of
delivery vehicles serving the site. Minimum sizes are as follows:
a. Standard freight loading spaces shall be at least sixty-five (65) feet in length and
at least twelve (12) feet in width with not less than fifteen (15) feet in vertical
clearance, exclusive of drive aisle or similar maneuvering areas.
b. Single-unit trucks serving general retail, office uses, and other similar uses
associated with incidental loading and unloading needs, alternative loading
spaces shall be at least thirty (30) feet in length and at least ten (10) feet in width
with not less than fourteen (14) feet in vertical clearance, exclusive of drive aisle
or similar maneuvering areas.
9. The minimum number of material loading spaces shall be provided as follows:

Table 4.000-3 Material Loading Spaces
Gross Floor Area (Aggregate)
Minimum Number of Loading Spaces
5,000 to 30,000
1
30,001 to 80,000
2
80,001 to 140,000
3
140,001 to 200,000
4
200,001 to 300,000
5
Over 300,000
5 + 1 additional loading space for each
additional 90,000 square feet

10. Exceptions
a. The provisions of this subsubsection shall not apply to uses located in the PR
zoning district.
b. Exceptions may be granted when a traffic or parking study demonstrates the need
for lower loading requirements.

154

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Passenger Loading Areas: A passenger loading space is the area a vehicle occupies while
loading or unloading passengers.
1. The number of spaces needed to satisfy off-street parking requirements specified in
Table 4.000-2 may be reduced by five (5) percent for each passenger loading zone
space provided in accordance with Table 4.000-4 up to a maximum of twenty (20)
percent.
Table 4.000-4 Passenger Loading Spaces
Use Category
Number of Loading Spaces/
Gross Floor Area (Aggregate)
General Commercial Use Category
1 loading space per 50,000 GFA
Office Uses
1 loading space per 100,000 GFA
Industrial Use Category
1 loading space per 200,000 GFA
Public/Semi-Public Use Category
1 loading space per 50,000 GFA
Multiple Residence Uses
1 loading space per 150 units

2. Passenger loading spaces exceeding the number of spaces identified herein shall not
be eligible for a ten (10) percent parking reduction.
3. To ensure any parking reductions will not result in a shortage of parking spaces needed
to support the principal use, the Development Services Director or designee may
require the applicant to submit a Parking Justification Study or other information, at
the applicant’s cost.
4. Vehicular ingress and egress to and from passenger loading spaces shall be by forward
motion and consist of a vehicle turnout area so as to not interfere with the circulation
of vehicles, pedestrians or bicycles within parking areas.
5. Passenger loading spaces shall be located within fifty (50) feet of the primary entrance
to a stand-alone use. In multiple use developments, a centralized passenger loading
area may be used that is greater than fifty (50) feet from the primary entrance to a
single tenant, provided the area serves multiple tenants and maintains safe pedestrian
access to all tenants of the development.
6. A passenger loading space shall be a minimum of 12 feet in width and 25 feet in length
and shall comply with accessibility requirements.

35.4.013 Drive-Through Requirements
A.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, additional vehicle storage spaces shall
be provided for all uses having vehicle pick-up windows as follows:
1. A drive-through lane with a minimum of two hundred and forty (240) linear feet for
queuing, measured from drive-through entrance to the point of service, shall be
provided for all drive-through uses except pharmacies and financial institutions shall
provide a minimum of eighty (80) feet of queuing per drive-through lane, measured
from drive-through entrance to point of service. A combined total of at least four (4)
stacking spaces from the drive through entry to the first stop (i.e. menu/order board)
shall be provided in one (1) or more drive-through lanes and a combined total of at
least eight (8) stacking spaces from the menu board to the point of service (i.e. pick-
up window) shall be provided. Where warranted, the Transportation Director may
require a queuing memorandum or study be prepared to establish the required drive-
through queuing length.
2. Drive-through queuing shall not encroach upon or block driveways or parking spaces.

155

│ Unified Development Code

3. Drive through lanes shall also be required to adhere to Section 35.3.103.N of this
Code.

35.4.100 LANDSCAPING
35.4.101 Purpose
The purpose of this section is to provide standards and requirements for the installation of
landscaping for all new and expanded development within the City in order to promote the
general welfare of the community; to effectuate attractive and logical development; to aid in the
enhancement of property values; to create an attractive appearance along City streets; to
compliment the visual effect of buildings; to provide appropriate buffers between incompatible
land uses and protection from intense activities; and to aid in conserving water by encouraging
the use of varieties of plants, trees and shrubs indigenous to arid regions which are
characterized by low-water consumption and drought tolerant. The standards and regulations of
this chapter shall be held to be the minimum requirements necessary for the promotion of the
foregoing objectives of this chapter. In those instances where the minimum standards and
requirements are not sufficient to achieve the purpose and objectives of this chapter, the
director may impose such other reasonable requirements as may be deemed appropriate.
The intent of this Section is to mitigate the negative effects of an area affected by development
and to improve the human environment. These effects often include increases in air and surface
temperatures, wildlife displacement, and accelerated erosion and sedimentation due to
stormwater runoff. Additionally, landscaping provides benefits by providing shade in an
otherwise harsh desert climate, but also by offering visual relief by contrasting the built
environment with the natural environment.
The regulations found in this Section were adopted to accomplish the following:
1. To provide a buffer between land uses of differing character and intensity;
2. To enhance the appearance of the City;
3. To protect the character and stability of residential and non-residential areas;
4. To contribute to the preservation of property values; and,
5. To conserve energy and resources through proper landscape design and
placement.
6. To improve the human environment by providing shade and relief from the
sun.
35.4.102 Applicability
The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all new development or construction, all exterior
building remodeling, alterations, additions, or expansions and their accessories, as well as to all
changes of occupancy in the use or development of land which requires the approval of a
development site plan or subdivision plat by the City. Agricultural uses and single-family and two-
family residences and their accessories shall be exempt from the requirements of this chapter,
unless otherwise stated herein.

35.4.103 General Landscaping Standards

156

│ Unified Development Code

A.
Landscape areas. All portions of the subject property that are not occupied by buildings,
parking areas, pedestrian or vehicular accessways, or storage shall be landscaped in
accordance with this Section. Future building pads within a phased development shall be
treated for dustproofing and maintained weed and dust free until such time as
development occurs.
B.
Single Residence Landscaping. The front yard of residential development in the SR and R-
1 zoning districts shall be landscaped with vegetation and/or landscape topping material.
C.
Street Right-of-Way Landscaping. The landscaping of all street rights-of-way contiguous
with a proposed development site not used for street pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks,
or driveways shall be required in addition to the on-site landscaped areas required herein.
D.
Landscape area along street frontage. Landscaped areas along street frontages shall be
contoured or bermed to provide variations in grade, visual relief, parking lot screening, and
a more pleasing aesthetic value.
E.
Screening of parking areas. All on-site parking areas shall be screened from street view by
a landscaped berm or decorative wall not less than four (4) feet in height. The required
height of the berm or wall shall be measured from the highest finished grade of the
adjacent on-site parking area or adjacent finished grade of the street, whichever is greater.
F.
Use of Landscape Areas. No part of any landscape area shall be used for any other use
such as parking or event space; except for required on-site retention areas, sign placement
or when such use is shown on the approved final landscape plan.
G.
Landscape topping material. All landscaped areas shall be finished with a natural topping
material which may include, but is not limited to, the following: vegetative ground cover,
decomposed granite or similar gravel material, river rock, bark, or organic compost (to be
replenished annually).
H.
Pre-emergent application. A pre-emergent herbicide shall be applied to the ground prior to
and after the placement of natural surface materials (decomposed granite, river run rock,
etc.) in any landscaped area to prevent weed growth.
I.
Encroachment of vegetation within right-of-way. It is unlawful for any owner or occupier of
property to permit any tree, shrub, hedge or other plant located on the property, or installed
on the property, to interfere with the function of any traffic sign, signal or lighting, or the
flow of drainage water on any street, roadway, easement or other public right-of-way, or the
passage of traffic, pedestrian or vehicular, on any street, sidewalk, roadway or other public
right-of-way.
J.
Height of hedges, shrubs, etc., at intersections. Within thirty (30) feet of the corner of any
lot, which corner is at the point of intersection of two (2) or more streets, all hedges, shrubs
or other plants, except trees, shall be cut and trimmed to no more than thirty (30) inches
in height from the level of the adjacent street and thereafter shall not be allowed to grow
above such height.
K.
Trees at intersections to be trimmed. Within thirty (30) feet of the corner of any lot, which
corner is at the point of intersection two (2) or more streets, all trees shall be trimmed and
kept trimmed so that there shall be no limbs, leaves, needles or other foliage above thirty
(30) inches or below eighty-four (84) inches from the level of the nearest adjacent street.

157

│ Unified Development Code

L.
Certain trees prohibited at intersections. Within thirty (30) feet of the corner of any lot,
which corner is at the point of intersection of two (2) or more streets, trees shall not be
planted, or trees heretofore planted shall, not be allowed to remain, which are so numerous
or so close together that the trunks thereof obstruct more than twenty (20) percent of the
view of operators of vehicles on an adjacent street over the area to the crossing street.
M.
Limitation on location of plants. It is unlawful for the owner or occupier of property to permit
any tree, shrub, hedge, or other plant to grow within two (2) feet of the face of any curb or
within one (1) foot of any sidewalk located on public right-of-way, except that tree canopies
over eighty-four (84) inches in height and plants under one (1) foot in height are exempted
from this provision.
N.
Application to Open Space requirements. All landscaped areas, except landscape islands
located internal to a parking area may be used to satisfy the on-site open space
requirement set forth in Article 2.

35.4.104 Landscape Area and Planting Requirements
The following requirements shall be considered the baseline criteria for the placement of
landscape areas and planting for all applicable conditions as specified per zoning districts,
unless otherwise stated herein.

Table 4.100-1 Single-Residence, Rural/Suburban Residence, and Agricultural Districts*
Landscape Areas

Building Base (For Permitted Non-Residential Uses):
An average 5-foot-wide landscape area shall be required between the principal
building and nearest parking area and/or drive aisle for 50% of the principal building
front elevation and 25% of each side elevation. Rear elevations are exempt from this
requirement.

Use Buffer (For Permitted Non-Residential Uses):
A minimum fifteen (15) foot wide landscape buffer shall be required along property
lines of permitted non-residential uses when contiguous with, or separated by an alley,
from any residential development (except multi-family, live/work, for rent community,
or mixed-use residential) or undeveloped parcel in a residential zoning district. This
buffer shall be increased to twenty-five (25) feet where any loading docks and service
drives abut residential zoning districts.

Street Frontage (For Permitted Non-Residential Uses):
A landscape area along the street frontage of any building, on-site parking area or
outdoor storage area and the nearest point of the existing or future required
street/sidewalk improvements (the back of an existing sidewalk, the line equal to the
back of a future required sidewalk, or the back of the street curb where no sidewalk is
required) shall be required as follows:

Arterial Roads – Minimum twenty (20) foot wide*

Collector Roads – Minimum fifteen (15) foot wide*

Local Streets – Minimum ten (10) foot wide*

*For reverse street frontage the landscape widths shall be in accordance with adopted
street cross-section designs.

158

│ Unified Development Code

Parking Areas:
A minimum of 1 landscape island every ten (10) spaces shall be required; each island
shall be no less than 8 feet wide (inside, curb-to-curb dimension) for the length of the
adjacent parking space(s).

Planting Specifications
All landscape areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and five shrubs (or groundcover subject to Table
4.100-5) per 400 square feet of landscape area.
•
No trees shall be permitted within a Public Utility Easement (PUE)

Use Buffers:
•
A minimum of one screening tree per 25 linear feet of required buffer area

Street Frontage:
•
A minimum of one tree and five shrubs (or groundcover subject to Table
4.100-5) per 30 linear feet of street frontage.
•
This minimum quantity of trees, shrubs, and vegetative groundcover shall be
located in the street right-of-way landscaped area. Trees shall not be placed
between the curb/gutter and a detached sidewalk.
•
Within the street right-of-way, no trees are to be planted within 25’ of a
street light pole.
•
Trees and shrubs may be clustered to improve visibility of signage and store
fronts and should be placed in a manner that provides shade for pedestrians.
•
Reverse street frontage. All developments that back or side onto a street and
which have a six-foot screening wall constructed on the property line shall
install within the street right-of-way contiguous with the property one tree
and three shrubs for every thirty (30) feet of such reverse street frontage.
•
Groundcover placed within sight visibility triangle areas should adhere to the
“Drought Tolerant Groundcover Selection For COG ROW Sight Triangle Areas”.
Parking Areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and two shrubs per single landscape island
•
A minimum of two trees and four shrubs per double landscape island
•
A minimum of one tree and three shrubs per 30 linear feet of landscape
median.
Table 4.100-2 Multiple Residence Districts
Landscape Areas

Building Base:
An average 5-foot-wide landscape area shall be required between the building and
nearest parking area and/or drive aisle for 70% of the building front elevation and 50%
of each side elevation. Rear elevations for permitted non-residential uses are exempt
from this requirement.

Use Buffer:
A minimum fifteen (15) foot wide landscape buffer shall be required along property
lines of permitted multi-family, live/work, for rent community, mixed-use residential

159

│ Unified Development Code

and non-residential uses when contiguous with, or separated by an alley, from any
residential development (except multi-family, live/work, for rent community, mixed-
use residential) or undeveloped parcel in a residential zoning district. This buffer shall
be increased to twenty-five (25) feet where any loading docks and service drives abut
residential zoning districts.

Street Frontage:
A landscape area along the street frontage of any building, on-site parking area or
outdoor storage area and the nearest point of the existing or future required
street/sidewalk improvements (the back of an existing sidewalk, the line equal to the
back of a future required sidewalk, or the back of the street curb where no sidewalk is
required) shall be required as follows:

Arterial Roads – Minimum twenty (20) foot wide*

Collector Roads – Minimum fifteen (15) foot wide*

Local Streets – Minimum ten (10) foot wide*

*For reverse street frontage the landscape widths shall be in accordance with adopted
street cross-section designs.

Use Buffers:
•
A minimum of one screening tree per 25 linear feet of required buffer area

160

│ Unified Development Code

install within the street right-of-way contiguous with the property one tree
and three shrubs for every thirty (30) feet of such reverse street frontage.
•
Groundcover placed within sight visibility triangle areas should adhere to the
“Drought Tolerant Groundcover Selection For COG ROW Sight Triangle Areas”.

Parking Areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and two shrubs per single landscape island
•
A minimum of two trees and four shrubs per double landscape island
•
A minimum of one tree and three shrubs per 30 linear feet of landscape
median

Table 4.100-3 Commercial and Professional Office Districts
Landscape Areas

Arterial Roads – Minimum twenty (20) foot wide*

Collector Roads – Minimum fifteen (15) foot wide*

Local Streets – Minimum ten (10) foot wide*

*For reverse street frontage the landscape widths shall be in accordance with adopted
street cross-section designs.

Use Buffer:
A minimum fifteen (15) foot wide landscape buffer shall be required along property
lines of permitted live/work, mixed-use residential and non-residential uses when
contiguous with, or separated by an alley, from any residential development (except
multi-family, live/work, for rent community, mixed-use residential) or undeveloped
parcel in a residential zoning district. This buffer shall be increased to twenty-five (25)
feet where any loading docks and service drives abut residential zoning districts.

Parking Area:
A minimum of 1 landscape island every 10 spaces shall be required; each island shall
be no less than 8 feet wide (inside, curb-to-curb dimension) for the length of the
adjacent parking space(s)
A minimum of 1 landscape median for every two hundred (200) parking spaces shall be
required. Landscape medians shall extend the length of the parking area and shall be a
minimum eight (8) feet wide (inside, curb-to-curb dimension) and provide one, ADA

161

│ Unified Development Code

compliant pedestrian sidewalk or crossing that leads to the principal building entrance
or on-site primary pedestrian circulation system.
Planting Specifications
All landscape areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and five shrubs (or groundcover subject to Table
4.100-5) per 400 square feet of landscape area.
•
No trees shall be permitted within a Public Utility Easement (PUE)

Use Buffers:
•
A minimum of one screening tree per 25 linear feet of required buffer area

Street Frontage:
•
A minimum of one tree and five shrubs (or groundcover subject to Table
4.100-5) per 30 linear feet of street frontage.
•
This minimum quantity of trees, shrubs, and vegetative groundcover shall be
located in the street right-of-way landscaped area. Trees shall not be placed
between the curb/gutter and a detached sidewalk.
•
Within the street right-of-way, no trees are to be planted within 25’ of a street
light pole.
•
Trees and shrubs may be clustered to improve visibility of signage and store
fronts and should be placed in a manner that provides shade for pedestrians.
•
Reverse street frontage. All developments that back or side onto a street and
which have a six-foot screening wall constructed on the property line shall
install within the street right-of-way contiguous with the property one tree
and three shrubs for every thirty (30) feet of such reverse street frontage.
•
Groundcover placed within sight visibility triangle areas should adhere to the
“Drought Tolerant Groundcover Selection For COG ROW Sight Triangle Areas”.
Parking Areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and two shrubs per single landscape island
•
A minimum of two trees and four shrubs per double landscape island
•
A minimum of one tree and three shrubs per 30 linear feet of landscape
median

Table 4.100-4 Business/Industrial Districts
Landscape Areas

Arterial Roads – Minimum twenty (20) foot wide*

Collector Roads – Minimum fifteen (15) foot wide*

Local Streets – Minimum ten (10) foot wide*

162

│ Unified Development Code

*For reverse street frontage the landscape widths shall be in accordance with adopted
street cross-section designs.

Use Buffer:
A minimum fifteen (15) foot wide landscape buffer shall be required along property
lines of permitted non-residential uses when contiguous with, or separated by an alley,
from any residential development (except multi-family, live/work, for rent community,
mixed-use residential) or undeveloped parcel in a residential zoning district. This
buffer shall be increased to twenty-five (25) feet where any loading docks and service
drives abut residential zoning districts.

Parking area:
A minimum of 1 landscape island every 10 spaces shall be required; each island shall be
no less than 8 feet wide (inside, curb-to-curb dimension) for the length of the adjacent
parking space(s)

A minimum of 1 landscape median for every two hundred (200) parking spaces shall be
required. Landscape medians shall extend the length of the parking area and shall be a
minimum eight (8) feet wide (inside, curb-to-curb dimension) and provide one, ADA
compliant pedestrian sidewalk or crossing that leads to the principal building entrance or
on-site primary pedestrian circulation system.
Planting Specifications
All landscape areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and five shrubs (or groundcover subject to Table
4.100-5) per 600 square feet of landscape area.
•
No trees shall be permitted within a Public Utility Easement (PUE)

Use Buffers:
•
A minimum of one screening tree per 25 linear feet of required buffer area

Street Frontage:
•
A minimum of one tree and five shrubs (or groundcover subject to Table
4.100-5) per 30 linear feet of street frontage.
•
This minimum quantity of trees, shrubs, and vegetative groundcover shall be
located in the street right-of-way landscaped area. Trees shall not be placed
between the curb/gutter and a detached sidewalk.
•
Within the street right-of-way, no trees are to be planted within 25’ of a street
light pole.
•
Trees and shrubs may be clustered to improve visibility of signage and store
fronts and should be placed in a manner that provides shade for pedestrians.
•
Reverse street frontage. All developments that back or side onto a street and
which have a six-foot screening wall constructed on the property line shall
install within the street right-of-way contiguous with the property one tree
and three shrubs for every thirty (30) feet of such reverse street frontage.
•
Groundcover placed within sight visibility triangle areas should adhere to the
“Drought Tolerant Groundcover Selection for COG ROW Sight Triangle Areas”.
Parking Areas:
•
A minimum of one tree and two shrubs per single landscape island
•
A minimum of two trees and four shrubs per double landscape island
•
A minimum of one tree and three shrubs per 30 linear feet of landscape
median

Fig. 4.2 Street Landscaping

163

│ Unified Development Code

Fig. 4.3 Use Buffer Landscaping

Fig 4.4 Parking Landscape Islands

35.4.105 Landscape Material Requirements

164

│ Unified Development Code

A.
Plant materials must be included on the most recent edition of the Phoenix Active
Management Area Low Water Using Plant List and shall be installed in accordance with the
Arizona Nursery Association Container Grown Tree Guide, unless otherwise specified
herein.
B.
With the exception of synthetic turf, no artificial plant materials may be used to satisfy the
requirements of this Section.
C.
Table 4.100-5 Landscape Materials provides additional information regarding acceptable
landscape palette materials.

Table 4.100-5 Landscape Materials
Trees

Unless otherwise specified herein, all required trees shall be twenty-four (24) inch box or
larger size. All shrubs shall be a minimum of five (5) gallon in size.. All twenty-four-inch box
and larger trees shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet in height, six (6) feet in spread and two-
inch trunk caliper at the ground level. Upon approval of the director, the installation of twenty
(20) square feet of vegetative groundcover in any landscaped area shall substitute for one (1)
required shrub, up to a maximum of thirty (30) percent of the required shrubs in any
particular landscaped area. Thorny varieties are discouraged; however, when used, they
should be located away from parking and pedestrian areas. A variance may be granted by the
Transportation Director or their designee for the size requirements of trees to be utilized
within the City right-of-ways with justification.
All Mexican Fan Palms (Washington Robusta) and California Fan Palms (Washingtonia Filifera)
shall have a minimum five-foot trunk height measured from the base of the trunk to the base
of the fronds when located within the public right-of-way or within fifty (50) feet of the street
property line.
Shrubs
5-gallon minimum
Thorny varieties are encouraged to be located away from pedestrian, active recreation and
parking areas.
Vegetative
Groundcover
1-gallon minimum
Upon approval of the Development Services Department, the installation of twenty (20)
square feet of vegetative groundcover in any landscaped area shall substitute for one (1)
required shrub, up to a maximum of thirty (30) percent of the required shrubs in any
particular landscaped area.
Gravel
Minimum size: ¾-inch screened or any other size of gravel, decomposed granite (DG) or
aggregate upon approval of the Development Services Department.
Minimum depth: 2”
Water Intensive
Landscaped Areas
The amount of water-intensive landscaped area in new non-residential facilities, other than
schools, parks, cemeteries or golf courses shall be limited to no more than twenty percent
(20%) of the landscaped area in excess of ten thousand (10,000) square feet for facilities other
than hotels and motels, and to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the landscaped area in
excess of twenty thousand (20,000) square feet for hotels and motels. This requirement is
waived if the new non-residential facility applies water which is one hundred percent (100%)
effluent to the landscaped area.
All turf-related facilities that apply water from any source, including effluent, to a water-
intensive landscaped area of ten (10) acres or more are subject to the water conservation

165

│ Unified Development Code

requirements of the management plan in effect for the Phoenix Active Management Area
administered by the Arizona Department of Water Resources.
Natural turf shall be prohibited in the right-of-way. With Development Services approval,
synthetic turf may be permitted as an accent material.
Xeriscape Option
Submitted under a registered Landscape Architect’s seal, an alternative xeriscape landscape
plan may be submitted for developments of 15 acres or greater. Such plans may provide
alternative plant palettes, gravel types and sizes, and may substitute trees at a ratio of two
2” caliper trees for a 4” caliper tree, except in parking landscape islands or use buffer areas.
Additionally, mature saguaro cacti may be substituted for trees at a ratio of two 2” caliper
trees per saguaro. Similarly, ocotillos may be substituted for 5-gallon shrubs at a ratio of
three shrubs per ocotillo; however, ocotillos shall not be located in parking or pedestrian
areas.
Such plans, including a xeriscape maintenance plan, shall be reviewed and approved
administratively.

35.4.106 Urban Forestry
A.
Findings.
Trees provide a benefit to the community by assisting in the abatement of particulates and
other air pollutants, enhancing the visual image of the community and abating noise
pollution.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
B.
Purpose.
This article is intended to promote and protect the public health, safety and general welfare
by providing guidelines for the protection, maintenance and management of tree resources
within the City of Glendale.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
C.
Administration.
This article shall be administered by the deputy city manager of public works with the
assistance and advice of the city's interdepartmental urban forestry committee.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
D.
Applicability.
This article provides authority for the maintenance of trees located within the rights-of-way,
parks, and public places of the city, and trees located on private property which constitute
a hazard or threat as described herein.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
E.
Definitions.
The following words, terms and phrases, when used in this article, shall have the meanings
ascribed to them in this section, except where the context clearly indicates a different
meaning:
Administrator: The deputy city manager for public works of the City of Glendale.

166

│ Unified Development Code

Committee: The City of Glendale interdepartmental urban forestry committee which shall be
comprised of city staff members appointed by the city manager.
Drought Tolerant Plant: Any plant species with the ability to maintain its biomass (cellular
tissue) production during arid or drought conditions; the ability of a plant to have low water
requirements.
Palm Tree: Any plant species belonging to the Family Arecaceae.
Park trees: Trees in public parks, or areas to which the public has free access as a park, and
all other areas owned by the city other than right-of-way.
Perennial Plant: Any plant species with a lifespan of two years or greater.
Street trees: Trees on public lands lying within the rights-of-way of all streets, avenues,
boulevards, roads or ways within the city.
Urban forestry plan: The City of Glendale community urban forestry plan adopted by the city
council.
Waterwise: A practical landscaping practice by which plant selections are made for their arid
and drought tolerant qualities.
Woody Plant: Any plant species that produces wood as its structural tissue and thus has a
hard stem.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
F.
Urban forestry plan.
The committee shall develop and submit to the administrator an urban forestry plan. The
administrator shall forward the urban forestry plan to the city council for review and
adoption by resolution. The urban forestry plan shall not conflict, or be inconsistent, with
other ordinances of the city and shall contain the following:
1. International Society of Arboriculture specifications for street trees and park trees.
2. The type and kind of trees which may be planted within city rights-of-way and parks.
3. Requirements for the care, preservation, pruning, planting, replanting, removal or
disposition of street trees and park trees.
4. Guidelines for the location and spacing of street trees and park trees.
5. A plan for fostering community support for the urban forestry plan and encourage good
tree management on privately-owned property.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
G.
Maintenance-Street trees and park trees.
The city shall have the right to plant, prune, replace and maintain all street trees and park
trees as may be necessary to ensure public safety or to preserve or enhance the symmetry
and beauty of public grounds. The administrator may remove or order to be removed, on
city-owned property, any tree or part thereof which is in an unsafe condition, or which is
injurious to sewers, sidewalks, electric power lines, gas lines, water lines, or other public
improvements, or is infected with any injurious insect, pest or disease.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)

167

│ Unified Development Code

H.
Planting, removing or cutting trees on public property.
1. No person shall plant, remove, cut above the ground, or disturb any tree within any city
right-of-way, park or other public place without first obtaining a permit from the
administrator. The person obtaining the permit shall abide by the standards set forth
in this article.
2. All eligible live trees (regardless of type, condition, or age) that are impacted by any
proposed construction/maintenance activities or development required improvements
are covered under this section. A live tree is defined as a living growth form of any
woody perennial plant, typically having a single stem or trunk growing to a considerable
height and can bear lateral branches at some distance from the ground (several
botanical plant families have species that fall into the category.)
3. All live trees with any caliper diameter or trunk height shall be considered eligible trees.
Tree trunk caliper diameters are measured at 4.5 feet above the ground. Eligible trees
will fall into one of five (5) categories according to the following size and replacement
ratios:
a. 1.*Unestablished Trees – Are defined as trees with a caliper diameter of less than
4-inches. Unestablished Trees shall be replaced on a 1:2 ratio.
b. 2.*Mature Trees – Are defined as trees with a caliper diameter of at least 4-inches
to less than 12-inches. Mature Trees shall be replaced on a 1:4 ratio.
c.
3.*Legacy Trees – Are defined as trees with a caliper diameter of 12-inches or
greater. Legacy Trees shall be replaced on a 1:8 ratio.
d. 4.Immature Palm Trees – Are defined as having a trunk height measured from the
base of the trunk to the base of the fronds of 5-feet or less. Immature Palm Trees
shall be replaced on a 1:3 ratio.
e. 5.Mature Palm Trees – Are defined as having a trunk height measured from the
base of the trunk to the base of the fronds of greater than 5-feet. Mature Palm
Trees shall be replaced on a 1:6 ratio.
*These trees constitute non-palm tree species (the majority of trees along the City
ROW.) Where an eligible tree has multiple trunks, only the largest caliper diameter (or
tallest in the case of a palm tree) trunk will be considered.
4. The minimum replacement size shall be a 24-inch box container tree and shall be
replaced on-site depending on existing site conditions or relocated to a location
designated by the City. If planted on-site, these trees shall conform to G-1008 of the
2015 Engineering Standard Details.
5. Replaced trees selection should adhere to the “Tree Selection for City of Glendale ROW
and Medians AND Tree Removal Policy Program”. This “preferred” and “acceptable”
tree list consists of 29 species that grow well and are easily maintained within the City
ROW and are of a drought tolerant/waterwise nature and as such are characterized by
low-water consumption.
6. All surrounding irrigation lines and associated irrigation components; including other
landscape features (such as shrubs, hardscape) that are impacted by the proposed
development shall be restored by the impacting entity as required by the City and any
associated costs shall be regarded as incidental to the project and adhere to current
irrigation City standards.

168

│ Unified Development Code

7. Inspection and Acceptance:

ROW staff will need to be informed a minimum of three weeks prior to any tree removal,
disturbing any existing irrigation lines, or disturbing other landscape features. The
trees to be removed shall be inspected by ROW staff and marked. Henceforth, only
marked trees will be allowed to be removed. Replacement trees shall be provided to
the City in hand prior to removal of marked trees marked for removal. Upon removing
the marked trees, ROW staff shall be notified immediately to inspect the work site to
ensure trees were removed properly and any disturbed irrigation lines are capped or
restored etc.
I.
Posting of signs, letters, reflectors or other items.
It shall be unlawful for any person to nail, or affix by stapling, gluing, or any other manner,
any sign, letter, reflector, number or other item to, or on, any street tree or park tree within
the city limits.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
J.
Pruning of trees on private property.
Every owner of any tree overhanging any street or right-of-way within the city shall prune
the branches so that such tree shall not obstruct the view of any street intersection or
interfere with persons utilizing the sidewalk or street. Said owners shall remove all dead,
diseased or dangerous trees or broken or decaying limbs which the administrator
determines constitutes a hazard or danger to the safety of the public. If the owner fails to
remove such trees or limbs within the time period provided in the notice by the city, or if an
immediate hazard exists by virtue of such tree or limbs, the city shall have the right, at the
expense of the property owner, to prune or remove any tree or shrub upon private property
when it interferes with the proper spread of light along the street from a street light,
interferes with the visibility of any traffic control device or sign, or otherwise poses a threat
to the public safety as determined by the administrator. The costs of pruning or removing
such hazardous tree or limbs from the public property or right-of-way shall be assessed
against the property owner and shall constitute a lien on the property until paid.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
K.
Penalties.
Any person found guilty of violating any provision of this article shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be punishable by a fine and/or imprisonment not
to exceed the maximum set for class one misdemeanors by the Arizona Legislators in Title
13 of the Arizona Revised Statutes.
(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)
L.
A. Severability.
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase or portion of this article or any part of
the Code adopted herein by reference is for any reason held to be invalid or
unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision shall
not affect the validity of the remaining portions thereof.

169

│ Unified Development Code

(Ord. No. 1977, § 1, 12-9-97)

│ Unified Development Code
170

35.4.107 Maintenance and City Acceptance
A.
With respect to every lot, parcel, or tract of land within the City containing a use for which
the provisions of this Section apply, every owner, lessee, homeowners’ association, or any
other person having the lawful right to possession and control of such premise shall:
1. Maintain all landscape materials and landscaped areas in accordance with the
approved landscape plan, including right-of-way landscaping unless otherwise stated
herein. Such landscaped areas shall be kept free of trash, debris, weeds, and dead
plant material, and shall in all respects be maintained in a neat and clean fashion.
2. Replace all dead or removed plants with plants of the same variety, and in the size and
quality as those removed.
B.
The City may accept responsibility for the maintenance and operation of all landscaping
and appurtenances installed in accordance with requirements for reverse street frontage
landscaping or any landscaping and appurtenances installed within street rights-of-way,
including but not limited to the following categories:
1. Arterial and/or secondary street rights-of-way adjacent to single-family residential
areas that back onto the arterial and/or secondary street, and have a screening wall
constructed on the rear property line.
2. Arterial street rights-of-way adjacent to single-family residential areas that side onto
the arterial street, and which have a screening wall constructed on the side property
line.
3. Bridle trails, bicycle paths and multi-use recreational facilities within City limits.
4. Median islands on arterial and secondary public streets within the City.
5. All alleys within City limits.
6. Street rights-of-way abutting municipal public facilities.
7. Street landscaping within districts specially approved or created by City Council.
8. Flood control facilities which have been accepted for operation and maintenance by
the City.
C.
Prior to the City accepting for maintenance any reverse street frontage landscaping or other
street right-of-way landscaping described in the foregoing subparagraph (B), the following
conditions shall have been satisfied:
1. The landscaping shall be inspected and approved by the City for compliance with the
approved landscape plan.
2. The subsequent completion of a sixty-day maintenance period wherein the developer
shall be responsible for all watering, weeding, and replacement of all dead or dying
plant materials.
3. A final inspection called by the developer or his representative at the completion of the
sixty-day maintenance period resulting in final approval and acceptance by the City.
4. The approved plat shall stipulate any accepted maintenance responsibilities.
D.
Obstructions and Vegetative Screening
1. All landscaping materials near a driveway or street intersection shall be installed and
maintained in accordance with the City's sight visibility triangle requirements. All
landscaping materials in established parking areas shall be maintained to limit
interference with vehicular and pedestrian circulation.

171

│ Unified Development Code

2. All plant materials shall be planted so that at maturity the edge of the plant will be no
closer than three (3) feet to any fire hydrant or fire suppression device.
3. Protection of Landscaping from Vehicular Damage. Permanent barriers, such as
curbing, shall be installed and properly secured to prevent the destruction of
landscape materials by vehicles. All trees and shrubs shall be installed a minimum of
two and one-half (2.5) feet from back of curb.
E.
Irrigation.
1. All landscaped areas shall be supported by an automatic irrigation system. A backflow
prevention device and protective cage shall be required as part of the irrigation
systems. Irrigation systems shall be constructed and maintained to promote water
conservation and shall prevent water overflow onto streets, sidewalks, or parking
areas.
2. A separate water meter shall be installed for landscape irrigation systems placed in
the right-of-way. Meters shall be installed within the right-of-way and maintained by
the City. For developments in which the property owner is required to maintain
landscaping located within the right-of-way, the associated irrigation system shall be
isolated from the on-site irrigation system.
F.
Parking landscape islands
1. No shrubs within a landscape island of an off-site parking area shall be maintained to
a height in excess of three (3) feet, and all trees within such planters shall maintain a
minimum clearance of five (5) feet from the lowest branch to the adjacent grade
elevation.
G.
Pruning of trees on private property.
1. Every owner of any tree overhanging any street or right-of-way within the City shall
prune the branches so that such tree shall not obstruct the view of any street
intersection or interfere with persons utilizing the sidewalk or street or interfere with
City of Glendale maintenance. Said owners shall remove all dead, diseased or
dangerous trees or broken or decaying limbs which the administrator determines
constitutes a hazard or danger to the safety of the public. All tree trimmings shall be
disposed of properly, discarding trimmed branches onto the right of way is prohibited.
If the owner fails to remove such trees or limbs within the time period provided in the
notice by the City, or if an immediate hazard exists by virtue of such tree or limbs, the
City shall be authorized, at the expense of the property owner, to prune or remove any
tree or shrub upon private property when it interferes with the proper spread of light
along the street from a street light, interferes with the visibility of any traffic control
device or sign, or otherwise poses a threat to the public safety as determined by the
City. The costs of pruning and removing such hazardous tree or limbs from the public
property or right-of-way shall be assessed against the property owner and shall
constitute a lien on the property until paid.
2. Palm trees shall be properly and regularly maintained to help minimize pest
populations and improve community appearance. Proper maintenance shall support
the health of the tree and shall include the pruning and removal of dead palm fronds,
seeds, and other similar debris.
H.
Planting, removing or cutting trees on public property.
1. No person shall plant, remove, cut above the ground, or disturb any tree within any City
right-of-way, park or other public place without first obtaining a permit from the City.
The person obtaining the permit shall abide by the standards set forth in this Section.

172

│ Unified Development Code

2. The City shall have the right to plant, prune, replace and maintain all street trees and
park trees as may be necessary to ensure public safety or to preserve or enhance the
symmetry and beauty of public grounds. The zoning administrator may remove or order
to be removed, on City-owned property, any tree or part thereof which is in an unsafe
condition or which is injurious to sewers, sidewalks, electric power lines, gas lines,
water lines, or other public improvements, or is infected with any injurious insect, pest
or disease.
35.4.108 Exemptions
Due to the unique circumstances often associated with certain development types, the following
uses shall be exempt or subject to the reduced landscape requirements as described herein.
A.
Playground and sports facilities associated with schools or places of worship
B.
Wireless Communication Facilities shall be exempt from landscaping requirements for
areas located within any ground-mounted equipment enclosure. An 8-foot-wide perimeter
landscaping tract, maintained by the owner or authorized designee and located outside of
the enclosure, shall be provided and shall include one (1) non-invasive shrub or cacti for
every 8 linear feet of tract. Thorny shrubs and cacti shall not be placed adjacent to
pedestrian areas and walkways.
C.
Public and Semi-Public Utilities shall be exempt from landscaping requirements for areas
located within any equipment enclosure. An 8-foot-wide perimeter landscaping tract,
maintained by the owner or authorized agent and located outside of the enclosure, shall
be provided and shall include two (2) non-invasive shrubs or cacti for every 8 linear feet of
tract. Thorny shrubs and cacti shall not be placed adjacent to pedestrian areas and
walkways.
D.
Covered Parking Canopies are encouraged, therefore, when implemented the affected
parking areas shall be exempt from parking area tree requirements for landscape islands
and medians. Shrub and groundcover requirements shall remain in effect.
35.4.109 Preliminary and Final Landscape Plans
A.
General Requirements
1. A landscape plan consisting of a preliminary plan and a final plan shall be prepared,
submitted, and approved for all applicable development projects in accordance with
the procedures and requirements set forth in this Section.
2. All changes in landscape plans before, during, or after preliminary or final landscape
plan approval shall be approved by the Development Services Director or designee
prior to the installation of any such landscape change.
3. All changes in the landscaping of a site before, during or after final landscape plan
approval and landscape installation shall be approved by the Development Services
Director or designee as set forth in this article and as specified within the Glendale
Engineering Design & Construction Standards.
B.
Preliminary Landscape Plan
1. A preliminary landscape plan shall be submitted along with the required development
Site Plan for review. The preliminary landscape plan may be shown on the development
Site Plan drawings. The preliminary landscape plan shall be a conceptual plan and
shall include the following information in generalized form:
a. The location and identification of all proposed landscape area (on-site, street right-
of-way, parking area, use buffers, etc.)

173

│ Unified Development Code

b. Preliminary data pertaining to the amount of gross and net site area, the ground
floor areas of all proposed industrial buildings, the number of required and
proposed parking spaces, and the amount of all required and proposed
landscaped areas.
c.
The approximate location of all proposed trees, shrubs, and other landscape
materials.
d. Notes or graphical representations adequately showing the intent of the proposed
plans and materials and indicating how those plans will comply with this Section.
e. The location, height, type, and general design and finish of all proposed screening
walls.
f.
The location of all proposed stormwater retention areas.
C.
Submittals shall be made in accordance with the development Design Review process
guide and application checklist provided by the Development Services Department.
D.
The preliminary landscape plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Development
Services Director or designee as part of the development Site Plan review and by the
Transportation Director or designee for plantings within the right-of-way, and may be
approved with stipulated changes or additions.
E.
Final Landscape Plan
1. A final landscape plan shall be submitted along with all other required site
improvement and building plans at the time of application for a building permit. The
final landscape plan shall contain the final calculations, data, and specific details and
information of all proposed landscaped areas, landscape materials, screening walls,
irrigation system, and other items that were required and identified in conceptual form
on the preliminary landscape plan. The final landscape plan shall contain a specific
schedule of all trees and shrubs identified by common and botanical name, and shall
clearly indicate the quantity and size of each tree and shrub to be installed.
2. The final landscape plan shall be sealed by a registered Arizona Architect, Civil
Engineer, or Landscape Architect, except for single residence lots or where specifically
restricted herein.
3. The final landscape plan shall be in conformance with the approved preliminary plan
and any stipulated changes or additions and shall be approved by the Development
Services Director or designee and the Transportation Director or designee for plantings
within the right-of-way prior to the issuance of a building permit.
4. The final landscape plan shall clearly stipulate maintenance responsibilities.
F.
Final Landscape Inspection
1. All landscaping shall be subject to inspection to verify adherence to the approved Final
Landscape Plan. It shall be the responsibility of the applicant or authorized designee
to request a visual inspection and provide, in writing, certification that all landscape
materials and irrigation have been accounted for and installed per plan. Such
certification shall be sealed by an Arizona registered Landscape Architect, Architect, or
Civil Engineer. Final approval and/or Certificate of Occupancy shall not be issued until
all inspections have been completed and the project approved unless specifically
authorized by the Development Services Director or designee.
2. The city shall have the right to refuse to pass any project not meeting the provisions of
this chapter. The city shall also have the right to reject landscape materials as being

174

│ Unified Development Code

substandard as to size, condition or appearance including a pre-inspection of materials
at the supplier if deemed necessary.

35.4.110 Compliance and Enforcement
A.
Installation, General.
1. All landscape improvements (landscape materials, irrigation system, screening walls,
et.) shall be installed by the developer on the site in accordance with the approved
final landscape plan prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the building
or use. When considered advisable, upon presentation of a cash bond, cash deposit,
or assured letter of credit in an amount sufficient to guarantee installation of the
landscaping and irrigation system, the director may approve a delay in the immediate
installation of the required landscape improvements for a period of time not to exceed
six (6) months. In those instances where the director approves a delay in the
installation of the required landscape improvements, a temporary certificate of
occupancy shall be issued for the building or use conditioned upon the satisfactory
installation of the required landscape improvements within the time period approved
by the director.
2. For multi-phased developments, all required right-of-way and use buffer landscaping
shall be installed during the first phase of development unless specifically exempted
herein or by the Development Services Director or designee during the rezoning
process. Phased landscaping for large projects, such as master planned communities,
shall be reviewed and approved on a case-by-case basis due to the differences in
phasing and associated infrastructure expansion.
B.
Enforcement, General.
1. This chapter shall be enforced by the director or his duly authorized representative.
The director shall have the authority to enter upon the premises, or any part thereof,
at any and all reasonable times, for the purposes of performing his official duties. It is
unlawful to refuse the director entry upon such premises. When any condition which
would constitute a violation of the provisions of this ordinance comes to the director's
attention, he shall cause a notice thereof to be served upon the owner, lessee or other
person in control of the premises. The notice shall specify the nature of the violation
and shall order the responsible party to correct the violation within thirty (30) days.
C.
Penalties
1. Any person in control of any premises who fails to correct a violation of this chapter
within thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the director shall be liable to the city for
a civil fine in the amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) for each and every day
beyond such thirty-day period for which the violation remains uncorrected. The city
attorney shall collect such fines by complaint filed in the city court pursuant to the
procedures prescribed in the city charter.

175

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.200 SCREENING, WALLS & FENCES
35.4.201 Intent
The intent of this Section is to establish practical standards for screening between dissimilar
uses and methods for screening these uses and associated activities from adjacent properties
and the public in general. Proper screening methods help manage use compatibility and
community stability, which in turn, will support increased property values and improve the overall
health and safety of the City’s residents.

35.4.202 Applicability
A.
When the following conditions are present, a permanent solid wall or gate shall be used to
provide reasonable screening between dissimilar uses.
1. Single or Multiple Residence uses adjacent, or separated only by an alley, from non-
residential uses
2. Single Residence uses adjacent, or separated only by an alley, from Multiple Residence
uses
3. Multiple Residence, Commercial, or Industrial uses when adjacent, or separated only
by an alley, from residential development or a undeveloped parcel in a residential
zoning district. No such screen wall shall be required for multiple-family residential
contiguous with other multiple-residence development or a multiple-residence zoning
district.
4. Varying intensities of select non-residential uses located adjacent, or separated only
by an alley, from each other (i.e. commercial retail adjacent to industrial uses)
B.
When the following conditions are present, a permanent solid wall or gate shall be used to
provide reasonable screening of site features or elements.
1. Off-street parking areas adjacent to public right-of-way
2. Residential or non-residential side and rear yards which are visible from public rights-
of-way
3. On-site refuse and recycling containers
4. Permitted outdoor storage
5. Designated delivery and loading bays
6. Ground and roof-mounted mechanical equipment

35.4.203 Screening Exemptions
A.
The following uses shall be exempt from perimeter screening requirements.
1. Public elementary and secondary and similar private educational facilities
2. Municipal and private parks and open space

35.4.204 General Screening Requirements
A.
Screening between dissimilar uses shall consist of a solid wall located on the shared
property line(s) and outside of any sight visibility triangles unless otherwise stated herein.

176

│ Unified Development Code

B.
The preferred screening material shall be decorative masonry block; however, alternative
materials may be considered through the Design Review process provided the proposed
material is typically associated with, and intended for, wall construction. Materials shall be
of high quality and integrated to the extent possible with the architectural theme of the
development and/or surrounding area.
C.
To break up the lineal expanse of required screening, design elements such as a staggered
centerline, pilasters, integrated planters, varying wall heights, the installation of extra plant
materials, or varying the landscaped area contours shall be used.
D.
Walls exceeding six (6) feet in height, measured from the inside finished grade, shall
require the submittal and approval of structural calculations prepared by a licensed
structural engineer, unless specified otherwise in this Ordinance. Non-retaining concrete
block walls shall adhere to the City adopted building codes.
E.
For the purpose of this Section, any wall retaining a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of
earth or soil shall be considered a retaining wall and shall be subject to review by the City
Engineer or authorized agent. Terraced walls shall be required when retaining needs
exceed four (4) feet in height. Terraced walls shall be separated by an average of four (4)
feet with no point being separated by less than two (2) feet. Terraces shall be landscaped
with low-maintenance shrubs, cacti, and vegetative groundcovers. Terraced walls shall
include weep holes for drainage and sleeves for irrigation.
F.
Where two lots abut one another, but have differing finish grades, the wall height shall be
limited to six (6) feet on the high side and eight (8) feet on the low side. Modifications of
these requirements shall require written request and approval of the Development Services
Department.
G.
In conditions where a proposed wall will be immediately adjacent to and/or adjoining an
existing wall, one wall shall be removed or the proposed wall shall be designed and
constructed to cap together the sides and top of both walls.

35.4.205 Screening Requirements
A.
Screening Required by Zoning District
1. Residential development in the SR, R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4 and R-5 districts must provide a
wall with a minimum height of six (6) feet along abutting property lines. Residential
development in the A-1 and RR districts may require a wall based on determination by
the Development Services Department.
2. Property in C-1, C-2, C-3, B-P, M-1, or M-2 districts which abuts any residential use must
provide a wall with a minimum height of eight (8) feet along the abutting property line.
3. Property in R-O, C-O, or G-O districts, or of any nonresidential use in any residential
district which abuts any residential district, must provide a wall with a minimum height
of six (6) feet along the abutting property line.
4. Property in the R-2, R-3, R-4, or R-5 districts which abut any A-1, RR, SR, or R-1 districts
must provide a wall with a minimum height of six (6) feet along the abutting property
line.
5. When abutting an arterial street, property in the A-1, SR, RR, or R-1 districts shall
provide a wall with a minimum height of eight (8) feet.

177

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Screening Required for Select Uses
1. Parking Area Screens. All off-street parking areas adjacent to any street shall be
screened from street views according to the provisions as set forth below. This
standard can be met through the use of the following screening methods, which may
be used individually or in combination:
a. See regulation 35.4.103.E.
b. Walls shall be designed to undulate and avoid straight segments longer than 100
feet
c.
Open areas or portals for natural surveillance and pedestrian access to the site
shall be provided as required by the Development Services Department.
2. Refuse Area Screens. All trash, rubbish or garbage, including recyclable materials in
common storage areas, shall be completely enclosed via a solid six (6) foot wall and
view obstructing gate and located on a concrete surface. Refuse collection areas shall
be readily accessible to collection vehicles, without substantially encumbering
adjacent parking and vehicular access. For multi-family dwellings, the enclosure shall
be softened with landscaping on any side visible from a public or private street.
3. Loading Area Screens. All non-passenger loading, delivery and service bays shall be
screened from public view by a building, a decorative screen wall a minimum eight (8)
feet in height, a solid opaque evergreen landscape screen or any combination thereof.
4. Mechanical Equipment Screens. All mechanical equipment, either ground-mounted or
located on a rooftop, shall be screened from the view of a person standing on the
property line on the far side of an adjacent public street. Individual screening of rooftop
mechanical equipment is discouraged. Rooftop units should either be grouped
together and screened or screened with a parapet wall the entire length of the building.
Such a parapet wall shall be designed to be integral to the overall architecture of the
building.

Fig. 4.5 Non-Residential Parking Screen Wall

178

│ Unified Development Code

Fig. 4.6 Sample Wall Sections

Fig. 4.7 Wall Scenarios – Even Lots, Uneven Lots, Lot at Higher Elevation than Street

35.4.206 Wall Placement & Height Limitations
A.
No fence or wall shall be built, repaired, remodeled or replaced within thirty (30) feet (for
arterial to arterial intersections the distance shall be forty (40) feet) of the corner of any
lot, which corner is at the point of intersection of two (2) or more streets and which prevents
a clear view by the operators of vehicles on the streets of traffic proceeding on the crossing
street or streets. Within the area above defined, no fence which obstructs more than ten
(10) percent of the view shall be built, repaired, remodeled or replaced to a height of more
than thirty (30) inches from the level of the adjacent street.
B.
No fence or wall shall be built, repaired, remodeled or replaced within ten (10) feet of any
driveway within the City which obstructs the clear view of the operators of vehicles
proceeding out of the driveway of pedestrians and vehicles on the adjacent sidewalk or
street or roadway right-of-way. Within the area above defined, no fence which obstructs
more than twenty-five (25) percent of the view shall be built, repaired, remodeled or
replaced to a height of more than thirty (30) inches from the level of the adjacent street.
C.
No fence or wall within the side or rear yard in all zoning districts shall exceed a height of
six (6) feet unless otherwise stated herein.

179

│ Unified Development Code

D.
No fence or wall within the front yard in all zoning districts shall exceed a height of three
(3) feet. Decorative columns may be permitted at a height of four (4) feet and spaced no
closer than six (6) feet on-center. Arched or framed entries are permitted provided they do
not exceed seven (7) feet in height and are limited to one (1) per property.
1. The following uses are exempt from the three (3) foot height restriction for walls within
the front yard, as set forth in this Section.
a. Woven wire field fence shall have a maximum height of five (5) feet for residential
uses in the A-1and RR Districts.
b. Agriculture uses regardless of zoning district
c.
Temporary construction sites and yards
d. Elementary and secondary schools
E.
Fences or walls within the front yard shall be located outside the public right-of-way or
public utility easements. Where neither exist, no wall shall interfere any utility meter.
Crossings of utilities should be minimized provided that required maintenance or service
could result in removal to all or a portion of the wall with no requirement for the utility owner
to restore the wall to its original condition.
35.4.207 Maintenance
A.
Every fence or wall shall be maintained in a condition of reasonable repair. Any fence or
wall which has become unsightly or dangerous to the public safety, health or welfare shall
be deemed a public nuisance and accordingly, the City shall commence proceedings for
abatement. Any wall, or a portion thereof, that has been removed or damaged by any
means, shall be restored to its original or improved condition.

35.4.208 Special Provisions
A.
Barbed-wire and electrical fences
1. Barbed wire fences shall be prohibited in all zoning districts except in the C-3, B-P, M-
1, M-2, A-1, RR, or SR Districts and for temporary construction sites, provided that the
barbed wire is located six (6) feet or more above grade. Temporary barbed wire fencing
located on construction sites shall be removed from the site at the time of final
inspection, or a certificate of occupancy will not be issued.
2. No fence with strands of barbed-wire below the height of six (6) feet shall be
constructed, or allowed to remain if heretofore constructed, within ten (10) feet of a
street, sidewalk or roadway right-of-way in the City.
3. No electrical charged fence, other than one which is approved by the Underwriter's
Laboratory (UL®) and unmodified, or other fence which is, or may be, dangerous to
persons, children or animals shall be constructed, or allowed to remain if heretofore
constructed, in the City.
a. Electrical fences shall not be located within required street side setbacks.
b. The electrical charge produced by the fence upon contact shall not exceed
energizer characteristics set forth in the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) Standard.

180

│ Unified Development Code

c.
The energy source for electrical fences must be provided by a storage battery no
greater than 12 volts DC.
d. Electrical fences shall be clearly identified with warning signs that read “Warning
– Electrical Fence” at intervals no less than thirty (30) feet. Signs shall also
contain proper imagery, symbols, and/or the international sign for electricity that
allow all individuals to understand that the fence is electrically charged.
e. Electrical fences shall contain an approved access and key switch capable of
disconnecting the electrical fence from all power sources. Such access and switch
shall be clearly marked and accessible for emergency and enforcement personnel.
f.
The installation of electrical fences is subject to the issuance and approval of
building permit obtained through the Development Services Department.
B.
Sound Walls
1. Sound walls shall be required for developments abutting arterial roads, railroad
corridors, and freeways. Such walls shall adhere to the City’s standard detail for sound
or noise attenuation walls, which at a minimum prescribes a wall that measures six (6)
feet in height and at least six (6) inches thick. A noise study shall be conducted to
verify attenuation needs and the wall(s) shall be designed and constructed accordingly.
C.
Temporary Fencing
1. Temporary fencing as defined in Article 8 shall be permitted only with the issuance of
a temporary fence permit, except for those sites for which an approved building permit,
civil permit, special event permit or City-initiated abatement is active from the
Development Services Department.
2. A temporary fence permit issued pursuant to this article shall be valid for a period of
either:
a. One hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of issuance in accordance with
currently adopted building codes; or
b. From the date of issuance to a date specified in the permit by the City.
3. Temporary fences shall be removed prior to permit expiration, unless the permit is
extended to a specified time by the Development Services Director or designee.
Applications for temporary fence permit time extensions must demonstrate one or
more of the following conditions:
a. Additional time is necessary because of ongoing environmental remediation
activities on the site, or
b. Existing safety hazards on the site are being addressed and warrant continued
fencing of the site, or
c.
The site is being actively developed as demonstrated through recent inspection
reports, or
d. Additional time is necessary because of other extenuating circumstances as
determined by the Development Services Director or designee.
4. Temporary fencing shall conform to the following criteria:
a. The approved permit and contact information for the responsible party shall be
prominently posted and maintained on the fence at all times.

181

│ Unified Development Code

b. A sign denoting the location of emergency vehicle access shall be prominently
posted and maintained on the fence at all times.
c.
Temporary fencing shall not exceed a maximum height of eight (8) feet above
grade.
d. Temporary fencing shall conform to the sight visibility at street intersection
requirements as set forth in the Zoning Ordinance and Section 30-70 of the City
Code.
e. The use of barbed wire, razor wire or equivalent fence topping is prohibited.
f.
Canvas, mesh fabric or other screening material may be required as a condition
of approval in instances of visual blight, or in the likelihood that visual blight may
develop when viewed from public right-of-way, as determined by the Development
Services Director or designee.
g. Temporary fencing screening material may consist of canvas, mesh fabric, or other
similar material, subject to the following conditions:
i. Screening material must be securely affixed to the temporary fence at all
times, must be uniform in color and material and must be maintained in a
condition free from rips or tears, graffiti or other vandalism.
ii. When associated with an approved building permit, civil permit, or special
event permit, screening material may include graphics depicting project
elevations and information, or contact information for developers,
contractors, or individuals associated with the permit activity. Such graphics
must be associated with activity occurring at the property for which the
temporary fencing or building permit is issued and may not include off-site
advertisements or signage.
5. Failure to comply with the conditions, stipulations, or terms of the approval of a
temporary fence permit is a violation of this ordinance and will be enforced as such.

35.4.209 Wall Waivers
A.
Where unique topographical conditions exist, a property owner or authorized agent may
request a waiver from the wall requirements found in this Section. Waivers are to be
granted by the Development Services Director or designee if the applicant for the waiver
has demonstrated the challenges with the subject property and how such a waiver would
not be detrimental to present or future surrounding property owners. The applicant shall
submit a detailed wall plan, with topography, and a narrative for review by the City.
Approval may be granted upon finding that the issue is not a result of the property owner’s
actions, that the approval will not be detrimental to surrounding property owners, and the
City Engineer supports the waiver request.
B.
Applicants who have received a waiver denial may submit an application for a Variance in
accordance with Section 35.6.209 of the Unified Development Code.

182

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.300 SIGNAGE
35.4.301 Intent
The purpose of this Section is to promote a variety of messaging opportunities in a manner that
does not diminish the City’s visual well-being or result in an abundance of visual clutter. The
regulations provided in this Section are intended to achieve the following community objectives:
A.
Economic Development. Allow adequate signage for business identification.
B.
Public Safety. Protect pedestrians and motorists from injury and property damage resulting
from improperly constructed or poorly maintained signs.
C.
General Aesthetics. Promote the use of signs which are well designed, of appropriate scale,
and integrated with surrounding buildings, landscape, scenic corridors, and public spaces.
D.
Context Appropriateness. Promote context-specific signage for defined areas where unique
sign allowances and/or restrictions would be appropriate.
E.
Protect Residential Areas. Establish sign standards that minimize impacts such as light
intrusion and visual blight on residential communities.
F.
Enforcement. Provide fair and consistent enforcement of the sign regulations contained
herein and ensure compliance with local, county, state, and federal law.

35.4.302 Applicability
All signs erected, installed, or modified after the effective date of this Ordinance, shall conform
to the regulations within this Section. Instances where an approved Planned Area Development
(PAD), Zoning Overlay, or stipulation prescribes unique sign criteria not contained within this
Section, such criteria shall remain in effect. However, where such criteria refers to standards
that are not ‘content neutral’, that is, sign allowances based on sign content, such criteria shall
be considered null and void. Similarly, references made to Section 35.4.300 Signage, in its
entirety or in part, in lieu of establishing unique sign criteria for the subject PAD, Zoning Overlay,
or stipulation, shall be considered null and void.
The regulations, requirements, and provisions set forth in this Section shall apply to all signs
erected, placed, modified, or constructed within the City. While signs may be generally
categorized into commercial and non-commercial speech, it is not the intent of this Section to
regulate signs based on content or content based on sign type; exclusions for vulgarity and
decency may apply.

35.4.303 Non-Conforming Signs
For the purposes of this Article, signs which are not in conformance with this Section shall be
deemed non-conforming. Existing signs which were permitted and constructed prior to the
adoption of the current Sign Code but have fallen out of conformance due to changes to the sign
Code, are deemed legal non-conforming. Non-conforming signs that have not been deemed
legal non-conforming, shall be brought into compliance with this Sign Code.
A.
Non-conforming signs shall not be enlarged, altered or modified in a way that increases its
non-conformity, unless such change is a reasonable alteration, repair, or maintenance as
determined by the Zoning Administrator.

183

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Reasonable repairs and maintenance, including LED conversions and retrofitting but not
conversions from static signs to electronic reader panels, may be performed on legal non-
conforming signs without requiring said sign to be brought into compliance with this
Section; however, legal non-conforming signs shall be removed or brought into compliance
when the sign has been:
1. damaged to where the repair cost exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the reproduction cost;
or
2. destroyed beyond repair; or
3. relocated on the property or building; or
4. abandoned or otherwise unused for a period of 180 days or more (the Development
Services Director or designee may extend this period for properties subject to
foreclosure, bankruptcy, probate and/or judicial action); or
5. altered in terms of color, size, shape, or orientation on the property (excluding changes
to sign content or replaceable message panels).
C.
Legal non-conforming signs requiring temporary removal during site or building
construction, which has not been initiated by the sign owner, may be replaced without being
brought into compliance with this Section.
D.
Vintage Signs. The restoration and retention of legal non-conforming and historically
significant signs that have been removed from their original locations and are to be reused
is encouraged. Allowing those signs to move to other locations within the community is
necessary to ensure preservation. Once recognized as a vintage sign, the sign is deemed
conforming.
1. Recognition Criteria. The Development Services Director or designee, may recognize
an existing sign as a vintage sign if it meets the following criteria:
a. The sign shall be at least 20 years old.
b. The sign shall meet three or more of the following:
i. The sign exhibits unique or rare characteristics that will enhance the
streetscape or identity of a neighborhood in which it will be placed.
ii. The sign contributes to the historic or cultural identity of the community.
iii. The sign represents a remarkable example of the sign maker’s art due to
craftsmanship, use of materials, or design.
iv. Retains its original design character, or that character will be reestablished or
restored, based on historic evidence such as drawings or photographs.
v. The sign complies with, or can be discretely modified to comply with, the
applicable provisions of the City of Glendale building codes. Permitting
requirements shall apply.
vi. The sign is structurally safe or is capable of being made so without
substantially altering its appearance.
vii. Relocation. When a Vintage Sign is being relocated off-premise, such sign be
relocated a location within the City of Glendale. The receiving site shall be
located within a non-residential zoning district.

184

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.304 Exemptions
The following signs shall be considered permitted by right and shall not require City review,
permitting, or other authorization to post or install unless specifically excepted herein.
A.
Traffic control and street identification signs, barricades, utility signs, or other similar signs
erected or maintained by a governmental entity, utility provider, or railroad shall be exempt
from this Article.
B.
Signs not visible or not intended to be legible beyond the boundaries of the property upon
which they are located shall be exempt from the provisions of this Article, except those
public safety provisions contained in Section 35.4.306.I.
C.
Signs or monuments protected by state or federal statute.
D.
Government Signs, including, but not limited to the following:
1. Public emergency, hazard, or legally mandated warning signs. Where a federal, state
or local law requires a property owner to post a sign on the owner’s property to warn
of a danger or to prohibit access to the property either generally or specifically, the
owner must comply with the federal, state or local law to exercise that authority by
posting a sign on the property.
E.
Federal, state, or municipal flags may be displayed to serve a compelling governmental
interest.
F.
Traffic control and road identification signs.
G.
Official public notices as required by any public or court officer to satisfy official duties or
responsibilities. All such signs shall be removed by the property owner within fourteen (14)
days after their purpose has been met.
H.
Address Identification Numbers.
I.
Grave markers, headstones, or similar monuments.
J.
Private Holiday and Seasonal Decorations. Decorations shall be displayed for a maximum
of 30 days prior to and 30 days following the event or holiday. All decorations shall be
maintained in good condition and shall not be displayed in a manner that could result in a
hazard to pedestrians or vehicular traffic.
K.
Interior signs not intended to be viewed from outside a building or enclosure.
L.
Memorials, public monuments, or historical identification signs installed in accordance
with all applicable regulations.
M.
Public Art, specifically publicly commissioned sculptures, murals, or other art forms, which
contain no advertising, commercial messages, or logos; and/or that are not displayed in
conjunction with a commercial enterprise which may obtain commercial gain from the
display.
N.
Signs associated with local vending, kiosks, ATMs, accepted credit cards, or similar uses.

185

│ Unified Development Code

O.
Signs for public and quasi-public uses including, but not limited to, public parks and
recreation facilities, libraries, government buildings, public utility facilities, hospital
emergency rooms, and other similar uses.

35.4.305 Prohibited Sign Types
The following signs shall be prohibited unless specifically identified as permissible elsewhere in
this Article or in an approved Planned Area Development, Temporary Use / Special Event Permit,
Comprehensive Sign Program, or Council-approved stipulation:
A.
Signs located within, on, or projecting over any public street, right-of-way, or other public
property, except where specifically permitted in this Article.
B.
Signs emitting sound. This shall not apply to signs associated with drive-through or drive-
up services.
C.
Signs with flashing illumination such as strobe or rotating lights and sequenced or similar
animated lighting, except Digital Billboard Signs and Electronic Reader Signs where hold or
cycle times have been established.
D.
Signs mounted, attached, or painted on trailers, boats, or motor vehicles when parked,
stored, or displayed in a manner intended to attract the attention of the public.
E.
Pennants,
banners,
balloons,
flags,
and
similar displays except
as provided in Section
35.4.312 & 35.4.313.
F.
Temporary signs except
as permitted in Section
35.4.312 & 35.4.313.
G.
Billboard
Signs
and
Digital Billboard Signs
are
prohibited
on
property located within
the Loop 101 Scenic
Corridor.

35.4.306 General Provisions for all Signs
The following general provisions for signs shall apply to this Section and to all lawful conforming
and non-conforming signs, unless otherwise indicated in this Section.
A.
Content Neutrality.
1. No sign or sign structure shall be regulated solely based upon its content or viewpoint
contained on such sign.
2. It shall be the policy of the City to regulate signs in a manner that does not favor
commercial speech over non-commercial speech and shall not regulate protected non-
commercial speech.
City of Glendale Loop 101 Scenic Corridor

186

│ Unified Development Code

3. In this Section, any distinction made between onsite and offsite signs shall apply only
to commercial messages.
B.
Administrative Interpretation and Discretionary Approval.
1. Interpretations of this Section shall be performed in a manner that is consistent with
the intent set forth herein.
C.
Whenever a sign permit or other approval is subject to discretion, such discretion shall be
limited to structural, size, and location factors, including:
1. Location and placement of the sign for motorist or pedestrian safety;
2. Preservation of historical or architecturally significance structures and buildings;
3. Minimization of obscured views of adjacent buildings and site elements;
4. Protection against negative visual impacts on public open spaces, facilities, and
plazas;
D.
Consent of Property Owner or Agent. Except as required by state law, no sign may be
displayed without the consent of the legal owner or authorized agent of the property on
which the sign is mounted or displayed.
E.
Applicable Building Codes. All signs shall be structurally designed, constructed, erected,
and maintained in accordance with all applicable provisions and requirements of the City
of Glendale Building Codes.
F.
Materials. Exterior signs shall be constructed of durable materials designed to withstand
the extreme desert heat and exposure to direct sunlight. Signs shall be kept free of rust,
distortion, warping, peeling, fading, or other similar defects.
G.
Signs Located on Public Property, Including Rights-of-Way. Except as required by state law
or otherwise permitted by this Section, signs installed or placed on public property shall be
deemed illegal and shall be subject to confiscation. The City shall maintain the right to
recover from the property or sign owner any costs associated with sign removal and
disposal. All signs placed within the right-of-way shall be approved by the Transportation
Department.
H.
General Maintenance. All signs and sign structures, conforming and legally non-
conforming, shall be maintained in good order, repair, and appearance at all times so as
not to constitute a danger or hazard to the public safety or contribute to visual blight. If the
Development Services Director or designee, determines any sign or sign structure to be in
an unsafe or unsightly condition, the owner of such sign shall be immediately notified in
writing and instructed to correct such condition within sixty (60) days. If the correction has
not been made within sixty (60) days, the Development Services Director or designee may
have the sign removed if it creates a danger to the public safety or welfare, or have any
necessary repairs or maintenance performed at the expense of the sign owner, or owner
or lessee of the property upon which the sign is located.
I.
Hazardous Signs and Public Safety. Hazardous conditions caused by signs shall be
mitigated within forty-eight (48) hours. Mitigation measures include, but may not be limited
to barricading, disconnection of electricity, bracing, removal, or repair. If the mitigation
has not been made within forty-eight (48) hours, the Development Services Director or
designee may order the sign removed if it creates an immediate danger to the public safety
or welfare, or have any necessary repairs or maintenance performed at the expense of the
sign owner, or owner or lessee of the property upon which the sign is located.

187

│ Unified Development Code

J.
Placement of Signs.
1. Permanent Signs shall not encroach into any public right-of-way without proper
authorization and permitting by the City;
2. No portion of any sign shall extend below eight (8) feet above finished grade when
installed above a sidewalk or similar pedestrian way.
3. No portion of any sign shall extend below fourteen (14) feet above finished grade when
installed above a driveway, drive aisle, or similar vehicular accessway.
4. Any sign placed on a sidewalk or in a public right-of-way shall not impede pedestrian
access and shall comply with the minimum access width requirements as prescribed
by the Americans with Disability Act (ADA) and if placed on a post, the bottom of the
sign shall be no less than seven (7) feet above the ground plane.
5. Only permitted traffic control signage may be placed in the sight visibility triangle.
6. Signs shall not interfere with utilities or drainage facilities.
K.
Replacement of a sign panel of the same size, and style as the originally approved sign
structure with removable panels shall not require a permit. Unused signs cabinets shall be
removed or made blank within thirty (30) days of tenant suite vacancy.
L.
Where a tenant has vacated a suite and a wall-mounted sign or signs have been removed,
the fascia shall be repaired to its surrounding texture and color within thirty (30) days of
the sign being removed.
M.
Bus Shelter Signage. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, signs in conjunction
with bus shelter facilities approved by the City or other governmental agencies shall be
permitted.
N.
Signs may be illuminated or non-illuminated, unless otherwise restricted in this Section or
applicable condition of approval. The source of the sign's illumination shall not be visible
from any street, sidewalk, or adjacent property. The use of shielded or exposed neon (or
similar gas) lighting shall be subject to Section 35.4.400.

35.4.307 Sign Calculations and Measurements
A.
Sign area calculations shall be as follows:
1. Sign copy mounted or painted on a background panel or area distinctively painted,
textured, or constructed as a background for the sign copy shall be measured as that
area contained within the sum of the smallest rectangles that will enclose both the
sign copy and the background.

188

│ Unified Development Code

2. Sign copy mounted as individual letters or graphics against a wall, fascia, mansard, or
parapet of a building or other structure that has not been painted, textured, or
otherwise altered to provide a distinctive background for the sign copy shall be
measured as a sum of the smallest standard geometric shape that will enclose each
word and each graphic in the total sign.
3. The area of window signs shall include the window area as a continuous surface until
divided by an architectural or structural element, excluding mullions. Window signage
area is calculated in the same manner as described in Section 35.4.307.A above.

4. Perforated window graphics / window clings, that is, those elements which serve as an
exterior window sign while still allowing visibility through the window shall be counted
as a window sign.

189

│ Unified Development Code

B.
Measurement of Sign Height
1. Sign height is measured from the base of the sign at the ground to the highest point of
the sign or surrounding structure / architectural element. Where a sign is installed in
a location where its contact with the ground is below the surface of a public sidewalk
in conjunction with a public right-of-way, the sign height may be taken from the top of
sidewalk.
C.
Measurement of Vertical Clearance
1. Where prescribed in this Section, the vertical clearance is measured as the vertical
distance measured from the ground directly below the sign to the lowest point of the
sign or surrounding structure / architectural elements associated with the sign.
D.
Multi-face signs shall be measured as follows:
1. Two (2) face signs: If the interior angle between the two (2) sign faces is sixty (60)
degrees or less, the area shall be of one (1) face only. If the angle between the two (2)
SIGN
HEIGHT
VERTICAL
CLEARANCE

190

│ Unified Development Code

sign faces is greater than sixty (60) degrees, the sign area will be the sum of the areas
of the two (2) faces.

2. Three (3) face signs: If the interior angle between the center sign and each outer sign
is 150 degrees or less, the area shall be fifty (50) percent of the sum of the areas of
all faces. If the angle between the center sign and either outer sign is greater than 150
degrees, the sign area shall be the sum of the areas of all faces.
3. Signs comprised of more than three (3) faces: Sign area shall be calculated as the
total of all sign faces.

4. Free-form and other non-planar signs. The area of a spherical, free-form or other non-
planar sign is fifty (50) percent of the sum of the areas, using only the four (4) vertical
sides of the smallest four-sided polyhedron which will completely enclose the entire
sign structure.

35.4.308 Permitting and Fees
All required permits shall be obtained prior to erecting, placing, constructing, altering, or
changing the copy on any sign within the City except as specifically identified in this Section.
A.
It shall be unlawful for any person to erect, place, construct, alter, or maintain any sign,
except those exempt signs listed in herein, when all required permits have not been issued
for that sign.
B.
The permit fees shall be in the amount established by City Council resolution or pursuant
to Glendale City Code Section 2-3.
C.
Applications for all required permits must be made in writing on forms provided by the
Development Services Department. Information including, but not limited to the following
will be required:
A
B
C
D
A+B+C+D
2

191

│ Unified Development Code

1. Address of the property.
2. Business name.
3. Business owner's contact information.
4. Sign contractor's contact information.
5. Glendale sales tax number and contractor's license number.
6. Valuation of the sign(s).
7. Inventory of all existing signs on the property showing the type, dimensions, and
location of each sign.
8. Dimensioned plans and elevations showing the dimensions, design copy, and location
of each proposed sign.
9. Plans indicating the scope and structural detail of the work to be done; including
details of all connections, supports, footings, and materials to be used.
10. Required information for an electrical permit for all electric signs.
11. Color, material, and letter samples when the sign is subject to design review.

35.4.309 Permitted Signs by Use

Table 4.300-1: Site Signs
For the purposes of this code, a Site Sign shall refer to any permanent sign that is not affixed to a building and is
commonly used to advertise a business or service.
Permitted Zoning Districts
Permitted Type of
Uses
Special Requirements & Section
References
Billboard,
Static
M-1 and M-2
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.310.A for specific sign
standards.
Loop 101 & 303
Billboard,
Digital
(Electronic)
M-1 and M-2, or Approved
PAD
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.310.B for specific sign
standards.
Loop 101& 303
Directional
R-3, R-4, R-5, R-O; and
C-O, G-O PR, SC, C-1, C-2, C-
3, B-P, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.310.C for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family residential parcels.
Directory
All districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.310.D for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family residential
development option.
Drive-Up /
Drive-
Through
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted drive-up
/ drive through uses
only
See Section 35.4.310.E for specific sign
standards.
Electronic
Reader Panel
R-3, R-4, R-5, R-O; and
C-O, G-O PR, C-1, C-2, C-3,
B-P, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.310.F for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family residential
development and parcels.
Excludes individual users / tenants in all
Multiple Residence development.

192

│ Unified Development Code

Entry Wall
Monument
All districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.310.G for specific sign
standards.
Excludes individual single-family parcels.
Permitted in single-family residential
communities / subdivisions
Freestanding
Monument
All districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.310.H for specific sign
standards.
Excludes individual single-family parcels.
Permitted in single-family residential
communities / subdivisions
Pylon
R-5; and
C-O, G-O, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-P,
M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.310.I for specific sign
standards.
Proximity to Loop 101, Loop 303,
Northern Parkway, or Grand Avenue

Table 4.300-2: Building Signs
For the purposes of this code, a Building Sign shall refer to any permanent or semi-permanent sign that is affixed to a
building, including windows and architectural elements, and is commonly used to advertise a business, service, or
product or to convey a message or artistic expression.
Permitted Zoning Districts
Permitted Type of Use
/ Activity
Special Requirements & Section
References
Awning
R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5; and
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-
P, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.A for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family residential
development and parcels.
Excludes individual users / tenants in all
Multiple Residence development.
Electronic
Reader Panel
R-4, R-5, R-O; and
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-
P, M-1, M-2
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.B for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family residential
development and parcels.
Excludes individual users / tenants in all
Multiple Residence development.
Marquee
C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.C for specific sign
standards.
Mural
R-3, R-4, R-5; and
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-
P, M-1
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.D for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family residential
development and parcels.
Excludes townhome development.
Murals shall be subject to Design
Review and size restrictions.
Place Marker
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.311.E for specific sign
standards.
Skyline
PR, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.F for specific sign
standards.

193

│ Unified Development Code

Wall, Mounted
R-4, R-5; and
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-
P, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.G for specific sign
standards.
Excludes townhome development.
Wall, Painted
R-5; and
PR, C-1, C-2, C-3, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.H for specific sign
standards.
Excludes townhome development.
Subject to Design Review
Wall,
Projected
R-5; and
PR, C-1, C-2, C-3
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.I for specific sign
standards.
Excludes townhome development.
Wall,
Projecting
PR, C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.J for specific sign
standards.
Window
R-3, R-4, R-5, R-O; and
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-
P, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.311.K for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family development.
Prohibited for individual users / tenants
in all Multiple Residence developments.

Table 4.300-3: Temporary Signs
For the purposes of this code, a Temporary Sign shall refer to any sign that is used for a very short duration commonly
used to advertise events, promotions, or services or to convey a unique, but temporary message.
Permitted Zoning Districts
Permitted Type of
Use / Activity
Special Requirements & Section
References
A-Frame
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.312.A for specific sign
standards.
Banners
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3,
M-1
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.312.B for specific sign
standards.
Downtown
Promotional
Banners
PR
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.312.C for specific sign
standards.
Feather /
Swooper Flags
C-O, G-O, C-1, C-2, C-3, B-P
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.312.D for specific sign
standards.
Inflatables
C-O, G-O, C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.312.E for specific sign
standards.
Political
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.312.F for specific sign
standards.
Sign Walker
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.312.G for specific sign
standards.
Pennants
C-O, G-O, C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.312.H for specific sign
standards.

194

│ Unified Development Code

Table 4.300-4: Miscellaneous Signs
For the purposes of this code, Miscellaneous Signs shall refer to those signs that may not necessarily align with other
sign types. These signs are often temporary in nature, though they may be present for more extended periods of time
to serve a specific purpose.
Permitted Zoning Districts
Type of Use / Activity
Special Requirements & Section
References
Flag -
Commercial
R-3, R-4, R-5, R-O; and
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3,
B-P, M-1, M-2
Multiple Residence
uses;
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.313.A for specific sign
standards.
Excludes single-family development and
parcels.
Prohibited for individual users / tenants
in all Multiple Residence developments.
Flag - Non-
Commercial
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.313.B for specific flag
standards.
Subdivision
Advertising and
Directional
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.313.C for specific sign
standards.
Construction and
Development
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.313.D for specific sign
standards.
Weekend
Directional
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.313.F for specific sign
standards.
Yard Sign
All zoning districts
All permitted uses
See Section 35.4.313.G for specific sign
standards.
Light Pole
Banner
C-O, G-O, PR, C-1, C-2, C-3
All permitted non-
residential uses
See Section 35.4.313.E for specific sign
standards.

35.4.310 Site Signs
This Section is comprised of permitted Site Signs and their respective regulations. Signs not
appearing in this Section shall be considered prohibited.
A.
Billboards, Static
1. Permit required.
2. Billboards shall be prohibited in the designated Loop 101 Scenic Corridor.
a. No billboard shall be erected within six hundred sixty (660) feet of the planned or
existing freeway, expressway, parkway, right-of-way, or planned corridor, as
officially designated by the Arizona Department of Transportation or the City of
Glendale.
3. No new billboards may be constructed within the city unless the person desiring to
construct such a billboard submits evidence to the City that the person has removed
an existing billboard from within the City of Glendale. If evidence is submitted that a
billboard has been removed after the effective date of this ordinance, the City shall
issue building and sign permits for one (1) new billboard not to exceed the area of the
sign which was removed or three hundred (300) square feet, whichever is less.
However, if a person submits evidence that in excess of three hundred (300) square
feet of billboard area has been removed, by the removal of four (4) or more billboards
with an area of seventy-five (75) square feet or less, the City shall issue building

195

│ Unified Development Code

permits for one (1) new billboard with a maximum area of three hundred (300) square
feet. Any new billboard shall be erected, constructed, or placed within six (6) months
after removal of the billboard(s) it is replacing.
4. All billboards erected, placed, or altered within the city shall comply with the following
requirements:
a. The space between the newly erected, placed, constructed, or altered billboard
and any existing billboard shall not be less than six hundred (600) feet.
b. All billboards shall have landscaping around the base at a rate of fifteen (15)
square feet per linear foot of sign.
c.
Off-site improvements or appropriate financial assurance as approved by the City
shall be required along any abutting street for the full frontage of the property
where the billboard is to be located.
d. No part of such sign structures shall be erected closer to a street than the front
line of the nearest building which is within one hundred (100) feet of the sign and
which fronts on that street; provided, however, that when a sign is erected
between two (2) buildings which both front on the same street and which are both
within one hundred (100) feet of the sign, then the sign shall not be erected closer
to that street than a line drawn from the nearest front corner of each building.
e. If no building is located within one hundred (100) feet of the off-premise sign, the
sign structure shall be set back in accordance with the setback requirements of
the zoning district in which located, but shall not be less than ten (10) feet behind
a front property line.
f.
Notwithstanding any other provision in this section, no billboards shall be erected,
placed, constructed, or altered within the city which have an area exceeding three
hundred (300) square feet or a height exceeding twenty-five (25) feet.
g. The billboard's structure, not including the sign copy, shall be compatible with the
color, reflectivity, and other qualities of its surrounding environment.
h. No billboard shall have more than one (1) support column.
i.
Access ladders to maintenance platforms shall be constructed or maintained in
such a position as not to project beyond a visual envelope established by structural
elements or projections of the sign face and trim to the ground as viewed from a
place parallel to the face of the sign.
j.
Other than support columns, maintenance walkways, embellishments, ends, cross
bracings, tops or bottoms, parallel or v-shaped signs, no back braces, torque arms,
stringers, panel attachments, or similar structural elements or accessories shall
be exposed. If such elements or accessories are not covered by a sign face,
screening of such elements or accessories shall be colored similarly to the
remaining portions of the sign back.
B.
Billboards, Digital (Electronic)
1. Permit required.
2. Billboards shall be prohibited in the designated Loop 101 Scenic Corridor.
3. Placing a Digital Billboard Sign requires that the zoning of the lot on which the Digital
Billboard Sign is located must be Planned Area Development (PAD).

196

│ Unified Development Code

4. All Digital Billboards erected, placed, or altered within the city shall comply with the
following requirements:
a. Placing a Digital Billboard Sign requires the approved Planned Area Development
(PAD) to be located in Township 2 North, Range 1 East, Gila and Salt River Base
and Meridian, Township 2 North, Range 2 West, Gila and Salt River Base and
Meridian, or Township 3 North, Range 2 West, Gila and Salt River Base and
Meridian, and to have a minimum of one thousand (1,000) feet of lineal frontage
adjacent to Loop 101 (Agua Fria Freeway) or to have a minimum of one thousand
(1,000) feet of lineal frontage adjacent to Loop 303.
b. The Digital Billboard Sign must be located within three hundred (300) feet of the
freeway right-of-way.
c.
There shall be a minimum distance of one thousand seven hundred sixty (1,760)
feet between all Digital Billboard Signs on any single Planned Area Development.
d. All Digital Billboard Signs must be set back a minimum of three hundred thirty
(330) feet from the property line of any adjacent property not a part of the same
approved Planned Area Development having frontage on Loop 101 (Agua Fria
Freeway) or Loop 303.
e. Maximum sign height, including any supporting structures, for a Digital Billboard
Sign must be no more than sixty (60) feet.
f.
Maximum Digital Billboard Sign width must be no more than fifty (50) feet.
g. Maximum Digital Billboard Sign area must not exceed six hundred seventy-five
(675) square feet.
h. The message or image of the Digital Billboard Sign may be static or change at
specific or programmed time intervals. The change in message or images shall
occur no more frequently than once every eight (8) seconds and shall not have
fade or dissolve transitions, or full animation or video, or similar subtle transitions
or frame effects that have the appearance of moving text or images. A default
black display shall be required in the event of malfunction.
i.
Message sequencing, the use of multiple Digital Billboards in a row to convey a
message, shall be prohibited.
j.
Advertisements shall be limited to single frames.
k. Provisions in this section supplement and do not supersede provisions of any PAD
in existence before the effective date of this ordinance.
l.
Design Review approval is required to allow any Digital Billboard Sign.
m. No Digital Billboard shall be located within one thousand (1000) feet of any single
residence zoning district including RR-90, RR-45, SR-30, SR-17, SR-12, R1-10, R1-
8, R1-7, R1-6, R1-4, R-2, R-3, or property within unincorporated Maricopa County
for which a plat was filed and recorded prior to January 1, 2000.
n. One Digital Billboard is permitted as a prelude to other development in a PAD. All
additional Digital Billboard Signs shall be integrated into the PAD and have a
relationship to the development, including common design elements such as
styles and materials, and a functional relationship to the structures, parking, and
open spaces in the development. The height, location, materials, color, texture,

197

│ Unified Development Code

setbacks, and mass of the additional Digital Billboard Signs must be appropriate
to the development, the neighborhood, and the community. The architectural
character of the proposed additional Digital Billboard Sign shall be in harmony
with, and compatible to, structures in the neighboring environment and the
architectural character desired for the city, avoiding excessive variety or
monotonous repetition. All additional Digital Billboard Signs shall be reviewed only
as part of the review of the Master Development Plan of the property and
integrated with surrounding buildings and landscaping. Additional Digital Billboard
Signs will be permitted only as part of a comprehensive sign package for the entire
PAD which includes common design elements. Digital Billboards must be fully
integrated into this comprehensive sign package.
o. Digital Billboard Sign illumination must be extinguished between 11:00 p.m. and
sunrise. The only exception to this will be for amber alerts and other governmental
emergencies.
p. All illuminated Digital Billboard Signs shall have unlimited daytime surface
luminosity and shall be limited to 310 foot-candles during nighttime hours.
q. All Digital Billboard Signs shall provide for automatic dimming based upon ambient
lighting conditions, including evening and overcast weather.
r.
It shall be unlawful for any Digital Billboard Sign to have an illuminance greater
than 1.0 foot candle at the property line of any adjacent property.
s.
Any approved Digital Billboard Sign shall adhere to new safety requirements if
conclusive research findings develop.
t.
Only one Digital Billboard Sign shall be erected prior to the first phase of
development on a PAD.
u. All Digital Billboard Signs shall receive all required licenses prior to approval.
C.
Directional
1. No permit required, excluding
building permits.
2. Directional signs when required
to assist the flow of traffic shall
not exceed six (6) square feet in
area or a height of three (3) feet.

198

│ Unified Development Code

D.
Directory
1. Permit required when sign is legible and
intended to be legible from the public right-
of-way.
2. Directory signs when required for multiple
residence developments or other permitted
facilities containing multiple tenants or
building groups shall comply with the
following requirements:
a. The sign shall not exceed a height of
eight (8) feet.
b. The maximum sign area for each sign
face is thirty (30) square feet.
c.
Each directory shall be illuminated with a maximum area of eighteen (18) square
feet for each sign face and a maximum height of six (6) feet.
d. The number and location of the signs must comply with fire department
requirements.
E.
Drive-up / Drive-through
1. Permit required.
2. The following standards apply to drive-
through signs:
a. Drive-through signs are limited to
two (2) per drive-through lane.
b. Drive-through signs are limited to 64
square feet in total sign area and six
(6) feet in height. The drive-through
sign may be designed as separate
ground or wall mounted signs
grouped together or may include the use of one preview board installed prior to
one point of order board, however the total area of all signs shall not exceed 64
square feet.
c.
In addition, drive-through signs are permitted ten square feet of sign area for
temporary signs attached to the top or sides of the drive-through sign.
d. Drive-through signs shall be located a minimum of 100 feet from any residential
use. This is measured from the sign face to the nearest edge of any residential
zoning district.
e. Drive-through signs shall be internally illuminated. Drive-through signs may also
contain an electronic or video display screen and audio component for interaction
with the customer. External illumination of drive-through signs may be permitted,
provided lighting is shielded and directed on the sign face only.
F.
Electronic Reader Panel
1. Permit required.

199

│ Unified Development Code

2. Commercial, civic, and institutional uses may have one (1) freestanding reader panel
sign not to exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in area and fourteen (14) feet in height
per street frontage.
3. Commercial, civic, and institutional uses may use up to one-half (½) of the allowed
freestanding sign area for a reader panel.
4. The following uses in any district are permitted an electronic sign: cultural facility,
educational facility - primary or secondary, educational facility - university or college,
government office/facility, park/playground, place of worship.
5. Reader panel signs shall be no closer than one hundred fifty (150) lineal feet from a
single-family residential use.
6. Only one electronic sign per street frontage is permitted.
7. Each message or image displayed on an electronic sign shall be static for a minimum
of eight seconds. Electronic signs shall display static text messages only, with no
animation or effects simulating animation or video.
8. Scrolling, flashing, animation, or movement of the message or any component of the
sign is prohibited. Any message change sequence shall be accomplished immediately
by changing from one screen to another without transition effect. Message displays
shall not change more than once every eight (8) seconds.
9. Electronic reader panel displays shall have an automatic dimmer control to allow for
automatic dimming of the intensity of the sign illumination and accommodate varying
light conditions
10. Electronic reader panel displays shall not increase the brightness level by more than
0.3 foot-candles over ambient brightness levels at the property line as measured by
foot candle meter.
G.
Entry Wall Monument
1. Residential Uses
a. Permit required.
b. Two (2) signs per main access point to the development or subdivision.
c.
Maximum height of six (6) feet or the height of wall on which it will be installed,
whichever is less.
d. Maximum sign area of 32 square feet. Sign area shall not exceed 30% of the wall
area on which it is installed.
2. Non-Residential Uses
a. Permit required.
b. One (1) sign per main access point to the development or subdivision.
c.
Maximum height of four (4) feet or the height of the parking screen wall, whichever
is less.
d. Maximum sign area of 36 square feet. Sign area shall not exceed 40% of the wall
area on which it is installed.
3. Illumination shall be limited to backlighting of individual pan-channel style letters or
external projected lighting provided light source is shielded from view from the public
right-of-way and residential uses.

200

│ Unified Development Code

4. No portion of the sign shall extend more than twelve (12) inches from the face of the
wall on which the sign is installed.
5. Signs shall incorporate key design elements of the development to which it belongs
such as colors, materials, and proportion.
H.
Freestanding Monument
1. Permit required.
2. One (1) freestanding monument sign shall
be permitted per 200 linear feet of street
frontage. Properties with less than 200
linear feet of street frontage shall be limited
to one (1) freestanding monument sign.
3. Freestanding signs shall not exceed the
following heights, except where modified
herein:
a. Placed along Major Arterial Roads and
Parkways (including Bell Road and
Grand Avenue): 14 feet
b. Placed along Arterial Roads (excluding Glendale Avenue between 54th Ave and
59th Ave): 10 feet
c.
Placed along All other roads (including Glendale Avenue between 54th Ave and
59th Ave): 8 feet
4. Freestanding Monument signs shall not exceed the following areas, except where
modified herein:
a. Placed along Major Arterial Roads and Parkways (including Bell Road and Grand
Avenue): 80 square feet or one hundred ten (110) square feet for parcels over
twenty (20) acres.
b. Placed along Arterial Roads (excluding Glendale Avenue between 54th Ave and
59th Ave): 60 square feet or eighty (80) square feet for parcels over twenty (20)
acres.
c.
Placed along All Other Roads (including Glendale Avenue between 54th Ave and
59th Ave): 32 square feet or sixty (60) square feet for parcels over twenty (20)
acres.
5. The base shall have an aggregate width of at least fifty (50) percent of the width of the
sign.
6. C-O and G-O Zoning Districts:
a. The sign shall not exceed a height of eight (8) feet and forty-eight (48) square feet
in area when the project includes a building of ten-thousand (10,000) square feet
or more and the site has a minimum of three-hundred thirty (330) lineal feet of
continuous frontage on an arterial street.
b. The maximum sign area is twenty-four (24) square feet on parcels up to two (2)
acres and thirty-six (36) square feet for parcels over two (2) acres.
7. R-O Zoning District: The maximum sign area is twelve (12) square feet.

201

│ Unified Development Code

a. The base of any freestanding sign shall have an aggregate width of at least fifty
(50) percent of the width of the sign.
b. The sign must include the number of the street address, but the area of these
numerals shall not be included in calculating the allowed sign area.
I.
Pylon
1. Permit required.
2. Permitted along Loop 101, Loop 303, Northern
Parkway, and Grand Avenue only.
3. Maximum height:
a. Loop 101 and Loop 303: 60 feet
b. Grand Avenue and Northern Parkway: 20
feet
4. Maximum area:
a. Loop 101 and Loop 303: 250 square feet
b. Grand Avenue and Northern Parkway: 125
square feet
5. Minimum street frontage required: 600’
6. One Pylon Sign permitted per 600’ feet of street frontage,
7. Maximum of three (3) Pylon Signs per development along the Loop 101 and Loop 303
8. Maximum of two (2) Pylon Signs per development along Grand Avenue and Northern
Parkway.
9. Pylon signs shall incorporate complementary design elements from the development
associated with the sign.
10. Illumination shall be limited to internal illumination only.
11. The base shall have an aggregate width of at least fifty (50) percent of the width of the
sign.

35.4.311 Building Signs
This Section is comprised of permitted Building Signs and their respective regulations. Signs
not appearing in this Section shall be considered prohibited.

202

│ Unified Development Code

Table 4.300-5: Total Building Sign Area
Maximum Total Sign
Area Allowed
The maximum total sign area allowed per business having an external business
entrance is limited by the size and frontage of the building on which the sign(s)
will be placed. The table below shall be consulted to determine the permitted
total business signage area by use category or special condition.*
Business frontage is determined by the measurement of the portion of the
business facing the street or public access driveway or public alley. Multi-story
building lineal footage is limited to the ground floor lineal footage measurement
except as modified by the subsections below.
The individual area of each building sign placed on a building shall be counted
towards the total permitted Building Sign area allowance, unless otherwise
noted herein.

Use
Total Square Feet of Building Signage Allowed
Single Residence
n/a
Multiple Residence
1.25 square feet per 1 linear foot of leasing office space frontage or 50 square
feet, whichever is greater, but in no case more than 60 square feet per multiple
residence development.
Professional Office
1.5 square feet per 1 linear foot of business frontage or 50 square feet,
whichever is greater.
Maximum square feet based on business square footage:
60 sf maximum signage for businesses <5,000 sf;
150 sf maximum signage for businesses 5,000 sf to 20,000 sf;
250 sf maximum signage for businesses 20,000 sf to 40,000 sf;
450 sf maximum signage for businesses >40,000 sf
General Commercial
and Public/Semi-Public
2 square feet per 1 linear foot of business frontage or 50 square feet, whichever
is greater.**
Maximum square feet based on business square footage:
150 sf maximum signage for businesses <20,000 sf;
250 sf maximum signage for businesses 20,000 sf to 40,000 sf;
Linear Feet of Business

203

│ Unified Development Code

450 sf maximum signage for businesses >40,000 sf
Business/Industrial
1.75 square feet per 1 linear foot of business frontage or 50 square feet,
whichever is greater.**
Maximum square feet based on business square footage:
200 sf maximum signage for businesses <40,000 sf;
350 sf maximum signage for businesses 40,000 sf to 80,000 sf;
500 sf maximum signage for businesses >80,000 sf
* Non-residential uses having only an internal business entrance and no external wall facing a public street
or public access driveway or public alley shall be limited to business identification signage on a multi-
tenant building wall mounted sign as set forth in subsection 35.4.311.G.9.
** Multi-tenant building, wall mounted signs shall adhere to subsection 35.4.311.G.9.

A.
Awning
1. Permit required.
2. Maximum
of
twenty-five
percent (25%) of each surface
area of an awning may be used
for signage. A valance is
considered a separate surface
area.
3. Awning signs shall be mounted
within the first story of the
structure.
4. Awning signs shall maintain a minimum vertical clearance of nine (9) feet.
5. Awning signs may encroach over a public or private sidewalk, but shall be no closer
than four (4) feet from the back of curb. If encroaching over an abutting City right-of-
way line, a revocable City encroachment permit or other City granted authorization
shall be required.
6. A structural awning is permitted a sign face area attached to and located above the
top of the canopy to a maximum height of 24 inches.
7. Structural awnings shall be made of metal or material of similar durability and
structural integrity.
8. Awning and canopy signs may be illuminated but lighting shall be installed as external
downlighting or backlighting. Only the face area of the letters or graphics may be
illuminated.
B.
Electronic Reader Panel
1. Permit required.
2. Reader panel signs shall be no closer than one hundred fifty (150) lineal feet from a
single-family residential use.
3. Commercial, civic, and institutional uses may have one (1) reader panel sign per
building not to exceed thirty-two (32) square feet in area.

204

│ Unified Development Code

4. No reader panel sign affixed to a building, including sign support structure, shall project
beyond the ends or top of the wall or higher than the roofline of the structure to which
it is attached.
5. The following uses in any district are permitted an electronic sign: cultural facility,
educational facility - primary or secondary, educational facility - university or college,
government office/facility, park/playground, place of worship.
6. Each message or image displayed on an electronic sign shall be static for a minimum
of eight seconds. Electronic signs shall display static text messages only, with no
animation or effects simulating animation or video.
7. Scrolling, flashing, animation, or movement of the message or any component of the
sign is prohibited. Any message change sequence shall be accomplished immediately
by changing from one screen to another without transition effect.
C.
Marquee
1. Permit required.
2. Each marquee sign face shall be limited to 32 square feet in area.
3. Marquee signs shall be supported solely by the building to which they are attached. No
exterior columns or posts are permitted as supports.
4. Marquee signs shall be erected over a building entrance. The width of a marquee sign
is limited to the width of the building entrance with an additional two-foot extension of
the marquee sign allowed on each side of the building entrance.
5. All marquee signs shall maintain a minimum vertical clearance of nine (9) feet.
6. Marquee signs may encroach over a public or private sidewalk, but shall be no closer
than four (4) feet from the back of curb. If encroaching over an abutting City right-of-
way line, a revocable City encroachment permit or other City granted authorization
shall be required.
7. Marquees may be internally or externally illuminated.
D.
Mural
1. Permit required.
2. No person shall place artwork, mural, graffiti, write, paint or draw any inscription,
figure, or mark of any type on any property unless the express permission of the owner
or operator of the property has been obtained and a design review waiver and formal
approval by the City has been issued.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the owner or operator of property upon which a mural is
placed to maintain the appearance of the mural. A mural that is permitted to remain
in a condition of disrepair shall constitute a public nuisance.
4. Murals or similar graphic elements which advertise, either directly or implied, the
business or services or products sold at the location of the mural shall be deemed
signage and shall be regulated accordingly.
5. All murals or other similar forms of visual art shall be placed or painted on the side or
rear walls of the building, and not on its primary facade, above its roof line, or on any
of its decorative elements.
6. Murals or other strong graphic elements shall be prohibited on privacy or screen walls
when visible from the public right-of-way or adjacent property.
7. The installation of a mural should complement and enhance the building or wall and
be incorporated architecturally into the character of the area.

205

│ Unified Development Code

8. The location of a mural on a building should not cover or detract from significant or
character-defining architectural features.
9. Paint utilized should be intended for exterior use and which will not compromise the
integrity of the material to which it is applied. Reflective neon and fluorescent paint
should not be used.
E.
Place Marker
1. Permit required.
2. Shall not exceed an aggregate area of three (3) square feet and shall be affixed directly
to the building generally within ten (10) feet from any entrance.
3. Residence signs: one (1) or more wall signs not to exceed a total aggregate area of
three (3) square feet shall be permitted. The sign may include only the name of the
residence, the name of the occupant, and the street address.
4. Agriculture signs: One (1) or more wall signs not to exceed a total aggregate area of
eight (8) square feet shall be permitted. The sign may include only the name of the
farm or ranch and a street address.
F.
Skyline
1. Permit required.
2. Skyline
signs
are
permitted only for non-
residential
structures
and
multi-family
dwellings of 40 feet or
more in height in PR and
C-3 zoning districts.
3. The maximum area of a
skyline sign shall be
determined by Table 4.300-5.
4. Skyline signs shall be placed within the top 12 feet of the structure and cannot cover
any fenestration or architectural features.
5. Skyline signs may project up to three (3) feet above the roofline or parapet of buildings
less than forty (40) feet in height and five (5) feet above the roofline or parapet of
buildings forty (40) feet in height or taller. Skyline signs shall be designed to mount to
a wall and shall not be primarily supported by structures installed on the roof.
6. If a skyline sign is placed on a building, all other wall signs are prohibited.
7. One skyline sign is permitted per building.
8. Skyline signs shall only be internally illuminated.
G.
Wall, Mounted
1. Permit required.

206

│ Unified Development Code

2. Wall signs are permitted on each facade
of a structure. On a site consisting of
multiple structures, each structure is
permitted wall signs per the size and
location regulations of this Section.
3. Wall signs may be internally or externally
illuminated. If externally illuminated, all
light shall be directed onto the sign face
and shall be shielded from the public
right-of-way and adjacent residential
uses.
4. Wall signs shall be safely and securely
attached to the building wall.
5. Wall signs shall not project more than 14 inches from a building wall.
6. No wall sign affixed to a building, including sign support structure, shall project beyond
the ends or top of the wall or higher than the roofline of the structure to which it is
attached.
7. Parapets added to existing buildings for the purpose of attaching signs shall match the
architecture of the rest of the building, be of the same thickness, and on the same
plane as the wall to which it is added, and no more four (4) feet above the roofline.
Additions to a parapet for the purpose of signage cannot be braced back to the roof.
8. Wall signs cannot cover any window, windowsill, transom sill, or architectural feature,
such as cornices, of the structure.
9. Multi-tenant building wall mounted identification signs are permitted in the
Professional Office, Commercial and Business/Industrial Zoning Districts, subject to
the conditions identified below:
a. The use of a multi-tenant building wall mounted identification sign shall take the
place of single business wall mounted signs and shall be counted as a portion of
the total allowed building sign area.
b. The maximum number of multi-tenant signs for each building shall be limited to
one (1) sign per street frontage.
c.
The maximum area of the multi-tenant sign shall not exceed the greater of sixty
(60) square feet or one and a half (1.5) square feet per lineal foot of combined
building frontage for each business, but in no case more than three hundred (300)
square feet per multi-tenant sign.
10. In the R-O, C-O, and G-O zoning districts:
a. These signs shall not exceed a height of fifteen (15) feet.
b. The maximum sign area permitted per building shall be twenty-four (24) square
feet in the R-O and C-O districts and forty-eight (48) square feet in the G-O district.
Except, the maximum sign area permitted per building shall be one-hundred (100)
square feet in the C-O and G-O districts for any office building which exceeds ten-
thousand (10,000) square feet or more and is located on a site with three-hundred
thirty (330) lineal feet or more of continuous frontage on an arterial street, and
the sign face cannot be seen from residential districts. The maximum sign area
per tenant shall not exceed forty (40) square feet on any building elevation.
c.
Such sign may identify the individual businesses, building complex, or center, by
name, or street address. Such sign shall not include advertising copy.

207

│ Unified Development Code

H.
Wall, Painted
1. Permit required.
2. Signs are permitted for all non-
residential uses in any district.
3. Signs are permitted on each facade
of a structure.
4. Painted wall signs shall be painted
directly on the building’s façade.
5. Signs shall not be painted on or
obscure architectural features such
as windows, doors, pilasters, or
cornices.
6. Painted signs shall be applied utilizing exterior weather resistant paint.
7. Signs may be externally illuminated provided all light sources are directed onto the sign
face and shall face in a downward direction.
8. Signs shall not project more than 0.25 inches from a building wall.
9. Nothing in this section shall prevent an installer from incorporating their name or other
identifying information as part of the painted wall sign.
10. The property owner, or their authorized representative such as the business owner, is
responsible for ensuring that a permitted painted wall sign is maintained in good
condition and is repaired in the case of vandalism or accidental damage.
I.
Wall, Projected
1. Permit required.
2. Signs are permitted for all non-residential uses in any district.
3. Signs must remain static and cannot flash, rotate, or move.
4. No projected wall sign can project an electronic video.
5. Signs shall not glare onto adjacent properties.
6. Signs shall not project past the wall onto which it is projected.
7. Signs shall not be projected over any other sign type.
J.
Wall, Projecting
1. Permit required.
2. Projecting signs shall maintain a
minimum vertical clearance of nine
feet. No projecting sign affixed to a
building shall project higher than the
building height, including the sign
support structure.
3. Projecting signs are limited to a
maximum sign area of 5 square feet.
4. Projecting signs may be internally or
externally illuminated.
5. Allowed only on the exterior elevation of
the space occupied by the business.

208

│ Unified Development Code

6. No more than one (1) projecting sign per business per street or alley frontage. For a
corner lot, one projecting sign is permitted for each street frontage.
7. Minimum separation between the sign and the face of the building: 3 inches.
8. Maximum sign projection from the face of the building: 5 feet.
9. Minimum horizontal distance from projecting edge of sign and back of curb, existing
or future: 4 feet
10. For one-story buildings:
a. The top of the sign and supporting framework shall not be higher than the top of
the cornice line.
11. For multiple story buildings:
a. The top of the sign and supporting framework shall not be higher than the top of
the second-story windowsills.
12. The sign shall be perpendicular to the building and attached to the bracket on which it
is hung so that it will not swing.
K.
Window
1. No permit required.
2. The area covered by window signs
shall not exceed 30% of the
exterior window area. Window
area is counted as a continuous
surface until divided by an
architectural
or
structural
element. Mullions shall not be
considered such an element.
3. Window signs on required doors
shall not exceed 30% of the glass area of the door.
4. Window signs printed on perforated, semi-opaque material shall be counted in the
same manner as non-perforated, fully-opaque materials, including paint.
5. Window signs are permitted for all multi-family and non-residential uses and shall be
permitted on the ground floor only. Such signs shall not be permitted on individual
multi-family tenant windows.
6. Window signs affixed directly to a window shall not be illuminated.
7. Signs placed within a building a manner that the intent of the placement is to be
viewable from the public right-of-way shall be considered a window sign and shall be
subject to the regulations of this Section.

209

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.312 Temporary Signs
A.
A-Frame
1. No permit or registration required.
2. One (1) sign per business or
tenant shall be allowed.
3. A-frame signs are limited to six (6)
square feet in area per side and
three and a half (3.5) feet in
height.
4. Signs shall be located within ten
(10) feet of the entrance to the
individual
building
or
tenant
space for which they advertise,
but shall not be located in front of
an adjacent business or business
within the same complex or within
40-feet of the face of curb at a signalized intersection or within 30-feet of an
unsignalized intersection or driveway sight visibility triangle.
5. Signs may be placed within the right-of-way in the Centerline Overlay District only, but
shall not be located within a roadway median or traffic circle, Unless it is part of an
approved comprehensive sign program.
6. Signs shall not interfere with vehicular or pedestrian traffic movement or violate
standards of accessibility as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or
other accessibility codes. A minimum five-foot clearance for all sidewalks or similar
pedestrian passageways shall be maintained.
7. A-frame signs shall not be placed in or on vehicles.
8. The placement of A-frame signs outdoors is limited to business hours only and shall be
stored indoors during non-business hours.
9. Illumination of A-frame signs is prohibited.
10. Signs shall be kept in good condition and shall not be hand-painted nor made of non-
durable materials which succumb to the effects of the desert climate.
B.
Banners
1. In single and multiple residence districts, banners are not permitted on sites with
individual dwelling units. Banners for holidays and special family events are excepted.
2. All banners are limited to a maximum
display period of 14 consecutive days
per occurrence and limited to six (6)
events per calendar year. There shall
be a minimum of ten days between
display periods. All banners shall be
removed within three (3) days of the
occurrence. The maximum display
period
may
be
extended
for
temporary
businesses
or
to
supplement permanent signs under
repair or replacement.

210

│ Unified Development Code

3. Registration with the City shall be required for each occurrence. Registration shall
include business name, address, responsible party, start and end date for display, and
date of display removal.
4. One (1) banner per establishment shall be permitted. For multi-tenant developments,
one (1) banner for each tenant shall be permitted.
5. Banners shall be limited to 32 square feet in area and shall not extend above a second-
floor roofline or parapet. Under no circumstance shall a banner be placed 30 feet
above grade.
6. Banners shall be securely attached to a building wall and shall not be attached to light
poles or landscape materials.
7. Banners for public/semi-public uses in all districts where allowed may also be ground-
mounted between two or more posts, and shall not be located closer than 10 feet from
the edge of the pavement of any roadway or alley, or within any public rights-of-way.
8. Banners shall be made of canvas, canvas-like material, nylon, vinyl-coated fabric, or
similar weatherproof type materials.
C.
Downtown Promotional Banners
1. No permit or registration required.
2. Banners may be used only to identify city-authorized special events within the
downtown. They shall not be used to identify or advertise individual businesses, sales,
products, or services.
3. There shall be one banner permitted for each business. The banner shall be mounted
on the building or within a display window.
4. The banner may be displayed from a pole located perpendicular to the building. The
minimum clearance between the bottom of the pole and the nearest grade or sidewalk
shall be seven (7) feet, six (6) inches.
5. The banners shall be made of cloth, nylon, or similar material.
6. The banner shall not exceed six (6) square feet in size.
7. The banners shall be allowed for a maximum of forty-five (45) consecutive days, no
more than four (4) times per year.
8. There shall be a minimum of fifteen (15) days between each special event.
9. Downtown promotional banners shall be limited to the area described as follows:
starting at the southeast corner of Myrtle Avenue extending south along 59th Avenue
to Grand Avenue, then southeast along Grand Avenue to Lamar Road, then east along
Lamar Road to 56th Avenue, then north along 56th Avenue to Palmaire Avenue, then
west to the alley between 56th Avenue and 55th Avenue, then north to Myrtle Avenue,
and then west to the southeast corner of 59th Avenue and Myrtle Avenue.

211

│ Unified Development Code

D.
Feather / Swooper Flags
1. All feather / swooper flags are
limited to a maximum display
period of 14 consecutive days
per occurrence, limited to six (6)
occurrences per calendar year.
There shall be a minimum of ten
days between display periods.
All banners shall be removed
within three (3) days of the
occurrence.
2. Registration with the City shall
be
required
for
each
occurrence. Registration shall include business name, address, responsible party,
start and end date for display, and date of display removal.
3. Limit one (1) per 30 linear feet of street frontage or a maximum of six (6) per
development, whichever is less.
4. Maximum flag area: 32 square feet
5. Maximum flag height: 12 feet
6. Flags shall be placed no closer than eight (8) feet from the back of curb and shall not
overhang a public sidewalk.
7. Flags shall not be placed in the public right-of-way, public access easement, driveway,
or drive aisle.
E.
Inflatables
1. Inflatable structures are limited to a maximum display period of 14 consecutive days
per occurrence, limited to six (6) occurrences per calendar year. There shall be a
minimum of ten days between display periods. All inflatables shall be removed within
three (3) days of the occurrence.
2. Registration with the City shall be required for each occurrence. Registration shall
include business name, address, responsible party, start and end date for display, and
date of display removal.
3. Inflatable shall be placed no closer than the height of the inflatable from the back of
curb and shall not overhang a public sidewalk or roadway.
4. Inflatables shall not be placed in the public right-of-way, public access easement,
driveway, or drive aisle unless specifically approved through a Special Event Permit.
5. Inflatables shall be secured to the ground or a building. Tethering to landscape
materials, light poles, or vehicles shall be prohibited.
F.
Political Signs
1. No permit or registration required.
2. Signs shall not be located within 40-feet of the face of curb at a signalized intersection
or within 30-feet of an unsignalized intersection or driveway sight visibility triangle.
3. One (1) sign for each candidate or measure shall be permitted for each street frontage.
4. Within the agricultural and residence districts, the maximum sign area shall be sixteen
(16) square feet, and the maximum height shall be five (5) feet.
5. Within the office, commercial, and industrial districts, the maximum sign area shall be
thirty-two (32) square feet, and the maximum height shall be eight (8) feet.

212

│ Unified Development Code

6. The person, party, or organization responsible for the erection or distribution of such
signs shall remove them within fifteen (15) days after the specific election to which
they refer.
7. Such signs shall be placed only with the property owner's permission.
8. Such signs may be placed in the public right-of-way; however, no such signs shall block
any portion of a sidewalk or similar pedestrian accessway or be placed within the
center medians that divide portions of paved roadways.
9. For additional regulations related to political signs please refer to Arizona Revised
Statutes §16-1019 and §33-1808.
G.
Sign Walker
1. No permit or registration required.
2. If within a right-of-way, a sign walker shall be positioned behind the curb and on a
sidewalk if present or, if no curb or sidewalk is present, 10 feet behind the edge of the
pavement.
3. Sign walkers shall not erect or place tents, temporary structures, umbrellas, chairs, or
stools within the public right-of-way or adjacent property.
4. Sign walkers shall not be positioned to obstruct vehicle sight lines.
5. Sign walkers shall not obstruct the free movement of pedestrians on sidewalks.
6. Sign walkers shall not stand in the medians or traffic circles of public streets.
7. The sign worn, held, or balanced by a sign walker shall be a maximum of five (5) square
feet in size and may be double sided.
H.
Pennants
1. No permit or registration required.
2. Pennants shall be displayed for up to a 15-day period, four (4) times per calendar year.
3. Pennants shall be placed no closer than eight (8) feet from the back of curb and shall
not overhang a public sidewalk.
4. Pennants shall not be placed in the public right-of-way or public access easement.
5. Pennants shall be secured to the ground, a building, or on-site light poles. Tethering
to landscape materials or vehicles shall be prohibited.

35.4.313 Miscellaneous Signs
A.
Flag, Commercial
1. Permit required.
2. Maximum flagpole height: 60 feet.
3. Maximum duration: Up to three (3) years for temporary flagpoles within model home
complexes.
4. One commercial flag is permitted per development.
5. Commercial flags are limited to a maximum area of 12 square feet in area.
6. Commercial flags shall only be mounted by a mast arm flagpole that extends at an
angle from a building. Such flags shall not extend into the right-of-way measured when
the flag is fully extended perpendicular to the post.

213

│ Unified Development Code

7. Commercial flags shall not be illuminated.
B.
Flag, Non-Commercial
1. No permit required.
2. Maximum flagpole height: 60 feet.
3. Maximum duration:
4. Up to three (3) years for temporary flagpoles within model home complexes.
5. Non-commercial flags shall not affect visibility or create any safety hazards or
concerns.
6. Permanent ground-mounted flagpoles shall be installed with proper underground
footings and support elements.
7. Display of non-commercial flags shall be in accordance with all applicable State and
Federal regulations and codes.
8. The maximum area of non-commercial flags shall be as follows:
FLAGPOLE HEIGHT
MAXIMUM FLAG SIZE
Up to 24 feet
24 square feet
25 to 39 feet
40 square feet
40 to 49 feet
60 square feet
50 to 60 feet
96 square feet

9. There shall be no more than three flagpoles allowed per street frontage.
10. Flags may be flown individually or on separate flagpoles.
11. Building-Mounted Flagpoles: For single-residence uses, up to three non-commercial
flags may displayed from building-mounted flagpoles provided no flag exceeds 18
square feet in area and no flagpole exceeds eight (8) feet in length.
12. For the purposes of this code, products such as pleated fans or similar items
resembling a common non-commercial flag shall not be considered a flag and shall be
regulated as signage.
C.
Subdivision Advertising and Directional
1. Permit required.
2. A master sign package for each development including the type, number, size, location,
materials, and colors of the various signs shall be approved by the Planning
Department prior to the issuance of a permit for any sign authorized under this
subsection.
3. On-Site Signs
a. One (1) sign shall be permitted at each major entry with a maximum of four (4)
signs per subdivision.
b. The maximum aggregate area of all signs shall be one hundred sixty (160) square
feet.
c.
The maximum height shall be fifteen (15) feet.
d. The edges of the sign shall be boxed.

214

│ Unified Development Code

e. No sign permits shall be issued until a preliminary plat has been approved by the
City.
f.
Upon expiration of a preliminary plat, if no final plat is approved, all signs must be
removed within ten (10) days.
g. Such signs may be maintained until ninety-five (95) percent of the lots in the
subdivision are sold or the sales office closes, whichever occurs first.
h. Such signs shall not be located within fifty (50) feet of any property line of an
existing residence.
4. Subdivision Flags
a. A maximum of fifteen (15) flags per subdivision are allowed.
b. The area of each flag shall not exceed six (6) square feet.
c.
The maximum height of any flag shall be twenty-five (25) feet.
d. There shall be a minimum distance of twenty (20) feet between flags.
e. All flags shall be placed within the boundaries of the subdivision with the
permission of the property owner, if this is other than the developer.
f.
The flags may be maintained until ninety-five (95) percent of the lots in the
subdivision are sold or the sales office closes, whichever occurs first.
5. Off-Site New Subdivision Signs
a. Such sign must be located within one (1) mile of the subdivision, on vacant
property, with the written permission of the property owner.
b. A maximum of two (2) signs are permitted for each subdivision located on an
arterial street. Each sign shall have a maximum area of thirty-two (32) square feet
and a maximum height of eight (8) feet.
c.
Such signs may be maintained until ninety-five (95) percent of the lots in the
subdivision are sold or the sales office closes, whichever occurs first.
6. Off-Site New Subdivision Lead-In Signs
a. Sign permits are established for each subdivision on an annual basis. The
applicant must submit a site plan showing all locations of proposed signs. Any
changes to the location of the signs must be approved by the City.
b. A maximum of eight (8) signs per subdivision.
c.
Signs shall not exceed a maximum sign area of four (4) square feet.
d. Signs may not be installed before 4:00 p.m. on Friday, and must be removed
before 8:00 a.m. on the following Monday, except when a legal holiday occurs on
a Monday, signs must be removed by 8:00 a.m. on the following Tuesday.
e. Signs will have the name and telephone number of the sign company, or if no sign
company is designated by the builder/developer to distribute the signs, the
builder/ developer's, name shall be placed on the back side of the sign with a
contact and telephone number.

215

│ Unified Development Code

f.
No sign shall be allowed in any public right-of-way.
g. No sign shall be located within fifty (50) feet of another sign.
h. No sign shall be attached to any roadway or natural feature including light, signal
poles, street or regulatory signs, bridges, trees, or other existing facilities.
i.
Signs shall not exceed a vertical height of three (3) feet.
j.
Signs must be limited to not more than one (1) mile from the subdivision identified.
k. Signs shall not be installed on private property unless written authorization of such
installation is provided to the city at the time of permit application.
D.
Construction and Development
1. Permit required.
2. Temporary ground signs are permitted for lots currently under construction in all
districts.
3. Shall not be placed in a public right-of-way.
4. Signs located on single-family detached or duplex construction lots are limited to six
square feet in area. An additional rider sign not exceeding a total of two square feet in
sign area is allowed.
5. Signs for all other types of construction lots cannot exceed 64 square feet in sign area.
6. Signs shall be located on the construction lot.
7. One sign is permitted per street frontage.
8. Signs shall be removed within seven days after expiration of the building permit.
9. One (1) non-illuminated sign is allowed on the construction site with a maximum area
of thirty-two (32) square feet and a maximum height of eight (8) feet.
10. If building permits have not been issued within six (6) months after issuance of the
sign permit, the sign shall be removed and any new construction and development sign
for substantially the same project at the same location will be approved only after a
building permit for the project has been issued by the City.
11. Such sign shall be removed prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy for the
site.
E.
Light Pole Banner
1. Light poles located entirely on private property are permitted to mount banners in all
districts. Light pole banners shall not be used as a temporary off-premise advertising
sign.
2. Light pole banners are limited to a maximum area of 15 square feet.
3. Light pole banners shall maintain a minimum vertical clearance of 12 feet from grade
to the bottom of the banner.
F.
Weekend Directional Sign
1. No permit required.
2. Each sign shall have a maximum area of three (3) square feet and a maximum height
of three (3) feet.
3. Such signs shall not be allowed for more than nine (9) hours per day.

216

│ Unified Development Code

4. Such signs may be placed in the public right-of-way; however, no such signs shall block
any portion of a sidewalk or similar pedestrian accessway or be placed within the
center medians that divide portions of paved roadways.
5. No painting or stencils advertising an event on a paved roadway will be permitted.
G.
Yard Signs
1. No permit required.
2. Shall not be placed in a public right-of-way.
3. One (1) non-illuminated sign pertaining only to the property on which it is located shall
be permitted for each street frontage. However, properties having a continuous
frontage of 850 linear feet or more shall be allowed an additional sign so long as such
sign is no closer than 850 feet from another sign on the property.
4. A maximum of two (2) signs shall be permitted per parcel, except as allowed in
subparagraph (2) above.
5. Agricultural and Residence Districts.
a. Vacant Land:
i. Less than five (5) acres: Each sign shall have a maximum area of six (6) square
feet and a maximum height of five (5) feet.
ii. Five (5) acres or more: Each sign shall have a maximum area of thirty-two (32)
square feet and a maximum height of eight (8) feet.
b. Developed Land:
i. Each sign shall have a maximum area of twelve (12) square feet and a
maximum height of six (6) square feet.
ii. Signs located on individual single-family detached and duplex lots under three
acres in size, or individual units within attached housing are limited to six
square feet. Additional rider signage not exceeding a total of two square feet
in sign area is allowed.

6. Office, Commercial, and Industrial Districts.
a. Vacant land:
i. Each sign shall have a maximum area of thirty-two (32) square feet and a
maximum height of eight (8) feet.
b. Developed Land:
i. Each sign shall have a maximum area of twelve (12) square feet and a
maximum height of six (6) feet.
7. Signs for other lots or structures for sale, lease, or rent cannot exceed 64 square feet
in sign area.
8. Signs shall be removed within seven days after an event concludes or sale is closed or
rent or lease transaction is finalized.

217

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.314 Comprehensive Sign Program
The purpose of a Comprehensive Sign Program (CSP) is to provide flexibility for all signs to be
placed within a development. Signs within a CSP must be consistent in the project’s design
theme, overall scale, color and materials palette, and have placement controls within the
development.
A.
Application Procedures and Requirements
Comprehensive Sign Programs shall be submitted to the Development Services Department for
administrative review. City staff will forward a recommendation to the Planning Commission for
consideration. The Planning Commission may approve, approve with conditions, or deny the
request. Decisions made by the Planning Commission shall be considered final. Public notice
for Planning Commission hearings associated with Comprehensive Sign Programs is required as
stated in Article 6 Administration and Procedures of the City of Glendale Unified Development
Code.
A Comprehensive Sign Program shall specify the sign types, locations, quantities, and sizes of
all signs to be used on the property. The materials, methods of illumination, and graphic
standards must also be defined. Parameters for deviations from standard Building, Site, and
Temporary sign requirements are provided in the table below. Deviations from signs within the
Miscellaneous sign category are not permitted through a Comprehensive Sign Program.
Sign Category
Permitted Deviation
Site Signs, area
Up to 50% increase per sign
Site Signs, number
Up to 2x the permitted number of signs
Building Signs, area
Up to 50% increase
Temporary Signs, area
Up to 50% increase per sign
Temporary Signs, number
Up to 2x the permitted number of signs

A Comprehensive Sign Program shall include deviations from requirements for five (5) or more
standard sign types in order to be considered comprehensive. Applicants seeking deviations
from fewer than five (5) sign type regulations may do so through the Variance process as defined
in Section35.6.209 of the Unified Development Code.
An approved Comprehensive Sign Program shall determine the physical limits for which the sign
program is approved and shall define all design and procedural standards that shall apply within
that boundary. All permits for any sign applied for within that boundary shall conform to the CSP
as approved, or as subsequently amended. Where a CSP is silent on a given topic, the City’s
current sign code regulations shall apply.
B.
Required Findings
The Planning Commission shall make the following findings before approving a CSP:
1. The proposal will result in improved identification of tenants within the center.
2. The proposal minimizes, to the greatest extent possible, the requested non-conformity
from existing sign standards while improving the design quality of the signage for the
project.
3. The height, location, materials, color, texture, area, setbacks, and mass of the signs
will enhance the character of the development.
4. The design and scale of the comprehensive sign package will not have any adverse
effect on adjacent properties or the surrounding neighborhood.
C.
Comprehensive Sign Program Amendments
1. Minor Amendment.

218

│ Unified Development Code

a. A minor amendment to an approved Comprehensive Sign Program (CSP), may be
approved by the Development Services Director or designee. Minor amendments
are considered to represent modifications which do not alter the overall
characteristics of the existing CSP and which create no adverse impacts on
adjacent uses, infrastructure, or public safety. Examples of minor amendments
include, but may not be limited to the following:
i. Changes in the location of a sign or signs.
ii. Reduction in the number of signs or overall sign square footage.
iii. Increases in the total number of signs, provided the aggregate square footage
of the CSP remains unchanged.
iv. Redistribution of sign square footage provided the aggregate square footage
of the CSP remains unchanged.
v. Modifications to the approved colors or materials of signs provided they are
not beyond the character, theme, or palette of the overall development.
vi. Applications for CSP minor amendments shall be filed, in writing, with the
Development Services Department, using official Department forms and shall
be accompanied by applicable fees and supporting documents.
vii. The Development Services Director or designee may approve the request if it
is determined that the proposed amendment is, in fact, minor as defined
Section 35.4.314.A.1.a above.

2. Major Amendment.
a. A major amendment to an approved Comprehensive Sign Program (CSP), shall be
approved by the Planning Commission. Major amendments are considered to
represent modifications which alter the overall characteristics of the existing CSP,
including new or increased adverse impacts on adjacent uses or public
infrastructure. Examples of major amendments include, but may not be limited to
the following:
i. Increases in the aggregate square footage of sign allowances.
ii. Introduction of new sign types regardless of changes to the number of signs
or aggregate square footage of signs.
iii. Increases in permitted sign height.
iv. Decreased separation between illuminated signs and nearby residential uses
or increased visibility of signage from nearby residential uses.
v. Changes in the colors or materials of signs which alter the overall character of
the CSP or that are beyond the character, theme, or palette of the overall
project.
vi. Applications for CSP major amendments shall be filed, in writing, with the
Development Services Department, using official Department forms and shall
be accompanied by applicable fees and supporting documents. The subject
property shall be posted and surrounding property owners shall be notified in
accordance with the public notice requirements for Planning Commission
hearings associated with Comprehensive Sign Programs as stated in Article 6
Administration of the City of Glendale Unified Development Code.
vii. The Development Services Director or designee, shall review the major
amendment request, prepare a written recommendation, and forward that
recommendation to the Planning Commission for consideration. The Planning
Commission may approve, approve with conditions, or deny the request.
Decisions made by the Planning Commission shall be considered final.

219

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.315 Sign Enforcement
A.
Inspections and Investigations
1. The Development Services Director or designee may periodically inspect signs in order
to determine whether there are any violations of this Ordinance.
2. The Development Services Director or designee has the power to conduct such
investigations as it may reasonably deem necessary to carry out its duties as
prescribed in these regulations, and for this purpose to enter at reasonable times upon
any property, public or private, for the purpose of investigating and inspecting signs.
No person shall refuse entry or access to the Zoning Administrator or their designee
who requests entry for purposes of inspection, and who presents appropriate
credentials, nor shall any person obstruct, hamper, or interfere with any such
representative while in the process of carrying out his official duties.
3. The Development Services Director or designee may require written statements, or the
filing of reports with respect to pertinent questions relating to signs.
B.
Citations
1. If, through inspection, it is determined that a person has failed to comply with the
provisions of these regulations, the Development Services Director or designee shall
issue a warning citation to the violator. Violations shall be corrected within ten days of
the issuance of such citation. If the violation is not corrected within the specified time
period, the violator is subject to Section 35.7.000 of this Ordinance.

35.4.400 OUTDOOR LIGHTING
This Section establishes the requirements for artificial outdoor lighting and light sources. These
requirements include the installation, materials, and shielding standards.
35.4.401 Intent
This Section is intended to restrict the permitted use of outdoor artificial illuminating devices,
control light trespass, minimize the detrimental effect artificial outdoor lighting has on
astronomical observations and encourage good lighting practices such that lighting systems are
designed to conserve energy and costs, while providing for nighttime safety, utility, security and
productivity.
35.4.402 Applicability
A.
Outdoor lighting fixtures, in any district, shall be located and shielded to prevent light from
shining or reflecting onto adjacent properties. In cases of interpretations of compliance
with this provision, such lighting shall be located, shielded or adjusted in intensity to be in
conformance with this Section.
B.
All artificial outdoor illuminating devices shall be installed in conformance with the
provisions of this Section and any building code in effect at the time of permitting and
installation.
C.
If any provision of this Section conflicts with any other Section of this Code or any other
ordinance of the City, the provisions of this Section shall govern.

220

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.403 Approved Materials, Installation; New Technology
A.
The provisions of this Section shall not prevent the use of any alternate material or method
of installation not specified in this Section, or new lighting technology. The alternate must
be approved by the City Engineer prior to its use within the city.
B.
The City Engineer may approve an alternate material or method of installation or new
lighting technology provided such material, method or technology:
1. Provides approximate equivalence to those specific requirements of this Section; or
2. Satisfactorily complies with the intent of this Section.
35.4.404 General Requirements
A.
All outdoor illuminating devices, except those exempt from this Section (Section 35.4.406
Exceptions), shall be shielded as set forth below:
1. High pressure sodium, metal halide, fluorescent, tungsten, halogen, incandescent and
mercury vapor type lamp fixtures shall be fully shielded.
2. Fluorescent type lamp fixtures used to illuminate outdoor advertising signs shall be
mounted at the top of the sign structure and shall be partially shielded.
a. A filter shall be used for all metal halide, fluorescent and mercury vapor type lamp
fixtures.
b. Other types of lamp fixtures not specified in this Section, and not specifically
exempt from this Section (Section 35.4.406 Exceptions) shall be shielded and/or
filtered as determined by the City Engineer.
3. Parking lots and other similar portions of a property shall be illuminated to promote a
safe pedestrian and vehicular circulation and protection of property. Parking lot light
poles shall be limited to twenty-five (25) feet in height and fifteen (15) feet in height
when closer than thirty (30) from a single-family residential use.
4. All lights, parking lot or building-mounted, shall be shielded when within thirty (30) feet
of a single-family residential use.
5. Building entrances and outside seating areas shall be illuminated with LED lighting not
to exceed 120 lumens.
6. Up-lighting for landscaping, building façades further than one-hundred feet from a
residential use, and other similar site elements may be up-lighted with LED light
sources not to exceed 80 lumens.
7. Federal and state flags may be up-lighted using LED light sources that are adequate
for illuminating a flag after sundown. The light source shall not to exceed 500 lumens.
If 500 lumens does not adequately illuminate the subject flag, the light source may be
located on the flagpole, but shall be screened to prevent visual access to the light
source.
8. Non-residential properties shall not exceed 1.0 foot-candles of illumination at the
property line.
9. Residential properties shall not exceed. 0.5 foot-candles of illumination at the property
line.
10. Sport court lighting in all residential districts shall be limited to fifteen (15) feet in
height, shielded, and shall meet all principal building setbacks. Arenas or other similar
uses in the Agricultural and Rural Residential districts shall be limited to twenty (20)
feet in height, shielded, and shall meet all principal building setbacks.

221

│ Unified Development Code

11. For the purposes of this Code, outdoor lighting is for the safety of persons and property
first, then for architectural theming and enhancement of the urban form. Lighting for
the purpose of, or for the effect of, attracting attention, shall be prohibited.
35.4.405 Specific Outdoor Light Fixtures
A.
Except for emergency purposes, no person shall operate a search light within the City
without obtaining a permit to do so from the City. No search light shall be operated between
the hours of 11:00 p.m. and sunrise.
B.
No shielded fixture, fully or partially, shall be directed upward toward the sky.
C.
No outdoor recreational facility, public or private, shall be illuminated after 11:00 p.m. by
lighting fixtures which do not comply with the provisions of this Section, except to conclude
a recreational or sporting event or other activity in progress prior to 11:00 p.m.
D.
Low wattage, unshielded lighting devices shall not be installed in a manner which will direct
light into adjacent properties. Flood and spot lights shall be aimed so the high beam of the
light does not exceed a point on the ground adjacent to the structure supporting the flood
or spot light, the distance of said point from the structure being equal to the height of the
flood or spot light above the ground.
35.4.406 Exemptions
The shielding and filtration requirements set forth in Section 35.4.404 shall not apply to the
following:
A.
Low pressure sodium fixtures.
B.
Outdoor lighting fixtures installed prior to the effective date of this chapter [January 1,
1987]. However, such fixtures, when exempted, shall be extinguished, either automatically
or manually, between 11:00 p.m. and sunrise. Street lights and parking lot lights installed
prior to the effective date of this chapter are not required to be extinguished between 11:00
p.m. and sunrise.
C.
Fossil fuel light, produced directly or indirectly by the combustion of natural gas or other
utility-type fossil fuels.
D.
Incandescent fixtures of one hundred fifty (150) watts or less, and other sources of seventy
(70) watts or less. Tungsten halogen lamps are not considered an incandescent light
source for purposes of this exemption.
E.
Airport navigational lighting systems.
F.
Outdoor advertising signs of the type constructed of translucent material and wholly
illuminated from within.
G.
Temporary outdoor seasonal holiday lights not exceeding 200 lumens.
H.
Thematic lighting for special districts, such as the Centerline Overlay District.

222

│ Unified Development Code

35.4.407 Procedures for Compliance with this Chapter
A.
Applications. Any individual applying for an electrical, building or use permit and intending
to install outdoor lighting fixtures shall, as a part of said application, submit evidence to
the city engineer that the proposed work will comply with the provisions of this chapter.
B.
Contents of application or submission. The submission shall contain, but shall not
necessarily be limited to the following (all or part of which may be part of or in addition to
the information required elsewhere in the zoning regulations upon application for the
required permit):
1. Plans indicating the location of the outdoor lighting fixture(s) on the premises and the
type of illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports, and other devices intended to
be used.
2. Description of the illuminating devices, fixtures, lamps, supports and other devices,
etc. This description shall include, but is not limited to, manufacturers' catalog cuts
and/or drawings (including sections where required) and shall include detailed
photometric data.
3. These plans and descriptions shall be sufficiently complete to enable the city engineer
to determine whether compliance with the requirements of this chapter will be
secured. If the city engineer is unable to make such a determination from the plans
and descriptions, he may request the applicant to submit evidence of compliance by
certified test reports as performed by a recognized testing laboratory. All test reports
shall comply with procedures established by the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) and the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES) for testing of
luminaries.
35.4.408 Violations
A.
A violation of this Section shall be a civil infraction and a fine of three hundred dollars
($300.00) a day shall be imposed for each day the violation exists after expiration of the
abatement period provided for in this Section.
B.
When a violation of this Section is discovered by the City, a notice of violation shall be
served upon, or sent by certified mail to, the owner, lessee or other person in control of the
premises. The notice shall specify the nature of the violation and shall order the responsible
party to abate the violation within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice.
35.4.409 Effective Date; Application; Non-Conforming Devices
A.
The provisions of this Section shall become effective on January 1, 1987.
B.
Outdoor light fixtures installed prior to January 1, 1987, shall not be altered, replaced,
relocated or recreated unless brought into compliance with this Section. This provision
shall not apply to reasonable and normal repairs and maintenance to the fixtures which
are necessitated by ordinary wear, weather or accident. In addition, no change in use,
replacement, structural alteration or restoration shall be permitted for any fixture which
has not been used for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months, unless it is brought into
compliance with this Section.

223

│ Unified Development Code

ARTICLE 5 - SUBDIVISIONS
[RESERVED]

224

│ Unified Development Code

ARTICLE 6 - ADMINISTRATION & PROCEDURES
This Article describes the organization, powers, and duties of the entities responsible for the administration of
this UDC as well as identifies the types of permits, approvals, and processes which are required as part of this
UDC.
35.6.000 ADMINISTRATION
35.6.001 City Council
The City Council is the governing body of the City as established in the Glendale City Charter.
A.
Powers. The City Council shall have the following powers and duties relating to the
administration and enforcement of the Unified Development Code:
1. Act as the review and decision-making body on all specified planning matters as
outlined in this Article or by state law; and
2. Take such other action not expressly delegated exclusively to the Development
Services Director, the Planning Commission, the Board of Adjustment, or Historic
Preservation Commission as the City Council may deem desirable and necessary to
implement the provisions of this Article.
35.6.002 Planning Commission
A.
Purpose. The Planning Commission provides analysis and recommendations to the City
Council related to the City's General Plan, zoning, ordinance amendments, subdivisions,
conditional use permits, and other matters affecting land use, and development within the
City.
B.
Organization. The Planning Commission shall consist of no less than five (5) nor more than
seven (7) members appointed by the City Council. Each member shall be appointed for a
term of two years. In the event of the death or resignation of a member, the vacancy may
be filled for the unexpired term. The members of the Planning Commission shall serve
without compensation. Change of residence from the City by a member shall create a
vacancy on the Planning Commission.
C.
Officers. The City Council shall select a Chairman of the Planning Commission who shall
serve as Chairman for a term of one (1) year, and who shall preside at all meetings and be
the head of the Planning Commission. The City Council shall select for a one (1) year term,
a Vice-Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman. The Development Services Director
or designee shall act as Secretary to the Planning Commission, whose duties will be to
record accurate minutes of the proceedings and any such other duties as may be assigned
by the Planning Commission.
D.
Rules.
1. The Planning Commission shall adopt guidelines to establish rules and regulations for
its governance consistent with the laws of this state, this ordinance and with the City
Charter;
2. The Planning Commission shall meet at least once a month at such time and place as
may be fixed by the Planning Commission;
3. Planning Commission members shall be subject to all applicable conflict of interest
provisions of State law and the City Charter; and
4. A quorum consisting of four (4) members shall be present in order to conduct business.
A concurring vote of the majority of the appointed members present shall be required
to approve or deny a motion on any public hearing item.

225

│ Unified Development Code

E.
Powers. The Planning Commission shall have all the powers which are now or may hereafter
be given it by the general laws of the state and ordinances of the City to include at a
minimum:
1. To hear requests for amendments of the text or official zoning map and recommend
approval, denial, or approval with conditions to the City Council;
2. To hear requests and approve or deny conditional use permits as required by this
ordinance;
3. To prescribe conditions or stipulations for any conditional use permit or amendment
to this Zoning Ordinance as may be required to carry out the provisions and intent of
this ordinance;
4. To hear appeals from any decision made by the Development Services Director or
designee resulting from the design review process;
5. To hear requests to amend the General Plan text or maps and recommend approval,
denial, or approval with changes to the City Council;
6. To exercise powers of the Airport Zoning Commission pursuant to Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 28-8461, et seq.;
7. To make recommendations to City Council on the City's Capital Improvement Plans;
8. To hear requests for design review approval on certain freestanding identification signs
as provided by Section 35.4.300 of this ordinance.
F.
Recommendations in Writing. All recommendations made to the City Council by the
Planning Commission shall be submitted in writing. A report of all business conducted by
the Planning Commission shall be forwarded to City Council in the form of minutes of all
regular business meetings and hearings.
G.
Expenditure. The Planning Commission shall have no authority to make expenditure on
behalf of the City or to obligate the City for payment of any sums of money, except as herein
provided, and then only after the City Council shall first authorize such expenditure.

35.6.003 Board of Adjustment
A.
Purpose. The Board of Adjustment is a quasi-judicial body created to hear requests for relief
from the terms of this ordinance and to hear and decide appeals from decisions of the
Development Services Director or designee.
B.
Organization. The Board of Adjustment is hereby created and shall be composed of not less
than five (5) nor more than seven (7) members who shall be residents of the City and who
shall serve without pay. Each member of the Board of Adjustment shall be appointed by
the City Council for a period of two (2) years. In the event of the death or resignation of a
member, the vacancy may be filled for the unexpired term. Change of residence from the
City of a member shall create a vacancy on the Board of Adjustment.
C.
Officers. The City Council shall select a Chairman from among the members of the Board
of Adjustment who shall serve as such Chairman for a term of one (1) year and who shall
have the power to administer oaths and take evidence. The City Council shall select a Vice-
Chairman for a one (1) year term to act in the absence of the Chairman. The Development
Services Director or designee shall act as Secretary to the Board of Adjustment, whose
duties are to keep accurate minutes of all proceedings and all other duties as maybe
assigned by the Board of Adjustment.

226

│ Unified Development Code

D.
Rules.
1. The Board of Adjustment shall adopt guidelines to establish rules of procedure for its
governance consistent with provisions of this ordinance, laws of this state and the City
Charter.
2. A quorum consisting of four (4) members shall be present in order to conduct business.
A concurring vote of a majority of the appointed members present shall be required to
reverse any order or decision of the Development Services Director being appealed to
the Board, or to approve or deny a request for a variance from the terms and conditions
of this ordinance.
3. Board of Adjustment members shall be subject to all applicable conflict of interest
provisions of State law and the City Charter.
E.
Powers. The Board of Adjustment shall have all the powers which are now or may hereafter
be given it by the general laws of the State and the ordinances of the City including, but not
limited to:
1. Hearing and deciding appeals from any decision or interpretation made by the
Development Services Director or designee, except as otherwise provided in the
administration and enforcement of this Code;
2. Interpreting on appeal or on its own motion, the location of any district boundary line
shown on the official zoning map of the City;
3. Hearing and deciding requests for variances from the terms of this ordinance because
of special circumstances applicable to a property, including its size, shape, topography,
location, or surroundings, where the strict application of this ordinance would deprive
such property of privileges enjoyed by other properties in the same zoning district;
4. Prescribing any conditions or stipulations for any variance or appeal as it may deem
necessary to fully carry out the provisions and intent of this ordinance and which will
assure that the adjustment authorized shall not constitute a grant of special privileges
inconsistent with the limitations upon other similarly situated or zoned properties.
Such conditions may include, but not be limited to, a period of time for the applicant
to carry out the terms of a variance or appeal;
5. To exercise powers of the Airport Board of Adjustment pursuant to Arizona Revised
Statutes, Section 28-8473, et seq.
F.
Ex Parte Contact. Any board member who reviews written communications or engages in
verbal communications which are not part of the Board of Adjustment record shall disclose
such communication at the time of the public hearing.
35.6.004 Historic Preservation Commission
A.
Purpose. The Historic Preservation Commission shall work with the Planning Commission
and City Council on matters of historic preservation; take the initiative in bringing people
together on historic preservation issues; review proposed alterations to historic properties,
historic districts and archaeological resources through the Certificate of Appropriateness
process; and develop, maintain and from time to time amend, a plan for historic
preservation in the City. The Historic Preservation Commission shall survey historic
properties including archaeological resources, recommend to the Planning Commission
and City Council designations for Historic Preservation Districts, initiate designations for
historic preservation districts and amendments, and establish guidelines for evaluation of
historic properties, including archaeological resources; provide public information and
education on preservation, coordinate resources and provide technical assistance,
promote revitalization of the City through preservation, and make recommendations to the
Planning Commission, City Council and citizens of the City regarding historic preservation.
The Commission may also confer with other City, county, regional, state and national

227

│ Unified Development Code

historic preservation boards and commissions. The Commission shall initiate plans for the
restoration or rehabilitation of privately owned buildings and the preservation of
archaeological resources. The Commission shall work with City departments to discourage
and prevent unwanted demolition of historic buildings and structures and the destruction
of archaeological resources.
B.
Organization. A Historic Preservation Commission shall consist of seven (7) members who
are residents of the City. The members shall serve for terms of two (2) years, except that
members of the first Historic Preservation Commission shall serve as designated by the
City Council for the following terms: four (4) members for two (2) years and three (3)
members for one (1) year. Any vacancy shall be filled by the City Council within a reasonable
time after the vacancy occurs, for the unexpired term. The members of the Historic
Preservation Commission shall serve without compensation.
C.
Officers. The City Council shall select a Chairman of the Historic Preservation Commission
who shall serve as Chairman for a term of one (1) year, and who shall preside at all
meetings and be the head of the Historic Preservation Commission. The City Council shall
select for a one (1) year term, a Vice-Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman. The
Development Services Director or designee shall act as Secretary to the Historic
Preservation Commission, whose duties will be to record accurate minutes of the
proceedings and any such other duties as may be assigned by the Historic Preservation
Commission.
D.
Rules.
1. The Historic Preservation Commission shall adopt guidelines to establish rules of
procedure for its governance consistent with provisions of this ordinance, laws of this
State, and the City Charter.
2. A quorum consisting of four (4) members shall be present to do business. A concurring
vote of the majority of the appointed members present shall be required to approve or
deny any motion on any public hearing item.
3. Historic Preservation Commission Members shall be subject to all applicable conflict
of interest provisions of State law and the City Charter.
4. Qualifications. Members of the Historic Preservation Commission are preferred to be
persons who have demonstrated special interest, knowledge or experience in historic
preservation. At least five (5) members are preferred to have a background in the
following disciplines: architecture, history, architectural history, planning, archaeology,
or related historic preservation disciplines, such as cultural geography or cultural
anthropology.

35.6.005 Glendale Historic Property Register
A.
The Glendale Historic Property register is established for the purpose of recording the
historic sites, structures, buildings, objects and areas which exist in the City of Glendale
and which are zoned Historic Preservation District.

35.6.006 Historic Preservation (HP) Officer
A.
The Development Services Director or designee shall serve as Historic Preservation Officer.
The Historic Preservation Officer shall administer this ordinance and maintain the Glendale
Historic Property Register.

228

│ Unified Development Code

35.6.007 Zoning Administrator
A.
The Development Services Director or designee shall carry out all responsibilities of the
office of the Zoning Administrator as defined in Arizona Revised Statutes and set forth
hereafter. Such duties include, but are not limited to:
B.
Administration and interpretation of this ordinance, including:
1. clarification of the intent, review of land uses described and included in a zoning
district, and delegation of responsibilities for administering procedures and
requirements of the ordinance;
2. ensuring compliance with the ratified General Plan;
3. Authorizing administrative relief;
4. Enforcement of this Zoning Ordinance, and;
5. Preparing application guidelines, forms, and administrative procedures.
C.
Additional detail of responsibilities of the Development Services Director or designee may
be provided in other specific sections of this ordinance. All decisions and interpretations
by the Development Services Director or designee may be appealed to the Board of
Adjustment in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Section 35.6.209; except as
otherwise provided by this ordinance in Section 35.6.212 for design review decisions.

35.6.008 Planning Agency
A.
Formation. The City has established the Development Services Department to carry out
the functions of the Planning Agency, pursuant to A.R.S. §9-461-01 and the City Code, and
further described herein.
B.
General powers and duties. The Development Services Department shall perform, at a
minimum, the following duties:
1. Develop and maintain the City’s General Plan.
2. Develop necessary specific plans, codes, and resolutions to implement the General
Plan.
3. Implement the General Plan through the development and administration of a
comprehensive zoning or development code.
4. Perform planning functions as directed by the City Manager, Mayor, and City Council.

35.6.100 FEES
35.6.101 Generally
Fees for all services as required by this ordinance, including, but not limited to, rezoning, text
amendments, use permits, variances, design review, interpretations, and administrative
reviews, shall be in the amount established by resolution of the City Council or pursuant to
Glendale City Code Chapter 2, Article I, Section 2-3. All fees shall be due at the time of application
or submission of the request. The City of Glendale or the City of Glendale Councilmembers, when
acting in their official capacity, shall be exempt from all fees required by this ordinance.

229

│ Unified Development Code

35.6.200 GENERAL PROCEDURES
35.6.201 Purpose
The procedures outlined in this ordinance involve a variety of application types. Some
requirements are the same for all applications, and some application procedures have unique
requirements. In addition, most procedures have detailed user guides prepared and provided
by the Development Services Director or designee. This UDC and the available guidelines should
be read carefully to ensure a complete application is prepared.

35.6.202 Common Procedures
The preparation and filing of applications for land use permits, entitlements, amendments and
other matters pertaining to this UDC shall comply with the following common procedures,
unless an exception to the common procedure is expressly identified in subsequent sections of
this UDC. Subsequent sections include additional provisions that are unique to each type of
application, including staff and review board assignments and approval criteria.
A.
Pre-Application
Prior to application for any general plan amendment, rezoning request, special district,
conditional use permit, subdivision plat, variance, appeal, design review, or any other
review or permit process, a preapplication review with the Development Services
Department will be required. The purpose of the preapplication review is:
1. To familiarize the Development Services Department with the request;
a. To determine application requirements and familiarize the applicant with the
review process and procedures;
b. To identify land use and development policies which may affect the outcome of
the request;
c.
To permit a cursory technical review at a conceptual stage to identify conflicts in
objectives and to identify potential solutions for those conflicts; and
d. To identify the requirements for citizen participation and familiarize the applicant
with related issues.
B.
Complete Application
1. Completed applications shall be submitted to the Development Services Department
on a form and in such a manner as established by the Development Services Director
or designee.
2. In accordance with A.R.S. §9-835, the Development Services Department shall publish
an application schedule, which prescribes the necessary deadline for submitting
specified application types in advance of being reviewed by the appropriate decision-
making body pursuant to this UDC or the A.R.S.
3. The Development Services Department will evaluate an application for completeness.
An application shall contain an application form, any information specifically required
by this ordinance, such additional information specified by the Development Services
Director or designee, and when required, a fee. An application must be made by the
property owner or his authorized agent. An applicant will be notified within ten (10)
working days if the application is incomplete. If incomplete, no review or public hearing
will be scheduled. If an application fee has been paid, such fee will be refunded if the

230

│ Unified Development Code

application continues to be incomplete thirty (30) days after an initial incomplete
submittal.
4. When an application is determined to be complete, it will be scheduled for a review or
public hearing as required by this UDC. If the review authority (Commission, Board, City
Council, or staff) determines additional information is required to adequately evaluate
an application, any such additional information shall be submitted by the applicant not
later than sixty (60) days from notification of the applicant unless a specific date is
otherwise established by the review authority. Failure to provide additional information
in the time specified will result in the application being deemed incomplete, the file
closed and no refund of application fees made.
5. When a project requires approvals under more than one section of the UDC, the
individual applications may be processed concurrently at the option of the
Development Services Director or designee, and with the approval of the applicant;
provided, however, rezoning applications may not be approved simultaneously with
Major General Plan Amendments. Rezone applications can only be approved
sequentially after Major GPA adoption; the rezone application will be cancelled if the
Major GPA is not adopted. Minor GPAs may be processed concurrently with other
applications. The concurrent processing of applications shall be in all cases at the
applicant’s risk.
6. At the discretion of the Development Services Director or designee, or where otherwise
required by this UDC, A.R.S., or Federal law, an application filed in compliance with this
UDC may be referred to any public agency that may be affected by or have an interest
in the proposed land use activity.
C.
Citizen Participation
1. Citizen Participation Plan
Every application which requires a public hearing shall include a citizen participation
plan which must be implemented prior to the first public hearing.
a. The purpose of the citizen participation plan is to:
i. Ensure that applicants pursue early and effective citizen participation in
conjunction with their applications, giving them the opportunity to understand
and try to mitigate any real or perceived impacts their application may have
on the community;
ii. Ensure that the citizens and property owners of Glendale have an adequate
opportunity to learn about applications that may affect them and to work with
applicants to resolve concerns at an early stage of the process; and
iii. Facilitate ongoing communication between the applicant, interested citizens
and property owners, City staff, and elected officials throughout the
application review process.
b. At a minimum the citizen participation plan shall include the following information:
i. Which residents, property owners, interested parties, political jurisdictions
and public agencies may be affected by the application;
ii. How those interested in and potentially affected by an application will be
notified that an application has been made;
iii. How those interested and potentially affected parties will be informed of the
substance of the change, amendment, or development proposed by the
application;
iv. How those affected or otherwise interested will be provided an opportunity to
discuss the applicant's proposal with the applicant and express any concerns,

231

│ Unified Development Code

issues, or problems they may have with the proposal in advance of the public
hearing;
v. The applicant's schedule for completion of the citizen participation plan;
vi. How the applicant will keep the Development Services Department informed
on the status of their citizen participation efforts.
c.
The level of citizen interest and area of involvement will vary depending on the
nature of the application and the location of the site. The target area for early
notification will be determined by the applicant after consultation with the
Development Services Department. At a minimum, the target area shall include
the following:
i. Property owners within the public hearing notice area required by other
sections of the ordinance codified in this section;
ii. The head of any homeowners association or registered neighborhood within
the public notice area required by other sections of the ordinance codified in
this section;
iii. Other interested parties who have requested that they be placed on the
interested parties notification list maintained by the Development Services
Department.
d. These requirements apply in addition to any notice provisions required elsewhere
in the ordinance codified in this section.
e. The applicant may submit a citizen participation plan and begin implementation
prior to formal application at their discretion. This shall not occur until after the
required pre-application meeting and consultation with the Development Services
Department staff.
2. Citizen Participation Final Report
a. This section applies only when a citizen participation plan is required by the
ordinance codified in this section.
b. The applicant shall provide a written report on the results of their citizen
participation effort prior to the notice of public hearing. This report will be attached
to the Development Services Department’s public hearing report.
c.
At a minimum, the citizen participation final report shall include the following
information:
i. Details of techniques the applicant used to involve the public, including:
(a)
Dates and locations of all meetings where citizens were invited to
discuss the applicant's proposal;
(b)
Content, dates mailed, and numbers of mailings, including letters,
meeting notices, newsletters and other publications;
(c)
Where residents, property owners, and interested parties receiving
notices, newsletters, or other written materials are located; and
(d)
The number of people that participated in the process.
i. A summary of concerns, issues and problems expressed during the process,
including:
(a)
The substance of the concerns, issues, and problems;

232

│ Unified Development Code

(b)
How the applicant has addressed or intends to address concerns,
issues and problems expressed during the process; and
(c)
Concerns, issues and problems the applicant is unwilling or unable
to address and why.

35.6.203 Application Process Overview

Table 6.200-1: General Application Procedures

Review & Hearing Bodies: PC = Planning Commission, CC = City Council, BOA = Board of Adjustment, HPC = Historic
Preservation Commission
Review & Hearing Procedure: R = Review, Rec = Recommendation, D = Decision
Application
Type1
Public
Notification
Requirements
Review & Hearing Body
Appeal
Body
Application
& Review
Procedures
Staff
HPC
PC
BOA
CC
Annexation
See Table
6.200-2
R

R/D
N/A
See Section
35.6.205
General Plan
Amendments
R

Rec

D
N/A
See Section
35.6.206
Rezoning
(Map)
Amendment
R

Rec

D
Referendum
See Section
35.6.207
Unified
Development
Code (Text)
Amendment
R

Rec

D
N/A
See Section
35.6.207
Conditional
Use Permit
R

CC
See Section
35.6.208
Variance
R

Superior
Court
See Section
35.6.209
Interpretations
and
Administrative
Relief
R/D

BOA or CC
See Section
35.6.210
Design Review,
Waiver
R/D

PC
See Section
35.6.212
Design Review,
Minor
R/D

PC
Design Review,
Major
R/D

PC
Temporary
Use Permit
R/D

PC
See Section
35.6.213
Establish
Historic
Preservation
District
R
Rec

D
N/A
See Section
35.6.214
Special Event
Permit
R/D

N/A

1 Not withstanding the permitted use types expressed in Article 2 – Zoning Districts, for all zoning district
types and their associated regulations that may be expressed in Article 3 – Supplemental Use Provisions

233

│ Unified Development Code

or their associated procedures expressed in Article 6 – Administration & Procedures, any proposed public
or private use or improvement on City Owned Property, exclusive of right of ways or public utility
easements, that is located within three hundred feet (300’) of the boundary of any existing residential
development shall be subject to the Administrative Review process pursuant to Section 35.6.211 of this
UDC, unless otherwise stated herein.

35.6.204 Public Notice
No public hearing shall be conducted without first providing notice to the affected parties.
A.
Newspaper. Notice shall be placed in the newspaper of general circulation of the area, or
newspaper designated by the City Council for legal public notices, advertising the type and
nature of the public hearing at least fifteen (15) full calendar days prior to the date of the
scheduled public hearing, not including the day of the hearing or the day of the notice
publication. However, text changes to this Unified Development Code shall be published
in a "display ad" covering not less than one-eighth (1/8) of a full page.
B.
Site Posting. Notice shall be posted in at least one conspicuous location per street frontage
of the subject property. For subject properties that are greater than forty (40) acres in area
with street frontage(s), postings shall be placed along each street frontage so as to ensure
at least one posting for each quarter mile (1,320’). For applicable sites with no street
frontage, postings shall be installed on the property in locations clearly visible to abutting
residents so as to ensure at least one posting for each quarter mile (1,320’).
To enhance notification of required neighborhood meetings at preliminary stages of the
application process, applicants shall install a sign on the property along each street
frontage and in locations clearly visible to abutting residents so as to ensure at least one
posting for each quarter mile (1,320’). All signs shall set forth the purpose, time, date, and
place of the neighborhood meeting.
1. Site posting(s) shall be located outside of the public right-of-way, unless documented
permission from the Development Services Director or designee, has been granted.
Such permission shall be generally supported for properties within the Centerline
Overlay District.
2. Site posting(s) shall be placed on the property and updated with public hearing
information at least twenty (20) full calendar days prior to the date of the first
scheduled public hearing. This twenty-day posting period shall not include the day of
the hearing or the day of the posting. Site posting(s) for required neighborhood
meetings shall be placed at least ten (10) days prior to the date of the scheduled
meeting.
3. Site postings shall include the City-issued application number, summary of the request,
applicant contact information, City contact information, and hearing dates, times, and
location.
4. The size and format of the site posting(s) shall be in accordance with policies
established and/or modified by the Development Services Department.
5. The applicant shall maintain all postings and ensure legibility throughout the duration
of the posting period.
6. Site postings shall be removed from the subject property within thirty (30) days of the
final hearing for the associated application.

234

│ Unified Development Code

C.
Property Owner Notification. All property owners, including homeowners’ associations,
within the notification distance stated in Table 6.200-2 of this Section shall be sent notice
by first class mail, postmarked at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the scheduled
public hearing.
Due to the potential impact of a project that may extend beyond the required minimum
notification distance, required notification distances shall be increased by 30%, if at least
one of the following conditions exist:
•
A zoning or land use request would result in conversion of a single-family residence
designation to a multi-family residence designation or non-residential designation (and
vice versa).
•
A zoning or land use request may result in the need to change an existing roadway
classification, revise an existing roadway alignment, or warrant the installation of a
traffic signal.
Further, the required notification area shall be extended to all parcels located within the
Plat(s) associated with parcels that fall within the required notification distance.
1. Property ownership information, for the purposes of notification, shall be collected
from the Maricopa County Assessor’s information. Additional interested parties may
be included in the notification as a courtesy.
2. Measurement of the notification distance shall be taken from the exterior boundaries
of the property subject to the application as shown on the last assessment of the
property.
3. The size and format of the notification mailer shall be in accordance with policies
established by the Development Services Department.
4.
The public hearing notification process shall be managed and executed by the City. All
associated notification and postage fees shall be calculated and submitted to the
applicant for collection at the time of the first formal submittal.

235

│ Unified Development Code

Table 6.200-2: Application Notification Requirements

General Public
Notification1
Adjacent Property
Owner Notification1
Notice of
Public
Hearing
Newspaper
Notice
Site
Posting2
Notification
Distance3
Notice
of Public
Hearing
Annexation
See A.R.S. §9-471
Initial Zoning
Yes
Yes
Yes
300 ft
Yes
General Plan Amendment,
Major and Minor

• ≤40 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
600 ft
Yes
• >40, but ≤120 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
900 ft
Yes
• >120 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
1,200 ft
Yes
• Text amendment only
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
Yes
UDC Amendment (Rezoning)

• ≤40 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
600 ft
Yes
• >40, but ≤120 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
900 ft
Yes
• >120 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
1,200 ft
Yes
UDC Amendment (Text)
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
Yes
Conditional Use Permit

• ≤40 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
600 ft
Yes
• >40, but ≤120 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
900 ft
Yes
• >120 acres
Yes
Yes
Yes
1,200 ft
Yes
Variance
Yes
Yes
Yes
300 ft
Yes
Interpretation, Zoning
Clearance, or Administrative
Relief
No
No
No
N/A
No
Administrative Review
No
No
No
600 ft
No
Design Review, Minor,
Standard, or Major
No
No
No
N/A
No
Temporary Use Permit
No
No
No
N/A
No
1 City to manage notification.
2 Applicant to post site.
3.See Section 35.6.204.C for additional notification distance requirements

D.
Notwithstanding the notice requirements set forth in this Section, the failure of any person
or entity to receive notice shall not constitute grounds for any court to invalidate the action
for which the notice was given. No public hearing shall be conducted without first providing
notice to the affected parties.
E.
Continuances. Items scheduled for public hearing which have been continued, for any
reason, to a date-specific hearing by the same body and occurring within 60 days of the
original hearing, are not required to be re-noticed. The Development Services Director or
designee, may require re-notification as a courtesy should unique circumstances exist in
which re-notification would benefit the community. Items remanded to a lower-tier hearing
body for reconsideration shall be re-noticed in accordance with this Section.
35.6.205 Annexation

236

│ Unified Development Code

A.
Annexation Process
The process of annexing territory into the City of Glendale shall adhere to the regulations
set forth in A.R.S. §9-471. Both, private property owners and the City of Glendale may
initiate annexation.
1. Private property owners shall initiate the annexation process by providing a written
request to the Development Services Department, all included Maricopa County
Assessor’s parcel identification numbers, and a legal description. City Staff will review
the request for completion and processing in accordance with A.R.S. §9-471.
B.
Initial Zoning
Upon annexation into the City of Glendale, the City shall establish initial zoning on the
property, often referred to as equivalency zoning, in accordance with A.R.S. §9-471,
Requests to establish initial City zoning shall be made within ninety (90) days of the
effective date of the annexation ordinance. The initial zoning process shall follow the
typical rezoning process established in Section 35.6.207 Rezoning.
C.
Effect of Annexation on Building Permits.
1. Maricopa County building permits lawfully issued not more than sixty (60) days prior to
the effective date of annexation, shall be honored by the City. Within sixty (60) days
after the effective date of annexation, the City shall issue a building permit when
construction details conforming to City building codes and County zoning regulations,
in effect at the time the County permit was issued, are provided to the City. Any fee
paid to the County for the County permit shall apply towards the City permit fee and
only the balance must be paid to the City before a City permit is issued.
2. A City building permit shall not be required for buildings legally under construction with
a building permit issued by Maricopa County prior to the effective date of annexation,
and where exterior walls have been completed to the plate line or beyond. The City
shall require that building construction be structurally safe and in conformance with
pertinent county zoning regulations in effect at the time the county permit was issued.

35.6.206 Amendments to the General Plan
A.
General
1. Amendments to the General Plan which change property from one land use
designation to another, which impose policies and standards not previously imposed,
which modify plan text, or which remove or modify the text or any policy or standard
previously imposed, shall be adopted in the manner set forth in this section.
2. Amendments to the General Plan can be either major or minor. Major and minor
amendments have different hearing requirements as outlined in the City of Glendale
General Plan.
B.
Application Process
Applications for amendments to the General Plan shall conform with the provisions of
Section 35.6.202. Applications shall be made in the office of the Development Services
Department on an application form with required documentation specified by guidelines
provided by the Development Services Department and accompanied with appropriate
fees as required. After the Development Services Department has determined that an
application is complete, a public hearing with the Planning Commission will be scheduled.

237

│ Unified Development Code

C.
Authorized Applicant
1. An applicant for an amendment to the General Plan Map on any property shall be one
(1) of the following:
a. The owner of the property;
b. One (1) or more of several joint owners of property who own individually or as a
group, a majority interest in the property;
c.
One (1) or both of the property owners where property is held in joint tenancy;
d. Seventy-five (75) percent, or more, of the owners of property in the area covered
by the application when the application covers more than one (1) property; or
e. The Planning Commission or City Council on its own motion at a public meeting.
2. The applicant for an amendment to change the text of the General Plan shall be any
interested party, or the Planning Commission or City Council on its own motion at a
public hearing.
3. An application shall be signed by the authorized applicant or an agent of any authorized
applicant when the authority of the agent is in writing, notarized, and filed with the
application except applications initiated by the Planning Commission or City Council.
The signature of such agent shall have the same force and effect as if the application
were signed by the principal.
D.
Public Hearing
1. The Planning Commission shall not recommend nor shall the City Council consider any
amendment to the General Plan until the request is presented during a public hearing.
All public hearings to consider an amendment to the General Plan shall require notice
as provided in Section 35.6.204.
2. For major amendments to the General Plan, the Planning Commission shall hold two
public hearings in two different locations in the City. For property-specific amendments,
one hearing shall be in the general vicinity of the proposed amendment. Both hearings
shall require notice as provided in Section 35.6.204.
E.
Planning Commission Recommendation
1. On an application to amend the land use map, the Planning Commission may only
recommend approval or denial. The planning Commission recommendation will be
forwarded to the City Council for public hearing and final action unless withdrawn by
the applicant.
2. On an application to amend the text of the plan, the Planning Commission may
recommend approval, approval as modified by the Commission, or denial. The
Planning Commission recommendation will be forwarded to the City Council for public
hearing and final action.
F.
Amendments Adopted by Resolution
Amendments to the General Plan Map or text shall be adopted by resolution and become
effective immediately upon approval by the City Council.
G.
Findings
1. Amendments to the General Plan of the City of Glendale shall be approved only if:

238

│ Unified Development Code

a. The amendment is consistent with the policies and objectives of the rest of the
General Plan; and
b. The proposed amendment furthers the public health, safety and general welfare
of the citizens of Glendale.
2. If the amendment is to the Land Use Map, an additional finding must be made that the
proposed change will be compatible with other land uses, existing or planned, in the
vicinity.
H.
Re-application
In cases where the amendment has been denied by the City Council, no application for an
amendment for the same or substantially the same request and, in the case of a map
amendment, on the same or substantially the same property, shall be filed within one
hundred eighty (180) days from the date of denial of the amendment.

35.6.207 Amendments to the Unified Development Code (Rezoning and
Text Amendments)
A.
General
Amendments to this Unified Development Code which change property from one (1) zoning
district to another, which impose regulations not previously imposed, which modify ordinance
text, which amend or modify stipulations or conditions of approval, or which remove or modify
the text or any regulation previously imposed shall be adopted in the manner set forth in this
Section.
B.
Application Process
Applications for amendment shall conform with the provisions of Section 35.6.202. Applications
shall be made in the office of the Development Services Department on an application form with
required documentation specified on guidelines provided by the Development Services
Department and accompanied with required fees. After the Development Services Department
has determined that an application is complete, the application shall be routed for formal review
and comment by staff, and a public hearing with the Planning Commission will be scheduled.
C.
Authorized Applicant
1. An authorized applicant shall be one (1) of the following:
a. The owner of the property;
b. One (1) or more of several joint owners of property who own individually or as a
group, a majority interest in the property;
c.
One (1) or both of the property owners where property is held in joint tenancy;
d. Seventy-five (75) percent, or more, of the owners of property in the area covered
by the application when the application covers more than one (1) property;
e. The Planning Commission or City Council on its own motion at a public meeting; or

239

│ Unified Development Code

f.
The Historic Preservation Commission, the Planning Commission or City Council
on its own motion at a public meeting, may initiate an amendment to establish or
amend Historic Preservation District Zoning.
2. The applicant for an amendment to change the text of the Zoning Ordinance shall be
an interested party, or the Planning Commission or City Council on its own motion at a
public hearing.
3. All applications shall be signed by the authorized applicant or an agent of any
authorized applicant when the authority of the agent is in writing, notarized, and file
with the application except applications initiated by the Planning Commission or City
Council. The signature of such agent shall have the same force and effect as if the
application were signed by the principal.
D.
Public Notice
The Planning Commission shall not recommend, nor shall the City Council consider any
amendment to this Zoning Ordinance, until the request is presented during a public
hearing. No public hearing shall be conducted without first providing notice to the affected
parties. Such notice shall be provided in accordance with Sections 35.6.204.
E.
Public Hearing
The Planning Commission may recommend approval, approval with conditions, or denial
on an application for amendment. The recommendation will be forwarded to the City
Council for public hearing and final action unless withdrawn by the applicant. All public
hearings to consider an amendment to this Unified Development Code shall require notice
as provided in this Article.
F.
Protests Against Amendment
1. If the owners of twenty (20) percent or more of the area either of the lots included in a
proposed change, or those immediately adjacent within one hundred fifty (150) feet
therefrom, or of those directly opposite within one hundred fifty (150) feet from the
street frontage of the opposite lots, file a protest in writing against a proposed
amendment, it shall not become effective except by a favorable vote of three-fourths
(3/4) of all members of the City Council.
2. If any members of the City Council are unable to vote on such a question because of a
conflict of interest, then the required number of votes for passage of the question shall
be three-fourths (3/4) of the remaining membership of the City Council, provided that
such required number of votes shall in no event be less than a majority of the full
membership.
3. Written protests shall describe the property owned by the protestants with sufficient
clarity to determine the location of the protestant’s property on a map of the City with
relation to the area under consideration. Where such property is not adequately
described, the City Council may, at its discretion, disregard any such protest. The
written protests shall include case number, description of request, the name(s),
address of property owned by protesting party, signature, date and basis of protest. If
a petition is used, the person circulating the petition shall include their name and their
notarized signature.
4. All such written protests or petitions shall be filed in the office of the Development
Services Director no later than 12:00 noon on the Friday preceding the City Council
meeting at which such amendment will be considered.
G.
Amendments Adopted by Ordinance
Amendments to the official Zoning Map or the Unified Development Code text shall be
adopted by ordinance. Amendments to the text may be considered as an emergency

240

│ Unified Development Code

ordinance to become effective immediately upon approval by the City Council.
Amendments to the official Zoning Map shall not be considered as an emergency ordinance
and shall become effective thirty (30) days after approval unless a later effective date is
provided by action of City Council. An ordinance amending the official Zoning Map shall
include a legal description of the property affected, which shall be provided by the applicant
on a form and in a manner as required by the guidelines prepared by the Development
Services Director or designee.
H.
Conditional Zoning
1. The City Council may approve a zoning change containing conditions which must be
met by the applicant and may specify a period of time for the applicant to meet the
conditions. In the event the time period expires and the conditions have not been met,
the ordinance shall not become effective and may be rescinded as follows:
a. The Development Services Director or designee shall, by first class mail, notify the
authorized applicant of its intention to hold a hearing to rescind the zoning change.
The notice shall be made at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the
scheduled hearing. At the hearing, the City Council shall consider evidence from
all interested parties and after deliberation may rescind the ordinance or take an
action to extend the time period.
I.
Findings
1. Amendment to the Unified Development Code text and official Zoning Map of the City
of Glendale shall be approved only if:
a. The amendment is consistent with the policies and objectives of the Glendale
General Plan;
b. The proposed amendment furthers the public health, safety and general welfare
of the citizens of Glendale; and
c.
If the amendment is to the official Zoning Map, the proposed change will include
any conditions necessary to mitigate any adverse impacts on businesses, persons,
or properties adjacent to the requested amendment.
J.
Change of Classification of Requested Zone District
In the event an application is made for an amendment to change the official Zoning Map from a
more restrictive district to a less restrictive district, the Planning Commission or City Council may
approve the application or grant the amendment for a district which is more restrictive than
requested in the application and less restrictive than the existing classification, without the
necessity of a new or amended application and without the necessity of giving new or additional
notice.
K.
Re-application
In cases where the amendment has been denied, no application for an amendment for the same
or substantially the same request and, in the case of a map amendment on the same or
substantially the same property shall be filed within one hundred eighty (180) days from the
date of denial of the amendment.
L.
Adequate School Facilities
1. The provisions of this section shall apply only to applications for residential rezoning
which will increase the projected number of students for any school district's school
attendance area as a result of the proposed rezoning. The applicability of this section

241

│ Unified Development Code

includes applications for rezoning which change zoning classifications from non-
residential to residential classifications and rezonings which change residential zoning
classifications to a higher density residential classification. A school district's school
attendance areas shall be the attendance boundaries adopted for each public school
by the applicable school district.
2. No rezoning application shall be considered complete under Section 35.6.202 until
the applicant provides a letter from the appropriate school district which certifies any
of the following, or the time period for the school district's response to a request for
certification has expired under subsection 4 below:
a. That the school district has adequate school facilities to accommodate the
projected number of new students within the school district's attendance area; or
b. That the school district will have adequate school facilities by a planned capital
improvement to be constructed within one (1) year and located within the school
district's attendance area; or
c.
That the school district has determined an existing or proposed charter school can
provide adequate school facilities; or
d. That the applicant and the school district have entered into an agreement to
provide, or help to provide, adequate school facilities within the school district's
attendance area in a timely manner; or
e. That the school district does not have adequate school facilities to accommodate
projected growth attributable to the rezoning.
The projected number of new students resulting from the application for rezoning shall
be based upon a student per-household ratio methodology adopted by the appropriate
school district. If a school district fails to adopt a student per-household ratio
methodology for projecting the number of new students resulting from an applicant's
rezoning application, then the school district shall base its certification upon an
authoritative source accepted within the education community.
3. For purposes of this section, adequate school facilities shall be determined by the
appropriate school district in accordance with the minimum school facility adequacy
guidelines adopted by the School Facilities Board pursuant to A.R.S. Sec. 15-2011,
and any subsequent amendments made thereto, as applied to each individual school
site's attendance area for each individual school serving the property being considered
for rezoning.
4. Applications for rezoning subject to this section shall follow the following procedures:
a. At the time of filing an application for rezoning subject to this section, all applicants
for rezoning shall provide a copy of a letter delivered to the superintendent(s) of
all applicable school districts which contains an offer to meet with school district
representatives to discuss the school district's certification required by subsection
2 above.
b. After the filing of the rezoning application, the City shall deliver by certified or
registered mail a copy of the application and a site location map to each affected
school district located within the area requested to be rezoned. In addition, the
City shall request the school district to provide the required certification provided
for in subsection 2 above, on a form to be provided by the City, within thirty (30)
days to the City of Glendale care of the Development Services Director. For good
cause, the thirty (30) daytime period may be extended at the request of the
applicant or the school district. In the event the City does not receive certification
from the school district within thirty (30) days, or any extension thereof, it shall be

242

│ Unified Development Code

deemed that there are adequate school facilities for the proposed rezoning. The
school district's response time to a request for certification shall be determined by
the date of mailing of the request for certification from the City. For purposes of
computing the thirty (30) day certification time period, the date of mailing from
which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. In the
event the last day for receipt of the certification occurs on a Saturday, Sunday or
legal holiday, the applicable certification time period runs until the end of the next
work day.
c.
After providing the certification required by subsection 2, or the school district's
failure to respond to the request for certification within thirty (30) days, or any
extension thereof, the application shall proceed to be processed in accordance
with Section 35.6.207 of the zoning ordinance and all other applicable
ordinances.
d. In the event that the appropriate school district certifies that there are not
adequate school facilities for the proposed rezoning, the Development Services
Director or designee shall notify the applicant in writing that the school district has
determined that it does not have adequate school facilities for the rezoning.

35.6.208 Conditional Use Permits
A.
General
The City of Glendale recognizes certain uses which may be appropriate in specific zone districts
but have characteristics that, depending upon the location, design, and standards of operation,
may have a greater impact than permitted uses on adjoining properties, businesses, or
residences within the City. Such uses require a more comprehensive review, including the ability
of the City to establish specific conditions for the project to mitigate any potential impacts. The
Planning Commission can evaluate only conditional uses listed and is empowered to approve,
approve with conditions, or deny any application for a conditional use permit. Such review by the
Planning Commission is subject to findings and the applicable hearing requirements of this
section. The burden of proof shall be the responsibility of the applicant.
B.
Application
Applications shall conform with the provisions of Section 35.6.202. Applications shall be
filed with the Development Services Department on an application form with the required
documentation specified on guidelines provided by the Development Services Director or
designee with appropriate fees. After the Development Services Department has
determined that an application is complete, a public hearing with the planning commission
will be scheduled. The application, at a minimum, shall include the following:
1. Name and address of the applicant. If the applicant is not the owner of the property,
the name and address of the owner shall be supplied along with authorization that the
applicant is the agent of the owner and may apply for the conditional use permit. Proof
of ownership or written authorization to act on behalf of the owner must accompany
the submittal.
2. A statement describing the proposed use, and any pertinent data required to evaluate
the use, including but not limited to: hours of operation, number of employees and
shifts, processes and materials involved in the use, and types and volume of traffic
generated by the use.
3. A list of all property owners within the prescribed notification distance (Section
35.6.204.C) of the exterior boundaries of the property subject to the application. The
list shall be accompanied by a map showing the location of these properties.

243

│ Unified Development Code

4. A site plan including dimensions showing the type and location of buildings, structures,
floor plans, parking, landscaping, circulation and other relevant site information.
5. Any additional information or plans which may be required by the Development
Services Director or designee.
6. Wireless communication facilities require the following additional information:
a. A map of the service area of the proposed facility.
b. A map showing all existing or planned facilities within the network of the provider
within three (3) miles of the proposed site. Describe the height, type of mount, and
number of antennas for each facility.
c.
A map showing any existing or planned single family residential development
within one-half (½) mile of the proposed site.
d. A map showing all wireless communication facilities which are existing, approved,
or under construction within a mile radius of the site.
e. A map showing other potential locations considered. This includes other
monopoles, buildings, and alternative structures.
f.
A scaled elevation of the facility from each direction. The elevation must be legible
when reduced to eight (8) and one-half (½) by eleven (11) inch size.
g. A narrative which addresses the following:
i. Why the facility is needed.
ii. Efforts to co-locate on existing or planned towers and why co-location is not
feasible or desirable.
iii. Efforts to locate antenna on existing building or another alternative structure.
iv. Why the proposed site is superior from a community perspective. Factors to
address include visual impact on gateways to the community, heavily traveled
corridors, and major view sheds, impact on land use character, and proximity
to single family neighborhoods.
v. Efforts to blend the wireless facility into the surrounding area by minimizing
the visibility of the structure. Include the process for selection of color of the
proposed monopole.
vi. Justification for the proposed height. The height should represent the
minimum necessary in all instances.
vii. Efforts to minimize the diameter and mass of the structure provide
engineering information related to those efforts.
viii. Efforts to minimize the size of the antenna array, support equipment and
related equipment shelter provide engineering information related to those
efforts.
ix. Function of all equipment ancillary to the panel antennas such as whip and
dish antennas.
x. Describe where the structure will be visible and from what distance.
h. Third-party review.
i. City staff may require a third-party review of any technical data submitted as
part of the application.

244

│ Unified Development Code

ii. The third party may be selected by agreement with the applicant or at the
discretion of the City. The cost of the third-party review will be paid for by the
applicant.
iii. The third-party review is to be a technical site-specific review of the wireless
communication facility, not a subjective review of the proposed site.
C.
Public Hearing
The Planning Commission shall hold at least one (1) public hearing on the application. Prior to
the public hearing, notice shall be provided as described in Section 35.6.204.
D.
Findings
The Planning Commission shall make the following findings before granting a conditional use
permit:
1. General Findings.
a. That the proposed use is consistent with the policies, objectives, and land use map
of the Glendale General Plan and the purpose of the zone district in which the site
is located;
b. That the proposed use will not be materially detrimental to the health, safety or
general welfare of persons residing or working within the neighborhood of the
proposed use, or have an adverse effect on the property, adjacent properties, the
surrounding neighborhood or the City when consideration is given to the character
and size of the use and hours of operation;
c.
That the proposed site is adequate in size and shape to accommodate the
intended use and that all requirements for the zone district, including but not
limited to: setbacks, walls, landscaping and buffer yards are met;
d. That the proposed site has adequate access to public streets and highways to
carry the type and quantity of traffic which may be generated by the subject use,
and that on-site circulation is adequate to permit driveways, parking, and loading
requirements in a manner which is safe and efficient;
e. That adequate conditions or stipulations have been incorporated into the approval
of the conditional use permit to ensure that any anticipated detrimental effects to
public health, safety, and welfare can be mitigated.
2. Wireless Communication Facilities Findings.
a. The proposed facility is required to provide adequate wireless service, and other
alternative locations are either infeasible or less desirable from a community
perspective;
b. The proposed facility will blend into the context of its setting and not be overly
conspicuous within the community;
c.
The scale and mass of the facility will not adversely affect the land use character
of the property or the surrounding area;
d. Adequate setbacks have been provided to ensure the facility will not be intrusive
on adjacent land uses or the streetscape.
e. All applicable development standards and design guidelines have been met.

245

│ Unified Development Code

E.
Action by the Planning Commission
The Planning Commission may approve, approve with conditions, or deny any application after
conducting a public hearing. The Planning Commission may place any conditions which are
deemed necessary to mitigate potential impacts and ensure compatibility of the use with
surrounding development and the City as a whole, and which are required to preserve the public
health, safety and general welfare. These conditions may include but are not limited to:
1. Requirements for setbacks, open spaces, buffers, fences or walls, and landscaping to
mitigate conflicts from visual, noise, lighting and similar impacts associated with the
use;
2. Dedication of street or other public rights-of-way, and control in location of access
points and on-site circulation to mitigate traffic impacts from increased volumes or
nature of traffic activity associated with the use;
3. Regulations pertaining to hours of operation, methods of operation, and phasing of the
development of the site to mitigate impacts to surrounding properties and the
neighborhood;
4. Time limits on the duration of the permit to determine if the use, after a temporary
period of operation, is materially detrimental to public health, safety, or welfare or to
evaluate whether changed conditions in the neighborhood effect the capability of the
use to continue to adequately mitigate impacts to the surrounding area or the City as
a whole.
F.
Effective Date of the Conditional Use Permit
The decision of the Planning Commission shall be final and effective fifteen (15) days from
the date of the decision unless an appeal is filed pursuant to Section 35.6.208.G.
G.
Appeal Procedure
1. The action of the Planning Commission may be appealed to the City Council by the
applicant, any member of the City Council, the City Manager, or any property owner
within subject property notification radius pursuant to Section 35.6.204. Such
requests for appeal must be filed on an application form provided by the Development
Services Director or designee with the appropriate fee, within the fifteen (15) days
following the date of the Planning Commission action.
2. Consideration of the appeal shall be made at a public hearing only after notice of the
hearing has been placed in the newspaper of general circulation of the area, or
newspaper designated by the City Council for legal public notice, at least fifteen (15)
days prior to the hearing. The notice shall be posted on the property at least fifteen
(15) days prior to the hearing. It shall not be the responsibility of the City to maintain
the notice once posted on the property.
3. The City Council shall act to affirm or reverse, in whole or in part, or modify the Planning
Commission's decision. Any action to grant a conditional use permit, either through
affirmation, modification, or reversal of the Planning Commission's decision, must
include required findings for conditional use permit as provided in this ordinance.
H.
Modification of Conditional Use Permit
A request to modify, expand, or otherwise change an approved conditional use permit, not
in substantial conformance with the approved permit, shall be reviewed and processed
according to provisions of this ordinance as a new application.

246

│ Unified Development Code

I.
Revocation
1. Failure to comply with the conditions, stipulations, or terms of the approval of an
approved conditional use, is a violation of this ordinance and will be enforced as such.
Repeated offenses shall be cause for revocation in the following manner:
a. The Planning Commission shall notify, by certified mail, the holder of the
conditional use permit of the intention to conduct a hearing to consider the
revocation of the conditional use permit. Notice shall be postmarked at least
fifteen (15) days prior to the date of the scheduled hearing. At the hearing the
Planning Commission shall consider evidence from all interested parties and after
consideration of all available information may revoke the conditional use permit if
it is determined that conditions, stipulations, or terms of the approved conditional
use permit have not been met.
J.
Status of the Conditional Use Permit
A conditional use permit granted pursuant to provisions of this article shall run with the
land and continue to be valid regardless of ownership of the site or structure subject of the
conditional use permit application, so long as it operates within the conditions, stipulations,
and terms of the conditional use permit approval.
K.
Re-application
In cases where the conditional use permit has been denied, no application for a conditional
use permit for the same or substantially the same use on the same or substantially the
same site shall be filed within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of denial or
revocation of the conditional use permit.
L.
Expiration of Conditional Use Permit for Wireless Communication Facilities-Monopole
All conditional use permits for wireless communication monopoles facilities shall be limited
to a maximum time period of ten (10) years from the date of Planning Commission
approval. When a conditional use permit is granted for a co-location on a facility with an
existing conditional use permit, the action of granting the new conditional use permit shall
extend the existing conditional use permit so that they will expire simultaneously.
The commission shall be responsible for initiating a review of the approved facility and shall
request the applicant to demonstrate that changes in technology, that are economically
feasible, have not eliminated the need for the conditional use permit. If a new conditional
use permit is not granted, the applicant shall be responsible for the removal of the facility.

35.6.209 Variances and Appeals
A.
General
Variances from zoning regulations pertaining to development standards; setbacks, lot
dimensions, or other development standards where such a variance will not be detrimental to
public interest, health, safety, or welfare. No variance shall be granted to permit a use not
otherwise permitted in the applicable zoning district.
B.
Variance Criteria
Relief from established development standards shall not be arbitrary nor open-ended or
universal across multiple properties. Upon filing a variance for consideration, the applicant shall
present evidence that demonstrates the following:

247

│ Unified Development Code

1. Existing unique circumstances or conditions on the subject property that prevents the
universal application of the zoning standard.
2. The literal interpretation of the Unified Development Code would deprive the appellant
of rights commonly enjoyed by other properties in the same zoning district.
3. Any hardship caused by the provisions of the Unified Development Code is more than
personal inconvenience or a financial hardship and is not the result of actions by the
applicant.
4. Granting the variance will not interfere with or alter the appropriate and legal use of
adjacent conforming properties in the same zoning district.
C.
Application Process
Applications for variances shall conform with the provisions of Section 35.6.202. Applications
shall be made in the office of the Development Services Department on an application form with
required documentation specified on guidelines provided by the Development Services
Department and accompanied with required fees. After the Development Services Department
has determined that an application is complete, the application shall be routed for formal review
and comment by staff, and a public hearing with the Board of Adjustment will be scheduled.
D.
Appeal Decision; Interpretations
The Board of Adjustment may hear appeals to staff Interpretations. When hearing such an
appeal, the Board shall consider the nature of the request and determine if staff’s interpretation
and/or decision was made in accordance with the intent of the guiding regulation, was made in
accordance with known state or federal law, and if the decision advances the principles and
values of the City of Glendale. The Board of Adjustment may confirm, overturn, or modify staff’s
decision.
E.
Decision; Variances
The Board of Adjustment may approve, conditionally approve, or deny variance requests. In the
event the Board of Adjustment determines that the applicant has provided adequate evidence
that aligns with the conditions set forth above in Section 35.6.209.B, it may approve or
conditionally approve the variance. Approval may be granted only upon the affirmative vote of
the majority of the Board members present.
F.
Effective Date of the Variance or Appeal
The decision of the Board of Adjustment shall be final thirty (30) calendar days from the date of
the public hearing unless an appeal is filed as provided for in this ordinance.
G.
Appeal to Superior Court
The City, the applicant, or any person aggrieved by a decision of the Board of Adjustment may
within thirty (30) calendar days of the Board's decision, file a complaint for special action in
Superior Court in accordance with A.R.S. § 9-462.06(K) now in effect or as it may be amended
from time to time.
H.
Revocation of a Variance
When provisions of this ordinance related to the variance, or conditions or stipulations, made a
part of the variance approval, have not been satisfied, the variance may be revoked as follows:
The Board of Adjustment shall, by first class mail, notify the holder of the variance of its intention
to hold a hearing to consider revocation of the variance. The notice shall be made at least fifteen
(15) days prior to date of the scheduled hearing. At the hearing, the Board of Adjustment shall
consider evidence from all interested parties, and after deliberation, may revoke the variance or

248

│ Unified Development Code

take any actions as may be necessary to ensure compliance with the regulations or conditions
of the approved variance.
I.
Re-application
Where a variance or appeal has been denied, no application for a variance or appeal for the
same or substantially the same issue on the same or substantially the same site shall be filed
within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of denial.
J.
Applicability of the Variance
Except as may be otherwise stipulated or provided in this Zoning Ordinance, a variance granted
pursuant to provisions of this article shall run with the land and continue to be valid upon a
change of ownership of the site or structure which was subject to the variance.

35.6.210 Interpretations, Zoning Clearance, and Administrative Relief
A.
Interpretations
1. The Development Services Director or designee shall be responsible for interpretation
of the Unified Development Code. Interpretations may be considered if there is a
question of clarity of any development standard or other provision of this Code, or a
review is required within the permitted use categories of a specified zoning district.
Interpretations shall not modify or alter any development standard. Requests to
modify development standards shall be filed and processed in accordance with
Section 35.6.210 Administrative Relief or Section 35.6.209 Variances.
2. An application clearly stating the section requiring interpretation or the characteristics
of the desired use and zone district in which it is proposed to be located shall be
submitted on a form prescribed by the Development Services Director with the
required fee before an interpretation will be made. All requests for written
interpretations shall be filed with the Development Services Department.
3. The Development Services Director shall issue a written interpretation within ten (10)
working days of the submission of a completed application and request for
interpretation. All interpretations shall be maintained in the Development Services
Department records.
4. Prior to determining that a use is permitted within a specific zoning district, the
Development Services Director or designee shall find that:
a. The use is either described and included in the zoning district or is comparable in
intensity, including, but not limited to, generation of noise, dust, light, vibration, or
traffic as other permitted uses within the same zoning district;
b. The intensity of the use will not adversely affect other properties within the district;
c.
A favorable use interpretation shall not be unique to a single parcel or
development and shall demonstrate suitability for all properties within the subject
zoning district; or
d. If there is more than one (1) principal use, all of the principal uses are permitted
and that the combination of uses will not alter the basic land use characteristics

249

│ Unified Development Code

of each principal use or create a different use which would otherwise be
prohibited.
B.
Zoning Clearance
1. This Chapter establishes procedures for conducting zoning clearance to ensure that
each new or expanded use or structure complies with the applicable requirements of
this Code.
2. Zoning clearance is required for buildings or structures erected, constructed, altered,
repaired or moved, which require a building permit, the use of vacant land, changes in
the use of land or building, or for substantial expansions in the use of land or building.
3. An application with the required fee shall be submitted which describes the use in
detail and the manner in which it will comply with the specified condition.
4. The Development Services Director or designee shall issue a written determination
within ten (10) working days of submission of a completed application that the use or
accessory use does or does not comply with the specified conditions. All
determinations shall be maintained in the Development Services Department records.
C.
Administrative Relief
1. The Development Services Director or designee may grant administrative relief to a
property owner of up to ten (10) percent of any development standard unless
specifically restricted elsewhere in this ordinance if:
a. An application by the property owner, on a form prescribed by the Development
Services Director or designee, and fee has been submitted;
b. Notice, by first class mail, postmarked at least ten (10) days prior to the
determination to adjacent property owners;
c.
The proposed improvement requiring relief will not be detrimental to the property
requesting relief or any adjacent property or the City;
d. The relief granted is the minimum required to meet the needs of the proposed
improvement; and
e. The relief shall not be contrary to the purpose or intent of this ordinance.
f.
The relief shall be parcel specific for residential applications or development
specific for non-residential applications and shall not be considered to establish
precedent for other properties within the same zoning district.
2. Any relief authorized by the Development Services Director or designee will be
documented with findings consistent with the standards above and filed with the
building permit records, subdivision case file, or other department files, as appropriate.
D.
Appeals
All decisions by the Development Services Director or designee performed in accordance with
this Section may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment in accordance with the procedures
prescribed in Section 35.6.209 Variances and Appeals, except any appeal of an interpretation
made by the Development Services Director or designee shall be heard by the City Council.

35.6.211 Administrative Review

250

│ Unified Development Code

A.
Purpose
Requests not subject to a legislative process as required by the provisions of this Code or state
law may be processed administratively as set forth below. The purpose of requiring
administrative review of such applications is to provide for appropriate review while at the same
time allowing for expedited action on proposed conditions that might otherwise require a more
extended legislative process.
B.
Applications
Applications subject to administrative approval shall be submitted to the Development Services
Department on an official form provided by the Department. The application shall satisfy the
submittal requirements as well as all pertinent ordinances and regulations. The application shall
request sufficient information for the Department to determine if the proposal satisfies the
requirements of all applicable ordinances, rules and regulations.
C.
Public notice requirements
No public notice is required for Administrative Review applications and decisions except
for those conditions where the boundary of the property upon which the development is
proposed is located within three hundred feet (300’) of the boundary of any existing
residential development; Public notice shall include notice of application and notice of
decision as specified below.
1. When required, public notice shall be provided by the City as follows:
a. Notice of application within fourteen (14) days of the determination of
completeness;
b. The applicant shall post notice on or near the property with two signs as specified
by section 35.6.204;
c.
Mailing notice to owners of property located within six hundred feet (600’) of the
subject property.
d. A public comment period not less than thirty (30) days following the date of notice
of application shall be provided.
D.
Notice of Decision
1. The Development Services Director or designee shall review applications for
administrative approval in accordance with all applicable ordinances, rules and
regulations. If the Development Services Director or designee determines that the
proposal is consistent with all applicable ordinances, rules and regulations, then the
Development Services Director or designee shall grant approval and may impose
conditions necessary to ensure that the proposal does not negatively impact the
health, safety or general welfare of the citizens of Glendale. If Development Services
Director or designee finds that the application cannot be administratively granted, the
application shall be denied.
a. The notice of decision shall be issued within twenty-one (21) days of the last day
of the comment period.
b. The notice of decision shall be provided to the applicant and to any person who,
prior to the rendering of the decision, made a written request for a notice of the
decision or submitted substantive comments on the application.

251

│ Unified Development Code

E.
Appeal
1. An applicant may file an appeal of the Administrative Review decision by submitting an
Appeal Form. Such an appeal must be received by the Development Services
Department no later than thirty (30) days following a decision on an application subject
to an administrative action.
2. A respondent shall completely and accurately fill out an Appeal Form and may provide
supplemental information if so desired.
3. Staff will review the Appeal Form for administrative completeness. An appeal of the
Administrative Review decision will be scheduled for hearing before the Board of
Adjustment within thirty (30) days after filing the appeal. The Appeal Form and
supplemental information shall be transmitted to the Board of Adjustment for review
at least one week prior to hearing.
4. All appeals of the same administrative action shall be consolidated and presented to
the Board of Adjustment as a single matter.
5. The Board of Adjustment shall reverse the decision of the Development Services
Director or designee only upon a finding that the decision was arbitrary, capricious,
unreasonable or was not supported by the evidence presented to the Development
Services Director by the applicant.
6. The decision of the Board of Adjustment shall be provided to Staff following the
hearing. Upon delivery to Staff, the decision shall become final and effective. Staff shall
provide a copy of the Board of Adjustment decision to the applicant.

35.6.212 Design Review
A.
Purpose
Within the City of Glendale, Design Review is comprised of two administrative processes
intended to promote high quality development that is compatible with its surroundings and is
safe for both motorists and pedestrians, while also ensuring that all necessary public utilities
and services are provided in an efficient and attractive manner.
B.
Applicability
Design Review is required for non-residential or multi-family residential development, or
any single-family residential development comprised of five or more lots if any one (1) of
the following requirements is met:
1. Any new development or construction.
2. Any change in occupancy as classified by the City of Glendale Approved Building and
Fire Codes.
3. Any expansion of an existing site or building.
4. Any exterior remodeling or improvement of an existing use that alters at least twenty
(20) percent of the exterior building elevations.
5. Any exterior remodeling or improvement valued at fifty (50) percent or more of the
value of the existing improvements on the site.
6. New or reinstated occupancy of any non-residential building or site which has been
vacant for one (1) year or more.
7. Any amendment to an approved concept review plan.

252

│ Unified Development Code

C.
Design Review, Waiver
Design Review Waiver requests are generally routine in nature and are often performed
‘over-the-counter’ depending on staff capacity. Such requests are intended to document
minor changes to a site or building and are not subject to reviews by other City
departments.
1. Requests meeting the following criteria shall be available for design review waiver:
a. External building modifications to existing non-residential and multi-family
residential buildings, including:
i. Change of color(s)
ii. Change of building materials or façade treatment.
iii. Change of roofing materials.
iv. Addition of doors or windows. This specifically excludes the elimination of
doors or windows since such a change would require Building Safety review.
v. Modifications to an improved site, including, but not limited to:
(a)
Parking reconfiguration that does not change on-site circulation.
(b)
Landscape revision that does not reduce required landscaping
below minimum requirement.
(c)
Modifications to permanent site signage structure color, materials,
or orientation. This specifically excludes modifications to sign
panels or content; such modifications shall comply with Section
35.4.300 Signage.
b. Other requests as determined by the Development Services Director or designee,
provided such request does not warrant review beyond the Development Services
Department.
D.
Design Review, Minor
The Minor Design Review process is an administrative process. The intent of the Minor
Design Review process is to ensure the alignment of a proposed development or significant
modification with all applicable codes and ordinances.
1. Requests meeting the following criteria shall be subject to Minor Design Review:
a. New construction or site development, typically of less than ten (10) acres and
comprised of fewer than five (5) buildings.
b. Any exterior remodeling or improvement valued at less than fifty (50) percent of
the value of the existing improvements on the site.
c.
New or reinstated occupancy of any non-residential building or site which has been
vacant for less than one (1) year.
d. Modifications to a developed site that result in pedestrian or vehicular circulation
changes.
e. Building or site improvements that do not require review beyond the Development
Services Department.

253

│ Unified Development Code

E.
Design Review, Major
Major Design Review requests are more complex and generally more impactful to the
community due to factors such as high trip generation and types of trips, taller or more
expansive elevations, and operational characteristics that could affect the quality of life for
surrounding property owners.
1. Applications meeting the Minor Design Review criteria and the following additional
criteria shall be subject to Major Design Review.
a. New construction or site development meeting any of the following:
i. Greater than ten (10) acres, or
ii. Comprised of five (5) or more buildings, or
iii. An aggregate building area of 100,000 square feet or more, or
iv. Building height of 40’ or greater when adjacent to existing single-family
residential use.
b. Any exterior remodeling or improvement of an existing use that alters at least
twenty (20) percent of the exterior building elevations.
c.
Any exterior remodeling or improvement valued at fifty (50) percent or more of the
value of the existing improvements on the site.
d. New or reinstated occupancy of any non-residential building or site which has been
vacant for one (1) year or more.
e. Any amendment to an approved concept review plan.
f.
Any building or site modification defined as a Minor Design Review that requires
additional City department or external agency review.
g. Other potentially high-impact proposals as determined by the Development
Services Director or designee.
2. The Development Services Director or designee may waive Major Design Review if it is
determined that such review will not further the intended purpose of this section.
F.
Submittal Requirements
1. A Design Review application shall contain the items listed below. The following list may
be modified on a case-by-case basis for Minor or Standard Design Review.
a. Completed application form and fee.
b. A fully-dimensioned and annotated site plan.
c.
Fully-dimensioned and annotated building elevations (all building elevations).
d. A conceptual landscape and walls plan.
e. Preliminary grading and drainage plan.
f.
Materials and colors exhibit board, photos and images only (no materials
samples).
g. Proposed signage location and thematic elements.

254

│ Unified Development Code

2. The technical information to be included with these items along with the appropriate
number of copies of each is described in the application guidelines provided by the
Development Services Department.
3. Additional information may be required depending on the scale and scope of the
project.
G.
Review and Approval
As applicable based on the Design Review type, the Development Services Director or
designee in association with other city departments as applicable shall make the following
findings in their evaluation of a project:
1. The proposed development complies with the provisions of this ordinance and all
applicable ordinances, master plans, and standards of the City of Glendale.
2. The proposed development promotes a functional relationship of structures to one
another, to open spaces, and to topography both on the site and in the surrounding
neighborhood.
3. The height, location, materials, color, texture, area, setbacks, and mass, as well as
parts of any structure (buildings, walls, signs, lighting, etc.) and landscaping, is
appropriate to the development, the neighborhood, and the community.
4. Ingress, egress, on-site parking and circulation, loading and service areas, and
pedestrian ways, are so designed to promote safety and convenience.
5. The architectural character of the proposed structures is complementary with other
buildings and predominant features within the area and of an architectural character
desired for the City; avoiding excessive variety or monotonous repetition.
6. All mechanical equipment, appurtenances and utility lines are concealed from view
and integral to the building and site design.
H.
Denial and Appeal Procedure
1. If the Development Services Director or designee, finds that the proposed project has
not properly addressed one (1) of the review criteria listed in Section 35.6.212.G of
this article, and adequate resolution of the issue(s) cannot be ensured by the
applicant, the Development Services Director or designee, shall deny the Design
Review Application and state the reasons for the denial in a letter to the applicant.
2. The applicant may appeal the Development Services Director or designee decision to
the Planning Commission if that appeal is made in writing to the Development Services
Director or designee within fifteen (15) days of the decision. The appeal letter shall
describe the unresolved issues and describe what design solutions are proposed by
the applicant. The applicant shall be notified of the date of the Planning Commission
meeting to consider the appeal, a minimum of fifteen (15) days prior to the public
meeting.
I.
Period of Approval
Design review approval shall be valid for a period of one (1) year from the date of approval
and shall become invalid if a building permit has not been issued in that time. Up to an
additional one (1) year may be granted by the Development Services Director or designee
upon written request by the applicant. The Development Services Director or designee shall
grant the extension only upon a finding that special circumstances prevented the applicant
from obtaining a building permit, and that no changes in City ordinances have occurred
which would significantly alter the previous design review approval.

35.6.213 Temporary Use Permit

255

│ Unified Development Code

A.
Purpose
The City of Glendale recognizes that certain uses which may be appropriate in certain
zoning districts may be allowed on a temporary basis. The Temporary Use Permit will
regulate uses which are semi-permanent in nature. It is the intent to provide for certain
temporary uses for limited periods of time. Allowing temporary uses is not intended to
permit uses otherwise prohibited by the Zoning Ordinance or to allow permanent uses to
be established. The purpose of this section is to establish the procedures and outline the
review criteria to be used by the Development Services Director or designee when
considering an application for a Temporary Use Permit. All Temporary Uses shall be
conducted so as not to be detrimental to health, safety, and welfare of the surrounding
properties and shall be subject to the standards and regulations contained in this Code.
Every Temporary Use on private property shall require a Temporary Use Permit.
1. Permitted Temporary Uses. The City may grant a Temporary Use Permit for any of the
following uses.
a. Temporary municipal uses.
b. Such other uses as the City may deem to be within the intent and purpose of this
section.
c.
Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes. Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes are
allowed on churches, public and private schools, City parks, police and fire
stations, other City facilities and on property zoned for this purpose.
B.
Application
A property owner, donation drop box owner/operator, or duly authorized agent may submit
an application for a Temporary Use Permit. The applicant shall obtain the official
application materials from the City. Submittal requirements shall be as outlined on the
official form and any other requirements that the City deems necessary to understand the
proposal, including a Site Plan. The applicant shall submit the official application and
associated materials, together with the applicable fee, to the City. Temporary Uses which,
in the opinion of the City, meet all the following criteria shall not require posting:
1. The use and/or structure complies with all applicable codes and Ordinances;
a. The use and/or structure does not interfere with pedestrian access ways, fire
lanes, driveway entrances, or traffic visibility at driveways or street intersections;
b. Parking on the property is adequate to serve any existing permanent use and the
temporary use;
c.
The temporary use shall not be conducted between the hours of 10 p.m. and 7
a.m., excluding Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes; and,
d. The City Traffic Engineer or functional equivalent, or designee of that official,
approves vehicular access for the proposed temporary use.
C.
Review and Approval
Application for a Temporary Use Permit shall be reviewed by the Development Services
Department who shall approve, conditionally approve, or disapprove the application.
Approval shall be given only when in the judgment of the City such approval is consistent
with the intent and purpose of this section. In considering the application, the City may
include, but are not be limited to, the following conditions:
1. Regulation of parking, dust control measures, and site lighting.

256

│ Unified Development Code

2. Regulation of hours of operation.
3. Regulation of site ingress and egress.
4. Assurance of compliance with building, fire, electrical, and all other appropriate codes.
5. Such other conditions deemed necessary to carry out the intent and purpose of this
section.
6. All signage proposed for the temporary use or event shall be in compliance with Section
35.4.300. All signage shall obtain a separate sign permit.
7. The Division shall notify the applicant, in writing, of the decision to approve or deny the
application, and shall state any conditions for approval or reasons for denial.
8. Issuance of Permits. To be issued a permit, the applicant shall sign an agreement with
the City stating that within 72 hours of cessation of the use or expiration of the permit,
whichever occurs first, the site shall be restored to the same condition prior to
commencement of the temporary use.
9. Time Limits and Renewal of Permits. All Temporary Use Permit approvals shall be
subject to a time limit as set forth by the City.
10. Temporary Use Permits for Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Boxes may be permitted for a
renewable duration not to exceed 3 years, or as determined by the City. Each renewal
requires a new Temporary Use Permit application and fee.
11. All other Temporary Use Permits shall be limited to a maximum of thirty (30)
consecutive days per event, and the cumulative total of all Temporary Uses shall not
exceed ninety (90) days per calendar year per lot. A maximum of 12 Temporary Use
Permits shall be granted per lot or complex per calendar year.
12. Each occurrence of a Temporary Use and each distinct Temporary Use on a property
shall require separate submittal and approval of a Temporary Use Permit Application.

35.6.214 Establishing a Historic Preservation (HP) District
A.
General
1. An application to establish Historic Preservation Districts shall be filed as provided by
Section 35.6.202.
2. The Historic Preservation Officer shall compile and transmit to the Historic Preservation
Commission a report on the property in the application, including the location,
condition, age, historical features, and other relevant features and information, with a
recommendation to grant or to deny the application and the reasons for the
recommendation.
3. The Historic Preservation Commission shall set a date for public hearing on the
application. Notice of the hearing shall be sent by first class mail to the property
owner(s) and to the applicant at least fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing. The notice
shall clearly state the implications of historic preservation zoning to the property
owner(s). Notice of the hearing shall be posted fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing,
on or near the property in one (1) or more locations so that the notice is visible to
persons living or working in the neighborhood and to persons passing through the
neighborhood. If the application to establish a Historic Preservation District is filed by
someone other than the property owner(s), written notice shall be sent by first class
mail to the property owner(s) within ten (10) days of application having been made.
4. The Historic Preservation Commission shall evaluate each parcel of property within an
area that is included in the application for a demonstrated quality of significance in
local, regional, state or national history, architecture, archaeology, engineering or

257

│ Unified Development Code

culture, and integrity of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and
association according to the following criteria:
a. It is associated with events or persons that have made significant contribution to
the broad patterns of Glendale's history; and/or
b. It embodies the distinctive characteristics of a type, period or method of
construction or that represent the work of a master or that possess high artistic
values; and/or
c.
It has yielded or may be likely to yield information important in the understanding
of the prehistory or history of the City of Glendale; and/or
d. It is at least fifty (50) years old, or has achieved significance within the past fifty
(50) years if the property is of exceptional importance.
5. The Historic Preservation Commission shall, when applying the evaluation criteria in
Paragraph 4 above, draw the boundaries of a Historic Preservation District as carefully
as possible to ensure that:
a. The district contains documented historic, architectural or archaeological
resources;
b. The district boundaries coincide with documented historic boundaries such as
early roadways, canals, subdivision plats, or property lines;
c.
The district boundaries coincide with logical physical or manmade features and
reflect recognized neighborhood or area boundaries; and
d. Other, non-historic resources or vacant land is included where necessary to create
appropriate boundaries. Inclusion of these non-historic resources is important to
ensure the maintenance of the historic streetscape and avoid insensitive
construction and demolitions adjacent to contributing properties.
6. The Historic Preservation Commission shall also review proposed exterior design
guidelines for the district to ensure that distinctive features will be preserved and
enhanced. The design guidelines shall address height, proportions, scale, materials,
relationship of building masses and spaces, roof shape, and site improvements, such
as landscaping, parking, and signage, as they relate to the identity of the Historic
Preservation District. Exterior paint colors will not be included in these guidelines.
These guidelines shall be adopted at the time of designation.
7. Following the hearing, the Historic Preservation Commission shall transmit to the
Planning Commission the HP Commission's decision, report, and recommendations.
8. The process for establishing a Historic Preservation District shall then proceed in
accordance with Section 35.6.202.
9. The procedure to remove the Historic Preservation District designation from property
shall be the same as that required to establish it.
B.
Temporary Restraint of Demolition
A process is established for the review of proposed demolitions of structures which are
located in areas where an application for Historic Preservation District designation is under
consideration.
1. A demolition permit shall not be issued for any property under application for Historic
Preservation District zoning unless first approved by the Historic Preservation Officer,
the Historic Preservation Commission, or the City Council on appeal. This shall apply

258

│ Unified Development Code

from the time the application is filed or initiated until final action is taken on the
application by the City Council. This period shall not exceed one (1) year. Requests for
demolition permits shall be referred to the Historic Preservation Officer.
2. The Historic Preservation Officer may administratively grant approval if the subject
building clearly is of minimal historic or architectural significance because of its
location, condition, modifications, or other factors, and its demolition will be
inconsequential to the historic preservation needs of the area.
3. If the Historic Preservation Officer finds that the subject property does not clearly meet
the conditions set forth in Subsection A of this section, the request for demolition shall
be scheduled for public hearing before the Historic Preservation Commission to allow
the commission to determine if the factors allowing for demolition have been met and
for consideration of economic hardship factors.
4. The Historic Preservation Commission shall review the decision of the Historic
Preservation Officer in light of the evidence presented at the hearing. At the hearing,
the HP Commission shall either grant or deny the request. The request shall be granted
only if the applicant demonstrates that:
a. The building is of minimal historic or architectural significance because of its
location, condition, modifications, or other factors, and its demolition will be
inconsequential to the historic preservation needs of the area; or
b. The denial of the demolition permit will result in an economic hardship to the
property owner according to Section 35.2.1006.E of this ordinance.
5. The Historic Preservation Commission shall conduct a public hearing within sixty (60)
days of the date of the formal request for a demolition permit. Notice of the application
shall be posted on the property at least fifteen (15) days before the hearing. The
request shall be deemed approved if the initial hearing by the HP Commission is not
held within the required sixty (60) days or if the HP Commission has not made a final
decision within one hundred eighty (180) days of the formal request for a demolition
permit.
6. The Historic Preservation Commission's decision shall be final unless appealed by
either the applicant or any aggrieved person within seven (7) working days of the
action. If appealed, the matter shall be set for a public hearing before the City Council
at their next available meeting. Notice of the hearing shall be posted on the property
fifteen (15) days prior to the hearing. The City Council shall limit its review of the case
to the record of the HP Commission; as established by the staff report, any exhibits,
minutes and/or transcripts, and any audio/visual tape of the proceedings. New
testimony will not be accepted for consideration; however, each side may make a
limited presentation on the evidence in the record of the HP Commission. Such
presentation shall be limited to a maximum of five (5) minutes per side unless greater
time is granted by the Mayor. Except as otherwise provided in this article, City Council
members who review written communications or engage in verbal communications
which are not part of the HP Commission's record shall disclose any such
communications during the appeal public hearing. The City Council must make its
decision within sixty (60) days of the filing of an appeal or the application is deemed
approved. At this public hearing, the City Council may do one (1) of the following:
a. Affirm the decision of the Historic Preservation Commission;
b. Reverse the decision of the Historic Preservation Commission; or
c.
Remand the application to the Historic Preservation Commission for
reconsideration.
7. In the event demolition approval is denied, no permit for demolition shall be issued for
one (1) year from the date of the Historic Preservation Commission's initial hearing on

259

│ Unified Development Code

the subject property unless a subsequent demolition approval has been requested and
granted. If Historic Preservation District zoning has not been placed on the property at
the time of expiration of the one (1) year, the Historic Preservation Officer shall grant
demolition approval.
8. At the time of adoption of Historic Preservation District zoning, the temporary restraint
of demolition and any stays of demolition in effect shall expire. Demolition at that time
shall be regulated by Section 35.2.1006.F of this ordinance.
9. Demolition approval may be conditioned on stipulations which provide for rights of
access to the property for the purposes of documentation or for agreed upon removal
of artifacts.
10. A request for a demolition permit shall be exempt from these requirements if the
Building Safety Director determines, and the Historic Preservation Officer has been
notified in writing, that the building currently is an imminent hazard to the public safety
and that necessary repairs would be impractical.

ARTICLE 7 - COMPLIANCE & NONCONFORMITIES
This Article establishes procedures through which the City seeks to ensure compliance with the provisions of this
Code and obtain corrections for violations. The Section also sets forth the remedies and penalties that apply to
violations of this Code.
This Article also regulates and restricts uses, structures, lots, site characteristics, and signs that were established
legally prior to the adoption or amendment of this Code but do not conform to the requirements of this Code. All
such situations are collectively referred to in this chapter as “nonconformities.”
35.7.000 COMPLIANCE
35.7.001 Generally
A.
If any building or structure is erected, constructed, reconstructed, altered, repaired,
converted or maintained, or any building, structure or land is used in violation of the
provisions of this UDC or any amendment, the City may use any one (1) or more of the
following actions:
1. Issue an order of abatement;
2. Issue a Notice and Order to Comply;
3. Pursue criminal prosecution;
4. Issue a civil citation; or
5. Seek an injunction from Superior Court.
B.
No building permit may be lawfully issued nor shall a Certificate of Occupancy be granted
until the Development Services Director or designee has given authorization indicating all
requirements of this UDC, all conditions and stipulations of approval, and any other specific
project related requirements have been met.
C.
Violation of stipulations, conditions of approval, or any other requirement of this UDC, of
an administratively issued permit, or conditional use permit is a violation of this ordinance
and shall subject such permit to revocation if the violation is ongoing or repeated.
Revocation of any such permit may be made by the approving entity after notice and
hearing.
35.7.002 Enforcement and Penalties

260

│ Unified Development Code

A.
The Development Services Director or designee shall be responsible for the enforcement
of this UDC.
B.
Any person, firm or corporation violating any provision of this UDC, or any amendment shall
be guilty of a Class I misdemeanor, punishable by a fine or imprisonment, or by both fine
and imprisonment. Any such person, firm or corporation shall be deemed guilty of a
separate offense for each and every day during which any violation is committed, continued
or permitted. The owner, lessee, tenant or other person in possession of any property used
in violation of this UDC shall be responsible for any violation whether or not the owner or
any related party has committed the prohibited act or acts or has neglected to prevent the
performance of the prohibited act or acts by another person.
C.
In addition to, or independent of the penalties provided above, the City may bring a civil
proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce compliance with the terms of the
Glendale UDC or to prevent, restrain or abate any violation of the terms of the Glendale
UDC.
D.
Any violation of this ordinance or of conditions or stipulations of issuance of any
administrative or conditional use permit or variance is declared to be a public nuisance,
and instead of, or in addition to, any other criminal or civil enforcement measure authorized
by this ordinance, may be enjoined or restrained by the City as other nuisances are abated
under authority of the City Charter and applicable State Law.

35.7.100 LEGAL NON-CONFORMITY
35.7.101 Purpose
The purpose of this Section is to establish criteria for regulating and protecting legally non-
conforming uses, buildings, structures, lots, and sites while promoting future conformance with
this Unified Development Code.
35.7.102 Generally
E.
This article provides for the regulation of nonconforming buildings, structures, uses and
lots. These regulations are designed to protect the rights of legally existing nonconforming
uses, structures and buildings, but not promote expansion or enlargement. The site,
building, structure or use will be encouraged to convert to a conforming use in the future.
Any use or activity lawfully conducted under County zoning regulations at the effective date
of annexation or under previous zoning regulations in effect at the adoption of this
ordinance, or any amendment, shall be considered a legal nonconforming use under this
ordinance. Changes of ownership, tenancy, or management of property with an existing
legal non-conformity may occur, but such non-conformities shall continue to be subject to
the provisions of this Section.
F.
The City Council, by ordinance, may authorize the acquisition of private property by
purchase or condemnation for removal of nonconforming uses and structures.
35.7.103 Path to Conformity
A.
Uses
1. The physical expansion of a non-conforming use or an increase in its intensity,
including hours of operation, within an additional building, structure, or land area shall
be prohibited.

261

│ Unified Development Code

2. A legally non-conforming use that has ceased operation for a period of six (6) months
may only be re-established if in conformance with the current regulations for the
current zoning district in which the property is located.
3. Legally non-conforming uses that were forced to cease operations due to natural
disaster, fire, flood, or public unrest may re-establish operation within twelve (12)
months without full conformance with this Code; however, the property owner or
business agent shall negotiate partial compliance or incremental improvement with
the Development Services Director or designee. Negotiations shall contemplate
updated site improvements, parking, façade treatment, and/or business intensity.
4. Uses brought into conformance with this Code shall not be permitted to revert to a
previous non-conforming use.
5. If, through the adoption of this Code or a subsequent amendment, a Conditional Use
is redesignated as a Permitted Use in a given zoning district, any such use currently
operating under a Conditional Use Permit shall be considered a Permitted Use and the
Conditional Use Permit shall be null and void.
B.
Buildings and Structures
1. Repairs and maintenance of legally non-conforming buildings and structures are
permitted provided such activity does not increase the non-conformity.
2. Permanent or temporary relocation of any building or structure shall conform to the
regulations for the zoning district within which it is located.
3. Damaged or partially destroyed legally non-conforming buildings or structures due to
natural disaster, fire, flood, or public unrest, may be reconstructed to its original
condition provided:
a. Up to fifty percent (50%) of the original gross floor area may be restored to its
previous condition, and
b. Building permits for restoration shall been obtained within twelve (12) months of
damage or destructive event.
4. Nothing in this Section shall prevent the restoration of a building or structure present
on the National Register of Historic Places, the Arizona State Register of Historic
Places, or the Glendale Register of Historic Places.
C.
Lots
1. Legally non-conforming lots (i.e. sub-standard dimensions or area) shall develop in
accordance with the regulations associated with zoning district within which the lot is
located.
D.
Sites
1. All legally non-conforming sites with existing improvements, such as parking, access,
and landscaping, shall be brought into compliance through the Design Review process
at the time of new development or improvement.
E.
Signs
1. See Section 35.4.303 Non-Conforming Signs.

│ Unified Development Code
262
ARTICLE 8 - DEFINITIONS

35.8.000 GENERAL PROVISIONS
35.8.001 Rules of Construction
For the purpose of carrying out the intent of this UDC, certain terms or words used herein shall
be interpreted or defined as follows:
A.
Words used in the present tense include the future, words used in singular include the
plural and words in the plural include the singular.
B.
The word "shall" is mandatory.
C.
The word "person" includes an individual, firm, co-partnership, joint venture, association,
social club, fraternal organization, corporation, estate, trust, receiver, syndicate, or any
other group or combination acting as a singular entity, including the federal and state
government, another City, county, or school district, except as exempt by law.
D.
The following words or terms when applied in this ordinance may be used interchangeably
unless contrary to the circumstances: lot, plat, parcel or premises; "used" or "occupied" as
applied to any land or building shall be construed to include the words, "intended, arranged
or designed to be used or occupied"; and "building" applies to the word "structure."
E.
Illustrations and photographs are included in this UDC for illustrative purposes only. In case
of any difference of meaning or implication between the text of this UDC and any illustration
or photograph, the text shall control.
F.
Whenever reference is made to a resolution, ordinance, statute, regulation, or document,
it shall be construed as a reference to the most recent edition of such regulation,
resolution, ordinance, statute, regulation, or document, unless otherwise specifically
stated.
(Ord. No. 1772, 6-23-93)

35.8.002 Commonly Abbreviated Terms
The term "City" shall mean the City of Glendale; "Council" shall mean the Council of the City of
Glendale; "Commission" shall mean the Planning Commission; and "Board" shall mean the Board
of Adjustments.

(Ord. No. 1772, 6-23-93)

35.8.003 Use Standard Definitions
A.
Agriculture Use Category
Agriculture, General: The use of land for agricultural purposes, where growing and harvesting activities
associated with horticulture, floriculture, viticulture, and associated apiaries and grazing of livestock
uses along with necessary accessory uses (such as greenhouses/nurseries, incidental raising of
agricultural animals, or the storage of agricultural related equipment used on the premises and
temporary storage of agricultural products used and/or produced on the premise) takes place; provided,
however, that the operation of any such accessory use shall be secondary to that of the normal

263

│ Unified Development Code

agricultural activities. General Agriculture uses may or may not be owner-occupied and may utilize
employees who are not owners or family of the owners. This use includes supporting office uses and
wholesale of produce and plants, but does not include on-site retail sales of produce or plants. This use
does not include agriculture, intensive operations such as dairies, commercial animal breeding,
concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFO), slaughter and meat packing plants, or fertilizer yards.
Agriculture, Intensive Operation: A lot or building or combination of contiguous lots or buildings,
designed and intended for the confined feeding, breeding, raising, or holding of animals (including
commercial feedlot, hog operations, dairies, and raising and marketing of chickens/eggs or turkeys).
Feed is brought to the animals rather than the animals grazing or otherwise seeking feed in pastures,
fields, or on rangeland and vegetative cover is not maintained within the enclosure. The facilities are
specifically designed as a confinement area where manure may accumulate and the concentration of
animals is such that vegetative cover is not maintained within the enclosure. Use also includes fertilizer
yards.
Agriculture, Stables: The use of lands, buildings, or structures for the purpose of commercial boarding
of horses, rental of horses to the general public for riding purposes, and/or training of horses or riders,
but does not include equestrian events, horse racing, or the overnight accommodation of patrons. For
the purposes of this section, equestrian events shall mean equine related events that are juried, provide
instruction or demonstration by exhibitors, and/or where the general public will be invited.
Agritainment: Ongoing or seasonal events and/or activities, whether for remuneration or not, of an
agricultural nature that are offered to the public for the purpose of recreation, entertainment, and/or
education.
Urban Agriculture, Noncommercial: The cultivation of food and/or horticultural crops. Such use may
include the production and sale of food products from food grown on the premises. Noncommercial
urban agriculture may be divided into separate plots for cultivation by one or more individuals or may
be farmed collectively by members of the group and may include common areas maintained and used
by group members. This definition includes gardens, container gardens, edible landscapes, residential
greenhouses, herb gardens, vegetable gardens and other similar activities. Urban agriculture uses shall
not include the raising of animals.
B.
Residential Use Category
Bed & Breakfast: A single-family detached dwelling, which is occupied by a resident manager or owner,
and transient lodging and meals are provided for compensation that does not meet the definition of a
"Hotel or Motel" or "Short-Term Rental".
Dwelling, Duplex: A single building containing two dwelling units located on individual or separate lots
designed for or used by a single housekeeping unit living independently of each other. Dwelling units
are typically attached by a common vertical wall and may be side by side or up and down.
Dwelling, Live/Work: An integrated dwelling unit and working space, occupied and utilized by a single
housekeeping unit in either a detached single-family structure located behind the principal workplace
or a unified structure that has been designed or structurally modified to accommodate joint residential
occupancy and work activity, and which is in compliance with all applicable building codes; and the
working space is reserved for and regularly used by one or more occupants of the unit.
Dwelling, Manufactured Home: A building built on or after June 15, 1976, in accordance with the
National Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 and Title VI of the Housing
and Community Development Act of 1974. Manufactured homes are typically built on permanent
chassis and designed to be used with or without a permanent foundation when attached to the required
utilities. The term includes park models, but does not include a mobile home, modular home, or a
recreational vehicle.

264

│ Unified Development Code

Dwelling, Mobile Home: A structure, transportable in one or more sections, that is at least eight feet in
width and 32 feet in length and that is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a
dwelling unit, with or without a permanent foundation, when connected to on-site utilities, and that was
not constructed in accordance with the National Manufactured Home Construction and Safety
Standards Act of 1974 and Title VI of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974. A modular
or prefabricated house shall not be considered a mobile home.
Dwelling, Modular Home: A prefabricated, factory-built dwelling unit, excluding mobile homes and
manufactured homes defined herein. Such housing is certified as meeting the state and local building
codes as applicable to modular housing and shall be considered equivalent to a site-built building and
which requires substantial assembly on site. Also referred to as ""factory built"" in Department of
Building, Fire and Safety Rules, State of Arizona.
Dwelling, Multi-Family: A single building or buildings containing three or more dwelling units on an
individual lot for occupancy by a housekeeping unit living independently of each other. Within
apartments, the building and land are under single ownership and dwelling units are rented or leased.
Within a condominium, ownership consists of the airspace within a unit and the building(s) and all land
within the development is under common ownership.
Dwelling, Single-Family Attached: A dwelling unit designed for or used by one housekeeping unit, located
on an individual lot, and having any portion of one or more walls in common with adjoining dwelling
units. Each dwelling unit has its own external entrance.
Dwelling, Single-Family Detached: A dwelling unit designed for or used by one housekeeping unit,
located on an individual lot, and having no walls in common with adjoining dwellings.
Dwelling, For Rent Community: A professionally managed residential community comprised of multiple
detached or attached single-family dwellings that are designed for and used by one housekeeping unit,
where all dwellings are collectively located on a single lot and are presented for rent only.
Group Care Facility: See Section 35.3.102.F
Manufactured Home Park: Any lot, tract or parcel of land licensed and used or offered for use in whole
or in part, with or without charge, for the parking of occupied manufactured/mobile homes and travel
trailers and used solely for living or sleeping purposes.
Manufactured Home Subdivision: A subdivision for residential use by mobile homes, manufactured
homes or single-family homes as otherwise permitted in the zoning district.
Mixed-Use Residential: A single building that contains a mixture of residential dwelling units and
commercial retail sales, service or office uses.
Model Home Complex: The area in an approved subdivision that is used by a home builder as the
location of the homes to be used as models for the home builder’s development.
Residential Care Center: See Section 35.3.102.F
Residential Care Home: See Section 35.3.102.F
Senior Care, Assisted Living, and Memory Care Facilities: Establishment with individual rooms that
provides 24-hour medical, convalescent or chronic care for the housing of and caring for the ambulatory,
aged or infirm; other than a group home or hospital; licensed by the Arizona State Department of Health
services for more than eleven (11) persons. Care givers are present at all times, and may (or may not)
reside at the site. Facilities typically include common kitchen and dining areas, but may contain
individual kitchenettes for residents.
Short-Term or Vacation Rental: As defined by Arizona Revised Statute 9-500.39. Any rental use that is
not considered "transient" as defined by A.R.S. 42-5070 shall not be considered a short-term or vacation
rental.

265

│ Unified Development Code

C.
General Commercial and Professional Office Use Category
Adult Business or Sexually Oriented Business: Any adult arcade, adult bookstore, or novelty store, adult
cabaret, adult motel, adult theater, nude model studio, semi-nude business, or topless bar.
Alcoholic Beverages, Retail Sales: A retail establishment, such as a liquor store, licensed to sell alcoholic
beverages such as beer, wine, and liquor. No on-site consumption is allowed.
Animal Supply and Feed Store: A retail establishment that provide sales of pet supplies including feed
and grain. This use does not include the sale of any animals generally considered to be household pets.
Animal Pet Day Care Facility: a retail establishment in which household pets are kept regularly for the
primary purpose of day care for the benefit of persons who do not reside on the premises. Facilities may
provide shelter, feeding, grooming and retail sales. This shall not include breeding or raising of
household pets or animals or facilities for which the primary use is overnight pet boarding.
Animal Pet Store: A retail establishment devoted or partly devoted to the commercial trade of selling live
animals for use as pets.
Antique Shop: A retail business specializing in the sale of merchandise made in, or typical of, a previous
era. Typical merchandise includes, but is not limited to, furniture, silverware, glassware, and other
collectibles. Items shall not be donated for resale, but may be displayed on consignment.
Art Gallery/Studio: A facility or area that is open to the public and is intended for the display, appraisal,
purchase, sale, loan, of art books, paintings, sculpture, or other works of original art that have
architectural, artistic, cultural, literary, historical, or scientific value. Accessory uses can include working
production studio, meeting rooms, or cafes.
Automotive Commercial Parking Lot: An open paved area at ground level used for the sole purpose of
parking motor vehicles with or without a parking fee. This use does not include parking structures or
parking lots that are ancillary to a permitted principal use.
Automotive, Parking Structure: A structure or portion of a structure composed of one or more levels or
floors used exclusively for the parking or storage of motor vehicles. A parking structure may be totally
below grade (as in an underground parking garage) or either partially or totally above grade, with those
levels being either open or enclosed. This use does include parking structures that are ancillary to a
permitted principal use, but does not include a primary use commercial parking lot.
Automotive and Recreational Vehicle Rentals: Rental of automobiles, recreational vehicles or boats,
including storage and incidental maintenance.
Automotive and Recreational Vehicle Sales: Sales or leasing of automobiles, motorcycles, trucks,
recreational vehicles and boats, including storage and incidental maintenance.
Automotive Refueling Station: A facility limited to retail sales to the public of gasoline, biodiesel,
electricity, ethanol fuel blends, hydrogen, natural gas or other fuels for motor vehicles, as well as motor
oil, lubricants, travel aides, tire inflation, and minor automobile accessories.
Automotive Repair and Service, Major: Repair of automobiles, boats, trucks, motorcycles, and
recreational vehicles, including the sale, installation, and servicing of related equipment and parts,
generally on an overnight basis. This classification includes engine repair shops; body, and fender
shops, transmission shops, restoration, refurbishing, but excludes dismantling or salvaging and tire re-
treading or recapping.
Automotive Repair and Service, Minor: The service and repair of automobiles, boats, light-duty trucks,
and motorcycles, including the sale, installation, and servicing of related equipment and parts. This
classification includes quick-service oil, tune-up, wheel and brake shops, muffler shops, auto glass
services, battery replacement and tire sales and installation, where repairs are made or service provided
in enclosed bays and no vehicles under service are stored outside overnight. This classification excludes

266

│ Unified Development Code

establishments providing engine repair, body, and fender work, vehicle painting, or towing; repair of
heavy trucks, construction vehicles, or boats that exceed 9 feet in width by 30 feet in length; and also
repair shops that are part of an automotive sales facility on the same site.
Bar or Cocktail Lounge: An establishment where the primary use is to serve spirituous liquors to be
consumed on the premises. Food may be served as a secondary use.
Car Wash: A facility for washing, cleaning, drying and waxing of passenger vehicles, recreational
vehicles, or other light duty equipment. A car wash may be self-service or full service.
Coffee Shop, Cafe or Bakery: Establishments that primarily serve nonalcoholic beverages, such as
coffee, juices, or sodas for consumption on or near the premises, or a specialty snack, such as ice
cream, frozen yogurt, cookies or popcorn. This also includes retail bakeries such as a donut shop, pastry
shop, cake shop, and similar types of businesses.
Commercial Entertainment, Indoor: A use providing entertainment, diversion, or pleasure that comes
from watching a performer, sports competition, etc. whether public or private, conducted indoors as a
business, including concert halls, performance theatres, stadiums, and uses analogous to these uses
that typically have assigned seating. Accessory uses may include restaurants, bars, concessions,
parking, and maintenance facilities.
Commercial Entertainment, Outdoor: A large open or partially enclosed space most often used for the
viewing of games or major events, and partly or completely surrounded by tiers of seats for spectators.
Accessory uses may include restaurants, bars, concessions, parking, and maintenance facilities.
Convenience Store: Retail establishments that sell a limited line of groceries, prepackaged food items,
tobacco, magazines, and other household goods, primarily for off-premises consumption and typically
found in establishments with long or late hours of operation and a relatively small building of less than
seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet.
Deferred Presentment Companies: Any person(s) or establishment engaged in the business of cashing
checks or accepting deferred deposits for a fee, service charge, or other consideration. This includes
payday or check-cashing facilities and bail bond services. Such uses are not licensed banks, trust
companies, savings and loan associations, credit unions, development corporations, mortgage brokers,
thrift companies, pawn brokers, or insurance companies.
Donation Center: A center operated by an organization that collects donated clothing and household
items. A center which sells donated items shall be considered a Thrift Store.
Drive-Through: A facility where food or other products may be purchased, or where services may be
obtained by motorists without leaving their vehicles. Examples of drive-through facilities include fast-
food, coffee, dairy product, pharmacies, bank teller windows, dry cleaners, etc., but do not include
automated teller machines (ATMs), refueling stations or other automotive services, which are separately
defined.
Financial Institutions: An establishment that provides banking services, lending, or similar financial
services to individuals and businesses. This definition includes those institutions engaged in the on-site
circulation of cash money and check-cashing facilities, but shall not include deferred presentment
companies.
Health and Fitness Centers: A facility primarily featuring equipment for exercise and other active physical
fitness and/or recreational sports activities, such as swimming, racquet sports, aerobic dance,
gymnasium facilities, yoga, and other kinds of sports and fitness facilities.
Hotel/Motel: A building which provides six (6) or more guest rooms for the lodging of travelers and other
temporary residents, and may include customarily incidental uses such as meeting rooms, restaurants,
and cocktail lounges.

267

│ Unified Development Code

Hotels, Resort: An establishment that is a self-contained development providing visitor-oriented lodging
and accommodations with developed recreational facilities in a setting with high natural or man-made
amenities.
Household Appliance, Furniture, and Small Equipment Sales Rentals: An establishment that provides
household appliances such as washers, dryers, refrigerators; furniture such as sofas, beds and dining
sets; or small equipment such as TV's for a limited period of time or on a rent to own basis, mainly to
individual consumers. This use is not Heavy equipment sales or rental facility.
Laundry, Commercial: A service establishment engaged primarily in high volume laundry and garment
services, including: carpet and upholstery cleaners; dry cleaning and garment pressing; commercial
laundries; linen supply. These facilities may include accessory customer pick-up facilities. These
facilities do not include coin‐operated laundries or dry cleaning pick‐up stores without dry cleaning
equipment; see “Personal Services.”
Massage/Spa Establishment: Any establishment or business which provides the services of massage
and body manipulation, including exercises, heat and light treatments of the body, and all forms of
physiotherapy, unless operated by a medical practitioner, chiropractor, or professional physical
therapist licensed by the State of Arizona. This definition shall include stand alone day-spas. This
definition does not include an athletic club, hotel, resort or similar establishment where massage or
similar manipulation of the human body is offered as an identical or accessory service. A massage
establishment may not include any aspects of adult entertainment or an adult-oriented establishment,
as either are elsewhere defined and regulated in this Ordinance.
Marijuana Facilities:
Chemical Extraction - means the process of removing a particular component of a mixture from others
present, including removing resinous tetrahydrocannabinol from marijuana.
Chemical Synthesis - means production of a new particular molecule by adding to, subtracting from, or
changing the structure of a precursor molecule.
Consume, consuming and consumption - The act of ingesting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing
marijuana into the human body.
Consumer - means an individual who is at least twenty-one (21) years of age and who purchases
marijuana or marijuana products.
Cultivate and cultivation - To propagate, breed, grow, prepare, and package marijuana.
Deliver and Delivery - mean the transportation, transfer or provision of marijuana or marijuana products
to a consumer at a location other than the designated retail location of a marijuana establishment.
Department - means the State of Arizona Department of Health Services or its successor agency.
Dual Licensee - means an entity that holds both a nonprofit medical marijuana dispensary registration
and a marijuana establishment license.
Enclosed Area - means a building, greenhouse, or other structure that has:
(1) A complete roof enclosure supported by connecting walls that are constructed of solid material
extending from the ground to the roof;
(2) Is secure against unauthorized entry;
(3) Has a foundation, slab or equivalent base to which the floor is securely attached; and
(4) Meets performance standards ensuring that cultivation and processing activities cannot be and
are not perceptible from the structure in terms of not being visible from public view without using

268

│ Unified Development Code

binoculars, aircraft or other optical aids and is equipped with a lock or other security device that
prevents access by minors.
Extract and extraction - The process of extracting or separating resin from marijuana to produce or
process any form of marijuana concentrates using water, lipids, gases, solvents, or other chemicals or
chemical processes.
Manufacture and manufacturing - To compound, blend, extract, infuse, or otherwise make or prepare a
marijuana product.
Marijuana -
(1) Means all parts of the genus cannabis, whether growing or not, as well as the seeds from the
plant, the resin extracted from any part of the plant, and every compound, manufacture, salt,
derivative, mixture, or preparation of the plant or its seeds or resin.
(2) Includes cannabis as defined in state law.
(3) Does not include industrial hemp, the fiber produced from the stalks of the plant of the genus
cannabis, oil, or cake made from the seeds of the plant, sterilized seeds of the plant that are
incapable of germination, or the weight of any other ingredient combined with marijuana to prepare
topical or oral administrations, food, drink, or other products.
Marijuana concentrate -
(1) Means resin extracted from any part of a plant of the genus cannabis and every compound,
manufacture, salt, derivative, mixture, or preparation of that resin or tetrahydrocannabinol.
(2) Does not include industrial hemp or the weight of any other ingredient combined with cannabis
to prepare topical or oral administrations, food, drink, or other products.
Marijuana Designated Caregiver Cultivation Location - An enclosed, locked facility such as a closet,
room, greenhouse or other building that does not exceed 250 square feet of cultivation space where a
designated caregiver, as defined by A.R.S. § 36-2801(5), cultivates marijuana. There shall be no
identification of the location as a Marijuana Designated Caregiver Cultivation Location. Marijuana
Cultivation must not be detectable from the exterior of the building in which the cultivation takes place.
Marijuana Dispensary - means a nonprofit medical marijuana entity as defined in A.R.S. § 36-2801(12)
or
a
“Dual
Licensee”
as
defined
herein.
A Marijuana Dispensary
does
not
include
a “Marijuana Establishment”. A Marijuana Dispensary shall have a single secure entrance and shall
implement appropriate security measures to deter and prevent the theft of Marijuana and unauthorized
entrance into areas containing marijuana.
Marijuana Dispensary Offsite Cultivation Location - The additional location where marijuana is cultivated
by a Marijuana Dispensary as referenced in A.R.S. § 36-2804(B)(1)(b)(ii).
Marijuana Establishment - means an entity licensed by the Department to operate a single retail location
at which the licensee may sell marijuana to adults who are at least 21 years of age. Marijuana
Manufacturing Facility - A facility that incorporates marijuana (cannabis) by the means of cooking,
blending, or incorporation into consumable/edible goods.
Marijuana Products - means marijuana concentrate and products that are composed of marijuana and
other ingredients and that are intended for use or consumption, including edible products, ointments,
and tinctures.
Marijuana Qualifying Patient - A person who has been diagnosed by a physician as having a debilitating
medical condition as defined in A.R.S. § 36-2801(13).

269

│ Unified Development Code

Marijuana Qualifying Patient Cultivation Location - An enclosed, locked facility such as a closet, room,
greenhouse, or other building that does not exceed 50 square feet of cultivation space where a
qualifying patient, as defined by A.R.S. § 36-2801(13), cultivates marijuana. The qualifying patient
cultivation location must be accessory to the qualifying patient's primary residence. Marijuana
Cultivation as an accessory use to the qualifying patient's primary residence must not be detectable
from the exterior of the building in which the cultivation takes place. Marijuana Cultivation as an
accessory use to the qualifying patient's primary residence shall only be permitted if the residence is
located at least 25 miles distant from a Marijuana Dispensary.
Marijuana Testing Facility - means the Department or another entity that is licensed by the Department
to analyze the potency of marijuana and test marijuana for harmful contaminants.
Open space - A public park, public sidewalk, public walkway, public trail, preserve, public pedestrian
thoroughfare, or public rights-of-way, to include but limited to: a public roadway, highway, street, public
sidewalk, alley, waterway, or utility easement in which the City of Glendale has an interest.
Person - means an individual, partnership, corporation, association, or any other entity of whatever kind
or nature.
Process and Processing - means to harvest, dry, cure, trim or separate parts of the marijuana plant.
Public place - The same meaning prescribed in state law, pursuant to the Smoke Free Arizona Act.
Smoke - To inhale, exhale, burn, carry, vape, or possess any lighted marijuana or lighted marijuana
products, whether natural or synthetic.
Medical Offices and Clinics: A public or private facility primarily engaged in furnishing, on an outpatient
basis, chiropractic, dental, medical, surgical, medical imaging, or other services to individuals, including
the offices of chiropractors, physicians, dentists, drug therapists, rehabilitation therapists and other
health practitioners, medical and dental laboratories, outpatient care and outpatient care facilities.
Patients are not kept overnight except under emergency conditions.
Medical, Hospitals: A public or private facility, which can include multiple buildings, for the
accommodation of sick, injured, or infirm persons, and for the provision of related outpatient services.
Services regularly include the keeping of patients overnight. Accessory uses include heliports and
related facilities, and parking.
Medical, Urgent Care: A facility other than a hospital, where medical, mental health, surgical and other
personal health services are provided exclusively on an outpatient basis by a group of physicians
working in cooperation and sharing the same facilities. Typically operates beyond standard medical
office hours and may provide emergency treatment. May include educational aspects such as medical
instruction and/or training as well as house a lab, radiology, pharmacy, rehabilitation, and other similar
services as accessory uses. Does not include hospitals. Counseling services by other than medical
doctors or psychiatrists are included under “Offices—Professional.”
Microbrewery or Craft Distillery: A facility for the brewing of beer or distilling of alcohol for onsite
consumption as well as wholesale and retail sale, subject to State licensing requirements. Food and/or
other alcoholic beverages may also be served.
Nightclub and Live Entertainment: A commercial establishment dispensing alcoholic beverages for
consumption on the premises and in which dancing and live or pre-recorded entertainments are
permitted, examples of which include live music, DJ performed music, comedy, etc.
Office, Business or Professional: An establishment that provides executive, management,
administrative, or professional services, but not involving the sale of goods and merchandise except as
directly related to the principal use, and not including a medical office or clinic. Typical examples include
real estate, insurance, property management, investment, employment, travel, advertising, law,
architecture, design, engineering, accounting, broadcasting, call centers, and similar offices.

270

│ Unified Development Code

Pawn Shops: An establishment where money is loaned on the security of personal property pledged in
the keeping of the owners (pawnbroker).
Personal Services: Establishments primarily engaged in providing services involving the care of a person
or of the care or repair of his or her personal goods or apparel. Personal services usually includes but is
not limited to: laundry, including cleaning and pressing service or coin-operated, beauty shops, nail
salon, barbershops, small appliance repair, shoe repair, personal copying/shipping services, health
spas, photographic studios, tailor/seamstress shop, tanning salon, and similar uses. This definition
does not include “Laundry, Commercial.”
Recreation, Indoor: An establishment offering recreation, game playing, rides, or similar amusements to
the public within an enclosed building. This shall include movie theaters, arcades, bowling alleys, billiard
parlors, bingo parlors, and laser tag parlors. This use excludes adult business or sexually oriented
businesses and gambling.
Recreation, Outdoor: Intensely developed recreational uses where the general public typically
participates, lighted or unlighted, such as amusement parks, miniature golf courses, batting cages,
motocross courses, water parks or slides, courses for paramilitary games, outdoor concert venues, and
archery facilities.
Restaurant: A retail business selling ready-to-eat food and/or beverages for on- or off-premises
consumption. These include:
•
Counter Ordering. An establishment where customers are served from a walk-up ordering
counter for either on- or off-premises consumption;
•
Table Service. An establishment where customers are served food at their tables for on-
premises consumption, which may also provide food for take-out;
•
Outdoor Dining. An establishment with either counter ordering or table service that provides a
defined outdoor area for eating;
•
Serving Alcohol. Any of the above restaurants, which serve beer, wine or distilled spirits with
the meal.
•
A restaurant may include ancillary catering services
For restaurants with drive throughs, see “Drive-Through” for further definition and regulation.
Retail, General: Establishments engaged in selling goods or merchandise to the general public for
personal or household consumption and rendering services incidental to the sale of such goods. Any
such uses shall include pharmacies, wearing apparel, home furnishings, hardware stores, jewelry stores,
variety stores, gift shop, retail printing, bookstores, florists and similar uses. This use does not include
any form of retail sales or other use specifically listed under another use classification within Table
2.500-1.
Retail, Large: A single retail establishment that provides goods directly to the consumer, where such
goods are available for immediate purchase and removal from the premises by the consumer, and which
occupies more than seventy-five thousand (75,000) square feet of gross floor area. Any such uses shall
include grocery stores, apparel shops, appliance stores, electronic stores, department stores, home
improvement stores, furniture stores, membership based wholesale retail stores, factory outlet stores,
and similar uses. This use does not include any form of retail sales or other use specifically listed under
another use classification within Table 2.500-1.
Retail, Smoke/ Vape Shop: A cigar shop, hookah lounge, head shop, electronic cigarette or other retail
establishment where the primary activity is the sale of tobacco and smoking related
goods/paraphernalia. Smoke shops do not include any individual business establishments that contain
tobacco departments/sections that are ancillary to their principal use.

271

│ Unified Development Code

Shooting Range, Indoor: a totally enclosed facility designed to offer a controlled shooting environment
that includes impenetrable walls, floor and ceiling, adequate ventilation and lighting systems, and
acoustical treatment for sound attenuation suitable for the range’s approved use.
Shopping Center, Community: A planned commercial development intended to meet the consumer
demands of large segments of the community by accommodating multiple retailers in a large-scale
shopping environment. These centers are designed to serve residents of an entire community and
attract regional shoppers as well. Uses include everything from small shops to the biggest of the big box
retailers, as well as entertainment and restaurants. Community shopping centers are to be planned,
developed and operated as single entities, with shared access and parking and common architecture,
landscaping, and signage.
Shopping Center, Neighborhood: A planned commercial development intended to meet the consumer
demands of surrounding neighborhoods. Uses focus on satisfying daily commercial and service
business needs, but are compatible with adjoining residential neighborhoods. Large, community-scale
uses are not permitted. Neighborhood shopping centers are to be planned, developed and operated as
single entities, with shared access and parking and common architecture, landscaping, and signage.
Tasting Room: A facility for alcoholic beverage tasting and retail sales of related merchandise to
customers who are physically present at the tasting room, subject to State licensing requirements.
Tattoo and Piercing Studio: An establishment that produces an indelible mark or figure on the human
body by scarring or inserting pigment under the skin using needles, scalpels, or other related equipment.
Thrift Store: A profit or nonprofit business or organization that engages in or specializes in the sale or
resale of previously owned or used goods and merchandise from an area greater than twenty-five
percent (25%) of the total floor area devoted to retail sales and whose merchandise is donated or
principally donated. A specialty retail store which sells used merchandise not donated for sale including,
but not limited to, used record stores, used book stores, used furniture stores, and sports trading card
stores, shall not be considered a thrift store for the purpose of this ordinance.
Veterinarian Clinic: A facility used by one or more licensed veterinarians to provide medical services to
household pets (e.g., dogs, cats, rabbits, iguanas, etc.) and/or a facility where pets are provided general
hygienic and similar care using non-prescriptive over-the-counter supplies. Does not include overnight
boarding of animals that are not under medical care.
Veterinary Hospital: Any establishment operated by a veterinarian licensed to practice in the state that
provides clinical facilities and houses animals or birds for dental, medical or surgical treatment typically
on a walk-in basis, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. A veterinary hospital may have adjacent to it or
in conjunction with it or as an integral part of it, pens, stalls, cages or kennels for quarantine, observation
or boarding. Does not include overnight boarding of animals that are not under medical care.
D.
Industrial Use Category
Animal Kennel/Shelter: A place where four or more dogs over the age of 3 months are boarded, bred,
or offered for sale. A facility that accepts and/or seizes domestic animals for the purpose of boarding
them overnight, caring for them, placing them through adoption, or carrying out law enforcement. A zoo,
pet store, pet day care, veterinary clinic, animal hospital, and animal husbandry are not considered a
kennel.
Animal Training, Outdoor: An outdoor facility that specializes in the training of household pets.
Automotive Wrecking and Salvage Yard: A facility, whether inside or outside, where waste or scrap
materials are bought, sold, exchanged, collected, salvaged, stored, baled, packed, disassembled, or
handled, including, but not limited to, motor vehicles or parts thereof, used lumber, inoperable
machinery or appliances, scrap metal and other metals. Where such materials are a by-product of a
permitted use, such activity shall be considered "outdoor storage." Where similar materials such as

272

│ Unified Development Code

paper, glass, plastics and metal cans are processed for recycling, such activity shall be considered a
"recycling center."
Broadcast Studios: An indoor facility that provides spaces to produce motion pictures, television and
internet based shows, or radio broadcasts.
Broadcast Tower: means a tower designed and constructed for the principal purpose of supporting one
or more radio and/or television antenna, but also allowing for other secondary purposes.
Building Material Sales: An establishment for the sale of materials, hardware, and lumber customarily
used in the construction of buildings and other structures on a retail or wholesale basis. Display and
sale of materials typically occurs inside a principal building, but storage of material occurs outside.
Examples include lumber yards, stone slab suppliers, masonry suppliers, and artificial turf suppliers.
This use is not a retail home improvement or hardware store, but may include the sale of material
commonly found within such establishments.
Commercial Aviation Business: Facilities that include the design, development, production and
operation of aircraft; this includes activities such as air operations; aircraft sales, aircraft repair, aircraft
storage hangars and accessory uses; flying clubs; rental excursions of aircraft and air charter or cargo
services.
Community Correctional Facility: A facility that provides lodging, meals, counseling, treatment, and
rehabilitation to adjudicated delinquents, parolees, and individuals in pre-release (transitional) or
diversionary programs from, or in lieu of confinement in, correctional institutions. The facility may also
provide educational instruction or training.
Data Center: A facility whose primary service is data processing and is used to house computer systems
and associated components, such as telecommunications and storage systems, including but not
limited to web hosting organizations and internet service organizations. A server farm, telecom hotel,
carrier hotel, telco hotel, telehouse co-location center, or any other term applicable to facilities which
are used for these specified purposes shall be deemed to be a data center.
Distribution Center, Indoor: A building whose primary purpose is facilitating the receiving, storage,
sorting, transfer to larger or smaller vehicles, consolidation into larger quantities or breaking down into
smaller quantities of goods and materials for reshipment to other locations typically for other
businesses. Uses are not involved in manufacturing or production and include no outdoor storage of
goods or materials.
Distribution Yard, Outdoor: An open site, completely enclosed by an opaque wall, whose primary purpose
is facilitating the receiving, storage, sorting, transfer to larger or smaller vehicles, consolidation into
larger quantities or breaking down into smaller quantities of goods and materials for reshipment to other
locations typically for other businesses.
Heavy Equipment Sales and Rental: An establishment engaged in the display, sale, and rental of
equipment, tools, supplies, machinery or other equipment used for commercial, industrial, or
construction enterprises, such as, but not limited to, trucks, trailers, semi-tractor trailers, farm
equipment, bulldozers, cranes, backhoes, rollers, loaders, lifts, power generation or hand-held tools.
This use includes the sale of farm-specific vehicles such as tractors, tillers, farm trailers, back hoes,
graders, boom lifts, and front-end loaders, but not including “Automotive Sales or Rental.” Uses typically
include outdoor display and storage.
Heliport: Any helistop which also includes all necessary passenger and cargo facilities; helicopter
maintenance and overhaul, fueling service, storage, tiedown areas, hangars, and other necessary
buildings and open spaces. Heliports include any of the uses of helistops.
Helistop: A designated landing area used for the landing and taking off of helicopters for the purpose of
picking up or discharging passengers or cargo. No fueling or service facilities are permitted.

273

│ Unified Development Code

Manufacturing and Assembly, Major: The assembly, fabrication, or processing of goods and materials
using processes that ordinarily have greater than minimal impacts on the environment, or that ordinarily
have significant impacts on the use and enjoyment of adjacent property in terms of truck traffic, railroad
activities, noise, smoke, fumes, visual impact, odors, glare, or health and safety hazards, or that
otherwise do not meet the definition of ""Minor Manufacturing."" This use may include outdoor activities
and outdoor storage. Heavy manufacturing generally includes processing and fabrication of products
made from extracted or raw materials or products involving flammable, hazardous, or explosive
materials and processes, uses involving the fabrication, use, or repair of heavy special purpose
equipment. Examples of this use include beverage bottling plants, tool and die shops, motor vehicle or
heavy machinery assembly, carpet or furniture manufacturing, metal fabrication, and stonecutting.
"Major Manufacturing" shall not include any use that is otherwise listed specifically in Table 2.700-1.
Manufacturing and Assembly, Minor: The assembly, fabrication, or processing of goods and materials
using processes that ordinarily do not involve significant truck traffic or railroad operations and do not
create material amounts of noise, smoke, fumes, odors, glare, or health or safety hazards outside of the
building or lot where such assembly, fabrication, or processing takes place, and where such processes
are housed entirely within an enclosed building, except as may be authorized in this code. Minor
manufacturing generally includes processing and fabrication of finished products predominantly from
previously prepared materials along with incidental storage, sales, and distribution of such products.
Examples of activities include but are not limited to fabrication of sporting goods or wearing apparel,
small medical or specialty equipment, or musical instruments; commercial digital printing operations;
finished wood products; fabricated metal products; and assembly of small appliances or electrical
equipment. The term "Minor Manufacturing" shall not include any use that is otherwise listed specifically
in Table 2.700-1.
Nursery, Retail: A full service retail sales establishment which sells plants that are purchased wholesale
from off site. Accessory items can include packaged fertilizer, seed, mulch, and topsoil, as well as other
garden or packaged items commonly associated with a retail nursery.
Product Processing: A facility that produces or processes materials and food for human consumption or
use. This use includes but is not limited to commercial bakeries; dairy products processing; fats and oil
product processing; fruit and vegetable canning, preserving, and related processing; grain mill products
and by-products; meat, poultry, and seafood canning, curing, and by-product processing; miscellaneous
food preparation from raw products; and dyeing and finishing of textile products including bulk laundry
and dry cleaning services that are independent from food stores or restaurants.
Recycling Center: A facility in which recoverable resources such as newspapers, glassware, plastics, and
metal cans are recycled, reprocessed, and treated to return such products to a condition in which they
can again be used for production, and in which some of the operations or storage take place outside of
an enclosed building. This facility is not a wrecking or salvage yard.
Research Laboratory: A facility for conducting medical or scientific research, investigation, testing, or
experimentation; however, this does not include facilities for the manufacture or sale of products, except
as incidental to the main purpose of the laboratory. This definition includes electronic and
telecommunications laboratories, including assembly, but does not include manufacturing of products.
Resource Extraction and Processing: The on-site extraction of surface or subsurface mineral products
or other natural resources, including but not limited to quarries, borrow pits, sand and gravel operations,
oil and gas extraction, and mining operations. Such uses shall also include resource processing and
bulk sale of material originating from on-site or off-site such as central mixing plants for cement or
concrete, construction/landscape aggregate, asphalt processing and petroleum refining.
Storage, Recreational Vehicle: A facility where boats, trailers and/or recreational vehicles are stored
inside or outside in covered or uncovered spaces that are leased to individuals, organizations, or
businesses for self-service.

274

│ Unified Development Code

Storage, Self-Service: A building or group of buildings consisting of individual, self-contained units that
are leased to individuals, organizations, or businesses for self-service storage of personal property.
Towing Business, with Impound Yard: Establishment that includes a lot or part of a lot used only for the
temporary storage of damaged, abandoned or impounded motor vehicles, excluding salvage and sales.
This use does not include "Automotive wrecking and salvage yards," except where separately permitted.
Travel Plaza/ Truck Stop: A facility whose primary purpose is to provide service and maintenance to
commercial trucks and tractor-trailers, including bays for truck washing and fuel dispensing, but
excluding the overhaul of large commercial trucks or engines. A travel plaza may also include overnight
accommodations and restaurant facilities primarily for the use of truck crews. Other facilities may also
be present, such as convenience markets and restaurants.
Waste Facility, Landfill: A planned and approved method or system of waste disposal in which the waste
is disposed or buried in layers, compacted by earth or other approved methods, also known as sanitary
landfill.
Waste Facility, Transfer Station: A facility or site where solid waste from households, businesses, and
industries is transferred from one type of collection vehicle or container to another. Transfer activities
are entirely within covered structures. A transfer station is an intermediary point between the locations
of waste generation and the sites of ultimate processing or disposal. Does not include liquid waste
transfer, hazardous or toxic waste disposal, solid waste disposal, or liquid waste recycling or refining
activities.
Wholesale, Warehouse: An establishment primarily engaged in the sale, trade or distribution of finished
goods and materials in large quantity to retailers or other businesses for resale to the general public or
business customers, and limited retail uses when directly associated with the wholesale use. This use
shall not include heavy manufacturing, agriculture intensive operations, food processing, bulk storage
of hazardous or explosive materials, or scrap or salvage operations. Wholesale uses that sale to the
general public, including membership-based uses, shall be considered retail, large.
E.
Public and Semi-Public Use Category
Business or Trade School: A specialized instructional establishment that provides on-site training of
business, artistic, or commercial skills, or a trade school that prepares students for jobs in a trade (e.g.,
carpentry). Examples include, but are not limited to, fine arts schools, computer instructional services,
and driving schools.
Cemetery or Mausoleum: Property used for interment of deceased persons. Cemeteries may include
associated mausoleums, columbaria and chapels. The term does not include "mortuary" or "crematory,"
except where separately permitted, and does not include a pet cemetery.
Child Care, Center: Any facility licensed by the Arizona State Department of Health Services in which
care and supervision for five or more persons is regularly provided for compensation for periods of less
than 24 hours per day. This classification includes nursery schools, preschools, day care for children or
adults, and any other non-residential day care facility licensed by the State of Arizona.
Child/Adult Care Home: A state certified facility, the primary use of which is a residence, in which child
care for not less than five children and not more than ten children through the age of 12 or adult day
care for at least five and not more than ten adults is regularly provided for compensation for periods of
less than 24 hours per day. The following uses are not a Child Care, Home; Residential Care Home,
Residential Care Center, Group Care Home, or Day Care, Home Occupation.
Community Recreation Center: A building, together with accessory structures and uses, used for
recreational, social, and educational activities by and for the benefit of community groups and
individuals, that is accessible to the general public, and that is not operated for profit.

275

│ Unified Development Code

Community Playfields and Parks: A tract of land owned by a public entity and available to the general
public for recreational purposes. This definition includes indoor recreational facilities, swimming pools,
playgrounds, and lighted and unlighted athletic fields.
Conference or Convention Center: A facility containing over 20,000 square feet of gross floor area and
designed to accommodate and support meetings or conferences. The facility may be either freestanding
or incorporated into a hotel or office facility and may include eating and drinking facilities.
Country Club: A membership club catering primarily to its membership and invited guests, providing one
or more of the following recreational and social activities: golf, swimming, riding, outdoor recreation,
clubhouse and locker rooms. A county club may also include incidental retail sales such as a pro shop
and may include dining and catering facilities.
Cultural Facility or Museum: A facility or area that is open to the public and is intended for the display,
appraisal, purchase, sale, loan, of books, paintings, sculpture, or other works of original art that have
architectural, artistic, cultural, literary, historical, or scientific value. Accessory uses can include meeting
rooms or cafes.
Dormitory: A building used as group living quarters for a student body, a religious order, or other group
as an associated use to a college, university, boarding school, orphanage, convent, monastery, or other
similar use. Dormitories do not include kitchen facilities, except a group kitchen facility to serve all
residents.
Funeral Home or Crematorium: An establishment where the deceased are physically prepared for final
interment. This may include an apparatus intended for use in the act of cremation of deceased persons.
Golf Course: A tract of land laid out with a course having nine or more holes for playing the game of golf,
including any accessory clubhouse, driving range, office, restaurant, concession stand, picnic tables,
pro shop, maintenance building, restroom facility, or similar accessory use or structure. This term shall
not include miniature golf courses as a principal or accessory use, nor shall it include driving ranges
that are not accessory to a golf course, nor shall it include lighted golf courses.
Government Offices and Civic Buildings: A facility owned, operated, or occupied by any level of
government to provide a governmental service, but not including offices for the provision of
governmental services or facilities for any government operation separately defined in this UDC.
Place of Worship: A facility used primarily to provide assembly and meeting areas for religious activities.
Accessory uses include cultural events, parking, caretaker's housing, buildings ancillary to a religious
function, pastor's housing, and group living facilities such as convents.
Private Schools, Colleges, and Universities: A private institution that offers instruction in any of the
branches of learning and study, including pre-school, pre-kindergarten, kindergarten, elementary
school, junior and senior high schools, and college or university. This use does not include "Public
Schools," "Charter Schools, " or “Business or Trade School.”
Small Wireless Facility: A wireless facility that meets both of the following qualifications:
•
Each antenna is located inside an enclosure of not more than six (6) cubic feet in volume or,
in the case of an antenna that has exposed elements, the antenna and all of the antenna's
exposed elements could fit within an imaginary enclosure of not more than six (6) cubic feet
in volume.
•
All other wireless equipment associated with the facility is cumulatively not more than twenty-
eight (28) cubic feet in volume. The following types of associated ancillary equipment are not
included in the calculation of equipment volume pursuant to this subdivision:
o
An electric meter.
o
Concealment elements.
o
A telecommunications demarcation box.

276

│ Unified Development Code

o
Ground-based enclosures.
o
Grounding equipment.
o
A power transfer switch.
o
A cut-off switch.
o
Vertical cable runs for the connection of power and other services.
Social Club or Lodge: A nonprofit membership organization that holds regular meetings, whose members
pay annual dues, that is organized for a common interest, usually cultural, civic, religious, or social, and
that has formal written membership requirements. A "club or lodge" may, subject to other regulations
controlling such uses, maintain dining facilities, serve alcohol, or engage in professional entertainment
for the enjoyment of members and their guests. There are no sleeping facilities.
Social Service Facility: Facilities providing a variety of supportive services for individuals and/or targeted
groups on a day or short-term (less than thirty days) transient basis. Examples of services provided are
temporary lodging, counseling, meal programs, personal storage lockers, showers, instructional
programs, television rooms, and meeting spaces. This classification is distinguished from a hospital,
nursing home, day care center, group care home, treatment facility, health clinic.
Utility Facility and Service Yard, Major: A service of a regional nature that normally entails the periodic
construction/expansion of buildings or structures, and that typically has employees on the site on an
ongoing basis. Examples include, but are not limited to: wastewater treatment plants, water treatment
plants, reservoirs, power plants, and accessory maintenance yards.
Utility Facility, Minor: A service that is necessary to support development within the immediate vicinity
and that involves only minor structures. Employees typically are not located at the site on an ongoing
basis. Examples include, but are not limited to: electric transformer stations; gas regulator stations;
telephone exchange buildings; well, water, and sewer pumping stations; water storage tanks; and water
pressure regulating stations.
Wireless Facility: Wireless facilities transmit analog or digital voice or communications information
between or among points using electromagnetic signals via antennas, microwave dishes, and similar
structures. Supporting equipment includes buildings, shelters, cabinets, towers, electrical equipment,
parking areas, and other accessory development. Specific use types include, but are not limited to:
•
Tower (Including any facility with a tower): A structure in a fixed location used as an antenna
or to support antennas for the primary purpose of transmitting and/or receiving electronic
signals. This use includes wireless communication facilities with towers. This definition also
includes non-residential broadcast, communication, transmission, and similar towers, either
freestanding or attached to an adjacent broadcasting or transmitting facility.
•
Broadcasting or recording studio (no tower): A building or portion of a building used as a place
for radio or television broadcasting or recording but without a transmission tower.
•
Satellite earth station: A telecommunication facility that transmits to and/or receives signals
from an orbiting satellite.
•
Transmitting station (no tower): Any facility utilized for the transmission of broadcast
information but without a transmission tower. This use includes wireless communication
facilities without towers.
•
Small Wireless Facilities – See “Small Wireless Facility”

277

│ Unified Development Code

35.8.004 Specific Definitions
For the purpose of this ordinance the following words and phrases shall have the following
meanings:
Abandoned - Any building, structure or real property that is vacant or occupied by a person without a
legal right of occupancy, and/or subject to a current notice of default and/or notice of trustee's sale,
pending tax assessor's lien sale and/or any real property conveyed via a foreclosure sale resulting in
the acquisition of title by an interested beneficiary of a deed of trust, and/or any real property conveyed
via a deed in lieu of foreclosure/sale.
Access: A way or means of approach to provide vehicular or pedestrian physical entrance to a property.
Abut, Abutting – To share, border or physically touch a common boundary, property line or right–of–
way.
Accessory Building: A detached building whose use is customarily incidental to that of a principal use
of the main building or premises.
Accessory Dwelling Unit: An ancillary or secondary living unit to a single-family detached dwelling unit
that has a kitchen, bathroom, and sleeping area, and is independently accessed from and located on
the same lot as a single-family detached dwelling unit, either within the same building as the single-
family dwelling unit or in a detached building. For purposes of determining maximum density, an
accessory dwelling unit shall not count as a dwelling unit.
Accessory Structure: A subordinate structure to that of a main building or structure, which is not may
be served with utilities, but does not enable enabling human habitation.
Accessory Use: A use which is customarily incidental and subordinate to the principal use, located on
the same lot with this principal building, structure, or use, and viewed as having minimal, if any,
impact on surrounding properties.
Acreage, Gross: The acreage within the perimeter of a development tract, plus one-half (1/2) the right-
of-way of all adjoining streets and alleys.
Addition – An extension or increase in floor area or height of a building or structure.

Adjacent – The condition of being near to or close to but not necessarily having a common dividing
line. Two (2) properties which are separated by only a street or alley shall be considered as adjacent to
one another.

Adjoining – The condition of being near to or close to but not necessarily having a common dividing
line. Two (2) properties which are separated by only a street or alley shall be considered as adjoining
one another.
Adult Arcade: Any place to which the public is permitted wherein money-operated, token-operated or
credit-operated, or electronically, electrically or mechanically controlled still or motion picture
machines, projectors or other image-producing devices are maintained to show images to five (5) or
fewer persons per machine in any viewing room of one hundred fifty (150) square feet or less at any
one (1) time, and where the images so displayed are distinguished or characterized by the depicting or
describing of specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas.
Adult Bookstore or Novelty Store: Any commercial establishment:
A.
Which as one (1) of its principal business uses offers for sale or rental, for any consideration, any
of the following:
1. Books, magazines, periodicals or other printed materials, which depict or describe specified
sexual activities or specified anatomical areas; or
2. Films, video cassettes or other video reproductions depicting specified sexual activities or
specified anatomical areas; or

278

│ Unified Development Code

3. Instruments, devices or paraphernalia which are designed for use in connection with
specified sexual activities, excluding condoms and other birth control and disease
prevention products; and
B.
Which regularly excludes all minors from the premises because of the sexually explicit nature of
the items sold, rented or displayed therein.
C.
For purposes of this definition, twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the establishment's
merchandise constitutes a principal business use.
Adult Cabaret: Any nightclub, bar, restaurant or other commercial establishment which features live
performances or activities on the business premises that are characterized by the exposure of
specified anatomical areas or by specified sexual activities; provided that a nude model studio is not
an adult cabaret, the term "adult cabaret" is intended to apply to businesses which emphasize and
seek, through the conduct of any employee or performer, to arouse or excite any patron's sexual
desires. Nothing in this definition shall be construed to apply to the presentation or performance of
any play, drama or ballet in any theater, concert hall, fine arts academy, school, institution of higher
education or similar establishment as a form of expression of opinion or communication of ideas or
information, as differentiated from the promotion or exploitation of nudity for the purpose of advancing
the economic welfare of a commercial or business enterprise.
Adult Motel: Any hotel, motel or similar commercial establishment which:
A.
Offers accommodations to the public for any consideration; provides patrons with closed-circuit
television transmissions, films, motion pictures, video cassettes, slides or other photographic
reproductions which are characterized by the depiction or description of specified sexual activities
or specified anatomical areas; and has a sign visible from the public right-of-way which advertises
the availability of such photographic reproductions; or
B.
Offers a sleeping room for rent for a period of time that is less than ten (10) hours; or
C.
Allows a tenant or occupant of a sleeping room to rent the room for a period of time that is less
than ten (10) hours.
Adult Theater: Any business establishment, other than an adult arcade or adult motel, used regularly
for the business of exhibiting films, video cassettes or other video reproductions depicting specified
sexual activities or specified anatomical areas, and from which all minors are regularly excluded
because of the sexually explicit nature of such films, cassettes or reproductions.
Adverse Impact – A negative consequence for the physical, social, or economic environment resulting
from an action, use, or development.
Agricultural Stand: A structure for the display and commercial sale of agricultural and horticultural
products raised on the premises.
Airport Impact Overlay Area One (AIO-1): Means the area between the sixty-five (65) ldn and seventy
(70) ldn noise contour lines developed by the application of day/night average sound level
methodology of sound measurement (ldn).
Airport Impact Overlay Area Two (AIO-2): Means the area between the seventy (70) ldn and seventy-
five (75) ldn noise contour lines developed by the application of day/night average sound level
methodology of sound management (ldn).
Airport Impact Overlay Area Three (AIO-3): Means the area of seventy-five (75) ldn and greater noise
levels as developed by the application of day/night average sound level methodology of sound
measurement (ldn).
Alley: A (public or private) thoroughfare other than a street which affords a secondary means of
vehicular access to abutting property; typically to the back or side of said property.
Allowed Use – A use of land identified by Article 2 as a permitted or conditional use, subject to
compliance with all applicable provisions of this Code.

279

│ Unified Development Code

Alteration: Any architectural, mechanical, or structural change to a building which requires a permit
under the Building Code of the City.
Amateur Radio Tower: A free-standing or building-mounted structure, including any base, tower or
pole, antenna and appurtenances, intended for airway communication purposes by a person holding a
valid amateur radio (HAM) license issued by the Federal Communications Commission.
Amendment – A change in the wording, context or substance, or the addition of text to this Ordinance;
an addition, deletion or change in the district boundaries or classifications on the Zoning Map.
Applicant – Any person applying for any permit, approval or decision governed or required by this
Ordinance.
Archaeological Resources: Any material remains of past human life, activities, or habitation which are
of historic or prehistoric significance. Such material includes, but is not limited, to pottery, basketry,
bottles, weapon projectiles, tools, structures or portions of structures, pit houses, rock paintings, rock
carvings, intaglios, graves, skeletal remains, personal items and clothing, household or business
refuse, printed matter, manufactured items, or any piece of the foregoing items.
Architectural Feature – The design and/or construction technique and elements or combination of
elements that are the character–defining features of a structure.
Area, Gross – The land area (acres) within the perimeter of a parcel or lot, including all non–dedicated
streets, alleys, private roadways and/or alley easements, and canal and/or irrigation easements.

Area, Net – The land area (acres) within the perimeter of a parcel or lot, excluding all dedicated arterial
and collector street right–of–ways.
ARS – The abbreviation for the Arizona Revised Statutes.
Articulation – The visible expression of architectural elements through form, structure or materials
that break up the scale of building planes to achieve visual variation.
Attached Building: A building which has any part of its exterior or bearing wall in common with another
building or which is structurally integrated with the main building.
Automotive Charging Facility: A facility in which electric vehicle charging services are made available to
the public or to members for a fee, including structures, machinery, and equipment necessary and
integral to support an electric vehicle, including battery charging stations, rapid charging stations, and
battery exchange stations.
Balloon – A bag, measuring not more than eighteen (18) inches in diameter, made of thin rubber or
other light material, usually brightly colored, inflated with air or with some lighter–than–air gas and
used with flags and/or banners to attract attention for an event.
Berm – A mound or embankment of earth.
Block – That property abutting one side of a street and lying between the two nearest intersections or
intercepting streets on subdivided land.
Boat - Any vessel or motorized device used for traveling in or on water, including, but not limited to, an
unpowered vessel; a vessel powered by oars, paddles, sail, or motor; and a raft, whether ridged,
supported by pontoons, or inflatable.
Buffer – A landscaped area intended to separate and partially obstruct the view of two adjacent land
uses or properties from one another.
Building: A permanently located structure having a roof supported by columns or walls.
Building Codes: The various codes of the City which regulate construction and require building permits,
electrical permits, mechanical permits, plumbing permits, and other permits to do work regulated by
chapter 9 of the City Code pertaining to building and building regulation.
Building Coverage: That portion of a lot or building site which is occupied by any building or structure,
regardless of whether such building or structure is intended for human occupancy.

280

│ Unified Development Code

Building Height: The vertical distances measured from the finished grade level to the highest level of
the building.
Building Permit: An authorization to construct a structure as issued by the Building Safety Department
and authorized by the Development Services Director or designee.
Building, Principal: A building which houses the principal use of the lot.
Caliper – The diameter of the trunk measured six inches above ground level up to and including four–
inch caliper size, and measured twelve inches above ground level if the measurement taken at six
inches above ground level exceeds four inches. If a tree is of a multi–trunk variety, the caliper of the
tree is the average caliper of all of its trunks.
Canopy – A structure made of cloth, metal or other materials with frames affixed to a building or
carried by a framework which is supported by the ground.

Cargo Containers – A metal structure specifically constructed for the shipment of goods by ship, rail or
truck that is later sold as a place to store goods and materials.
Carport: A permanent roofed structure with not more than two (2) enclosed sides used or intended to
be used for vehicle shelter and parking. A carport may either be free standing or attached to the
primary building.
Change of Use – Any use which differs from the previous use of a building or land.
Child: Any person through the age of fourteen (14) years.
Child Care: The care, supervision and guidance of a child or children, unaccompanied by parent,
guardian or custodian, on a regular basis, for periods of less than twenty-four (24) hours per day, in a
place other than the child's or children's own home or homes.
Circular Drive: Horseshoe or similar shaped drive that has two points of access, where ingress and
egress is achieved in one continuous motion and the inside edge of the arc of the driveway is at least
five (5) feet from the property lot line.
Common Lot: The original site or lot in which permitted buildings/dwelling, multi-family uses are
placed, or in which all subsequent permitted individual lots/dwelling, single-family uses are placed.
Complex/Center: A commercial and/or office development defined by shared facilities, including but
not limited to, circulation, parking, utilities, storm water retention and landscaping that service the
shopping complex/center.
Commercial Vehicle – Any vehicle currently registered as such with the state Department of Motor
Vehicles or equivalent out–of–state or federal agency and is used primarily in the conduct of a
business as opposed to private family or individual use.

Common Area – Land in a residential development held in common and/or single ownership and not
reserved for the exclusive use or benefit of an individual tenant or owner.

Common Ownership – Ownership by one (1) or more individuals in any form of ownership.
Compatible – The use of land or a structure that is capable of existing together in harmony with other
structures or uses of land adjacent or in proximity to the land use or structure in question.
Consistent – Means harmony, regularity of steady continuity.
Contiguous – In contact with one or more sides.
Continuous: Means an uninterrupted extension in space, time or sequence.
Day/Night Sound Level (Ldn): A cumulative aircraft noise index that estimates the exposure in decibels
of noise by a weighted sound-level meter for a certain geographic area during a twenty-four (24) hour
period.

281

│ Unified Development Code

Decibel – A unit for expressing the relative intensity of sounds from zero (0), average least perceptible
to one–hundred–thirty (130), average pain level.

Deck – A projecting non–enclosed portion of a house located at a height of less than eight feet above
the ground.

Dedication – The designation of land by its owner for any general or public use.
Demolition: Any act or process which requires a building permit under the Building Code of the City
which destroys in part or in whole a house, building, or other structure.
Density, Gross: Gross acreage divided into the number of dwelling units, lots, or spaces.
Density, Net: Net acreage, excluding streets, alleys, and other rights-of-way divided into the number of
dwelling units, lots, or spaces.
Developer – A person, firm, partnership, joint venture, trust, syndicate, association, corporation,
limited liability company, or other legal entity who desires to improve or otherwise engage in any
development of property within the City.

Development – Any manmade change to improved or unimproved real estate, including but not limited
the construction, reconstruction, conversion, structural alteration, relocation, or enlargement of any
structure; any mining, excavation, landfill or land disturbance.
Disabled: A person who (1) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more
of such person's major life activities so that the person is incapable of living independently; (2) Has a
record of having such an impairment; or (3) Is regarded with having such an impairment. However,
disabled shall not include current illegal use of or addiction to controlled substances (as defined in
Section 102 of the Controlled Substances Act [21 U.S.C. § 802].
Donation/Recycling Drop-Off Box: Any container, storage unit or structure, other than a primary
building, accessory building or shed, that is used for the collection of charitable or for-profit donated
items by the general public, including but not limited to clothing, household goods, toys, books, and
newspapers.
Dustproof: A surface such as concrete, asphalt, pavers, crushed rock or aggregate that is a minimum
of three (3) inches thick or alternative material that does not generate dust and is shown to be
durable as concrete.
Dwelling Unit: A room or group of rooms within a building containing cooking accommodations and
designed to be occupied exclusively by a single housekeeping unit.
Easement – Is a right to use a portion of the land of another for a special purpose or public use such
as, by way of example, vehicular or transportation access, drainage, or public utilities.

Effective Date – The date on which a permit or other approval becomes enforceable or otherwise
takes effect, rather than the date it was signed or circulated.

Egress – An exit.

Elevation – The vertical distance above or below a fixed reference level or A flat scale drawing of the
front, rear or side of a building or structure.
Emergency – A sudden unexpected occurrence demanding immediate action to prevent or mitigate
loss or damage to life, health, property or essential public services.
Encroachment – A right of access or entry that has been agreed upon by the property owner or
mandated by the City, State or Federal Government.
Enlargement – An increase in the size of an existing structure.

282

│ Unified Development Code

Erected – Built, constructed, altered, reconstructed, moved upon; any physical operations on premises
which required construction, excavation, fill, drainage and the like, shall be considered part of an
erection.
Excavation – Removal or recovery by any means whatsoever of soil, rocks, minerals, mineral
substances or organic substances other than vegetation from water or land from beneath the land
surface whether exposed or submerged.

Existing Grade or Elevation – The vertical location of the ground surface prior to excavating or filling.

Existing Use – The use of a lot or structure at the time of enactment of this Code.

Expansion – The process of becoming greater in size, number, or amount.
Exterior Display – Materials and items for sale in conjunction with a retail business that are displayed
outside or underneath a canopy for more than 24 hours and which are not stored within a building.
This does not include outside vending machines or architectural props or decorations.

Exterior Wall – Any wall that defines the exterior boundaries of a building or structure.
Fabrication – Means to construct or assemble from diverse and usually standardized parts.
Family: (1) An individual or any number of persons related by blood, marriage, domestic partnership,
adoption or guardianship, and usual domestic help, living together as a single housekeeping unit in a
dwelling unit, or (2) A group of not more than five (5) persons, who need not be related, living together
as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit.
Facade – The entire building front including the parapet.
Fence: An artificially constructed barrier of any material or combination of materials erected to enclose
or screen areas of land.
Fence Height: Fence or wall height shall be measured as follows:
A.
Where a fence faces a public street, highway or alley, height shall be measured from the top of the
curb, or where no curb exists, the center line of the street, highway, or alley. (See Figure D-1).
B.
Where a fence or wall is between two (2) properties, the height shall be the average measured
from each side of the base of the fence as established at the time of final grading. (See Figure D-
2).
C.
A retaining wall will be counted as part of the total wall or fence height where the retaining wall is
no greater than two (2) feet horizontal distance from the wall or fence. Where a retaining wall is
greater than two (2) feet distance from the fence or wall, the fence or wall height shall be measured
from the base of the fence or wall. (See Figure D-3).

283

│ Unified Development Code

Filtered: The use of an outer lens which services to control the spectral distribution from a light source.
The outer lens shall be glass, acrylic or some other translucent enclosure. Quartz glass does not comply
with this requirement.
Finished Grade – The final grade and elevation of the ground surface after grading is completed and in
conformance with the approved grading plans.
Flag – A fabric sheet of square or rectangular or triangular shape which is mounted on a pole. This
includes flags of the – United States, State of Arizona, registered corporations and other registered
entities, foreign nations, as well as decorative flags, and flags supporting activities of the City or other
public facility land use.
Floor Area, Gross: The combined area of the floor(s) within the exterior walls of a building. The
following are excluded from the floor area:
A.
Accessory parking lots and structures.
B.
Attic area with head room less than seven (7) feet.
C.
Enclosed exterior stairways.
Floor Area Ratio: The ratio of gross floor area to the total net area of the parcel expressed as a percent
or decimal. Any area included within a basement where the floor level is at least five (5) feet below the
adjoining finished grade shall be subtracted prior to calculation of the floor area ratio. Where rounding
of numbers is necessary to determine floor area ratio, the nearest one hundredth (.00) shall be used.
(See Figure D-4).

284

│ Unified Development Code

Frontage: The length of a lot which fronts directly on a public street or other public area.
Garage Sale – A sale of household items conducted on a residential site and incidental to the principal
dwelling.
Garage, Private. An enclosed structure, either attached or detached to a principal structure, devoted
partially or wholly to the parking or storage of a vehicle owned by the occupants in the structure to
which such garage is accessory.
Garage, Side Entry. A garage that does not directly face the street and the entrance is roughly parallel,
rather than perpendicular, to the side property line.
Guest – Any person hiring and occupying a room on a temporary basis for sleeping purposes.
Handicapped: (See "Disabled").
Hardscape: Landscaping details such as stone or concrete walkways, courtyards, patios, retaining walls,
potting containers, and other landscaping design elements that use stone, pavers, brick, tile, wood,
sand, pebbles, brick, metal, and other similar materials. Hardscape shall not include areas dedicated
to driveways or vehicle parking, storage or maneuvering.
Home Occupation: Any occupation or profession conducted from a principal residence in a residential
zoned district, as an accessory use.
Household Pets: Small animals which are customarily kept as household pets or which are generally
trainable and readily adaptable to urban residences. Household pets may include small domestic
animals as well as other nontraditional pets and exotic animals.
Housekeeping Unit: One (1) or more individuals living, sleeping, and cooking in a single dwelling unit
who share housekeeping tasks and responsibilities as an interdependent unit.
Impervious Surface – Any material that substantially reduces or prevents the infiltration of stormwater
into previously undeveloped land. Impervious surface shall include graveled driveways and parking
areas.
Individual – Any private individual, tenant, lessee, owner, or any commercial entity including, but not
limited to, companies, partnerships, joint ventures or corporations.
Inoperable Vehicle: See “Vehicle, Inoperable”

285

│ Unified Development Code

Individual: Any private individual, tenant, lessee, owner, or any commercial entity, including but not
limited to companies, partnerships, joint ventures or corporations.
Ingress – Access or entry.
Installed: The initial installation of outdoor light fixtures defined herein.
Irrigation System – The combination of elements such as automatic controllers, meters, pressure
vacuum breakers, pipes, valves, emitters, bubblers, spray heads, tubing and other materials designed
for the purpose of transporting water to landscaping.
Kitchenette: An area used or designed for the preparation of food and containing a sink, refrigerator
and an electrical outlet, which may be used for a microwave oven. No 220V outlet for a range or oven
may be provided.
Landscaping: The combination of elements such as trees, shrubs, ground cover, vines, and other
organic and inorganic materials for the express purpose of creating an attractive and pleasing
environment. Public art, water features, plazas, patios, decorative courtyards and lighting may also be
considered landscape elements.
Living Space: Any fully enclosed space within a dwelling that is not the garage.
Ldn Contour: A line linking together a series of points of equal cumulative noise exposure based on the
day/night sound level (Ldn) metric. Such contours are developed based on aircraft flight patterns,
number of daily aircraft operations by type of aircraft and time of day, noise characteristics of each
aircraft, and typical runway usage patterns.
Living Area: The occupied portion of a residence occupied, including interior areas and exterior
porches, not including a garage or carport.
Loading Space: An off-street space or berth on the same lot with a building, or contiguous to a group of
buildings, for the temporary parking of a commercial vehicle while loading or unloading merchandise
or materials.
Lot: A parcel of land, or contiguous parcels under one (1) ownership with frontage or access to a public
street, occupied or designed to be occupied as a unit and which has been established by plat,
subdivision, or otherwise lawfully permitted.
Lot Area: The total area in square feet within the boundary lines of a lot.
Lot, Corner: A parcel of land located at the intersection of two (2) or more streets.
Lot Coverage: The horizontal surface area of a lot that, if looking down from above, would be covered
by any building, accessory building, roof or protection.
Lot Depth: The shortest distance between the midpoint of the front lot line and the midpoint of the
rear lot line. (See Figure D-5).

286

│ Unified Development Code

Lot, Flag: An interior lot in which the buildable area is located to the rear of a lot abutting a street, and
which has access to the same street by means of a narrow driveway.
Lot, Interior: A lot other than a corner lot.
Lot Line:
A.
Front. That boundary of a lot that abuts a public street, private street, or approved access
easement, except as follows:
On corner lots, the front lot line shall be the shorter line abutting a public street, private street, or
approved access easement. The other street frontage shall be the corner side lot line. Alternatively,
a property owner may elect that the front lot line shall be the line separating the longer street
frontage of the lot from a street. This election shall be in writing and shall be approved by the
Development Services Director or designee and shall be recorded with the Maricopa County
Recorder's office;
On through or double frontage lot. The lot line which is obviously the front by reason of the
prevailing custom of the other buildings on the block. The other street frontage shall be a rear lot
line. Where such frontage property line is not obviously evident, the Development Services Director
or designee shall determine the front property line.
B.
Rear. The lot line most nearly opposite to the front property line. In the event that the front property
line is a curved line, then the rear property line shall be the lot line most nearly opposite a line
used to determine front setback line tangent to the front property line at its midpoint. If the rear
lot-line is less than ten feet long or the lot comes to a point at the rear, said rear lot-line is assumed
to be a line not less than ten feet long, lying wholly within the lot, approximately parallel to the front
lot line.
C.
Side. Those other lot lines not defined as a front or rear lot line.

287

│ Unified Development Code

Lot, Through or Double Frontage: A lot which abuts upon two (2) parallel or approximately parallel
streets or which abuts upon two (2) streets which do not intersect at the boundaries of the lot.
Lot Width: If the side property lines are parallel, the shortest distance between these side lines. If the
side property lines are not parallel, the width of the lot shall be the width of the lot at its front setback
line.
Maintenance – The repair, painting, trimming, pruning, watering and other on–going activities which
are associated with providing an attractive site appearance and safe buildings and structures.
Minor Work: Any change, modifying, restoring, rehabilitating, renovating, surfacing, or resurfacing of
the features of historic property which does not materially change the historic characteristics of the
property.
Mobile Home Space: A plot of ground within a mobile home park designed for the accommodation of
one (1) mobile home.
Modification (or Alteration) – Any addition or modification that changes the exterior architectural
appearance or materials of a structure or object. Alteration includes changes in exterior surfaces,
changes in materials, additions, remodels, demolitions, and relocation of buildings or structures, but
excludes ordinary maintenance and repairs.
Natural Grade – The undisturbed natural surface of the land, including washes.
Nude, Nudity or State of Nudity: The appearance of the cleft of the buttocks, anus, genitals or areola of
the female breast; or a state of dress which fails to opaquely cover the cleft of the buttocks, anus,
genitals or areola of the female breast.
Nude Model Studio: Any place where a person appears nude or semi-nude, and is provided to be
observed, sketched, drawn, painted, sculptured, photographed or similarly depicted by other persons
for any consideration, the term "nude model studio" does not include a proprietary school that is
licensed by this state; a college, community college or university that is supported entirely or in part by
taxation; a private college or university that maintains and operates educational programs in which
credits are transferable to a college, community college or university that is supported entirely or in
part by taxation; or a structure to which all of the following apply:
A.
A sign is not visible from the exterior of the structure and no other advertising appears on the
premises indicating that a nude or semi-nude person is available for viewing;
B.
The business does not otherwise advertise itself as an adult business;
C.
Where in order to participate in a class, a student must enroll at least three (3) days in advance of
the class; and
D.
Where no more than one (1) nude, or semi-nude model is on the premises at any one (1) time.
Occupancy, Certificate of – A document issued by the Chief Building Official and/or Zoning
Administrator allowing the occupancy or use of a building and certifying that the structure or use has
been constructed or will be used in compliance with all the applicable codes of the City of Glendale.
Occupancy, Change in – The discontinuance of an existing use and the substitution therefore of a use
of a different kind or class.

Occupant – The person occupying or having custody of a structure or premises as a lessee or other.

Off–Site – Not located within the area of the property to be developed.
Off–Street – Land which is not within the right–of–way of any street or alley.
Open Space: An area that is intended to provide light and air and is designed for either environmental,
scenic, or recreational purposes. Open space may include, but is not limited to lawns, decorative
planting, walkways, active and passive recreation areas, playgrounds, fountains, swimming pools,
wooded areas, and water courses.

288

│ Unified Development Code

Open Space, Common: Open space, other than private yard or outdoor living space intended for use by
all occupants of a development.
On–Site – Located on the lot that is the subject of discussion.
Opaque – Opaque means that the material shall not transmit visible light.
Outdoor light fixtures: Outdoor artificial illuminating devices, lamps and other devices, permanent or
portable, used for illumination or advertisement. Such devices shall include, but shall not be limited to,
search, spot or flood lights for buildings and structures, recreational areas, parking lot lighting,
landscape lighting, billboards and other signage and street lighting.
Outdoor Display – The placement of goods, equipment, merchandise or exhibits at a location visible to
the public view, other than within a building.
Outdoor Sales: The display of products or services which are intended for retail or wholesale purchase
not within a completely enclosed building.
Outdoor Storage – The keeping in an unroofed area, of any goods, junk, material, merchandise or
vehicles in the same place for more than 24 hours.
Owner – A person recorded as such on the records of the County Assessor, or a person who has been
granted written authorization by the owner to act on his behalf.
Parapet – The extension of a false front or wall above a roofline.

Parking Aisles – That portion of the parking area consisting of the driving lanes providing access to the
individual parking spaces.

Parking Area – That portion of a lot that is used by vehicles for access, circulation, parking and loading
and unloading. It comprises the total of circulation areas, loading and unloading areas, and parking
areas (spaces and aisles).

Parking Lot – An area not within a building where motor vehicles may be stored for the purposes of
temporary, daily, or overnight off–street parking.

Parking, Off-Street – Marked or unmarked parking located within a parcel and outside a private or
public right-of-way.

Parking, On-Street – Marked or unmarked parking located within a private or public right-of-way.

Parking, Shared – The development and use of parking areas on two or more separate properties for
joint use by the businesses on those properties.
Paved – An artificial covering on a street, road, parking lot, driveway, walkway, patio, or other natural
surface of the ground composed of a material as specified by the City of Glendale Engineering
Standards or as approved by the City Engineer unless otherwise stated herein.

Permitted Use – Any use allowed in a Zoning District and subject to any restrictions applicable to that
Zoning District.

Person – Any person, firm, partnership, association, social or fraternal organization, corporation,
estates, trust, receiver, syndicated, branch or government or any other group or combination of groups
acting as a unit.
Principal Use: The main or primary use on any lot or parcel which establishes the basic land use
characteristics of the property, as opposed to an accessory use. In some instances, a property may
have more than one (1) principal use.

289

│ Unified Development Code

Project: One (1) or more uses, buildings, or tenant spaces designed to function as an integral unit
through shared parking and driveways, even though there may be separate ownerships and parcels.
Prohibited Use – A use which is not specifically permitted or analogous to those specifically permitted.
Recreational Vehicle: A vehicular type of unit forty (40) feet or less in length and eight (8) feet or less
in width, primarily designed for temporary living quarters, recreation, camping, or travel use, which
either:
A.
Contains its own motive power as in the case of motor homes, minimotor homes, or recreational
vans;
B.
Is drawn by another vehicle as in the case of travel trailers, tent trailers, camper trailers, or
watercraft on boat trailers; or
C.
Is mounted on another vehicle as in the case of truck campers.
Recycling Container: A collection container that serves as a neighborhood drop-off point for temporary
storage of recoverable resources. This facility would generally be located in a shopping center parking
lot or in other public/quasi-public areas such as churches, parks, and schools. It is intended for
household or consumer use.
Redevelopment: Any modification, alteration, remodeling, or new construction to an existing site or
structure which requires a permit under the Building Code of the City of Glendale.
Residential Use: Long term occupancy of residential structures including single residence and multiple
residence dwellings, dormitories, and mobile homes.
Satellite Earth Station: A device consisting of an antenna and reflector, having any dimension of more
than one and one-half (1-1/2) meters, and is a solid or open mesh configured structure used for
reception or transmission of radio energy to or from an earth orbit satellite or celestial body.
Scenic Corridor: is the required landscape setback and land abutting the Agua Fria Freeway (Loop
101) between 51st Avenue and Bell Road. The Scenic Corridor extends ¼ -mile on both sides of the
freeway. This distance is measured from the freeway right-of-way.
Screening: A wall, fence, hedge, informal planting, or berm, provided for the purpose of buffering a
building or activity from neighboring areas or from the street.
School: A place of general instruction including colleges, but not including business colleges, child
care centers, dancing schools, riding academies, or specialized trade or vocational schools.
Semi-Nude or Semi-Nudity: A state of dress which shows the female breast below a horizontal line
across the top of the areola at its highest point, or which shows the male or female buttocks. This
definition shall not include any portion of the cleavage of the female breast exhibited by a dress,
blouse, leotard, bathing suit or other wearing apparel, provided that the areola is not exposed in whole
or in part.
Semi-Nude Business: Any commercial establishment, other than an adult cabaret, nude model studio
or topless bar, which features employees who appear semi-nude before customers on the business
premises. The term "semi-nude business" is intended to apply to businesses which emphasize and
seek, through the conduct of any employee or performer, to arouse or excite any patron's sexual
desires. Nothing in this definition shall be construed to apply to the presentation or performance of
any play, drama or ballet in any theater, concert hall, fine arts academy, school, institution of higher
education or similar establishment as a form of expression of opinion or communication of ideas or
information, as differentiated from the promotion of exploitation of semi-nudity for the purpose of
advancing the economic welfare of a commercial or business enterprise.
Setback: The required minimum horizontal distance between the building line and the related front
side, or rear property line.

290

│ Unified Development Code

Screening – A wall, fence, hedge, informal planting, or berm, provided for the purpose of buffering a
building or activity from neighboring areas or from the street.

Screening Device – Any structure intended to conceal, fully or partially, an activity or mechanical
element from the public view, adjacent uses, properties and/or streets.
Section – A section of this Code, unless some other Code or statute is mentioned.
Shielded, fully (fixtures): Fixtures that are shielded in such a manner that light rays emitted by the fixture,
either directly from the lamp or indirectly from the fixture, are projected below a horizontal plane running
through the lowest point on the fixture where light is emitted.
Shielded, partially (fixtures): Fixtures that are shielded in such a manner that the bottom edge of the
shield is below the plane of the center line of the lamp reducing light above the horizontal.
Sight Visibility Triangle: The area of visibility on a street corner to allow for safe operations of vehicles,
pedestrians, and cyclists in the proximity of intersecting streets, rail lines, sidewalks, and bicycle
paths.
Sign: Any device (including, but not limited to, letters, words, numerals, figures, emblems, pictures, or
any part or combination) used for visual communication which is intended to attract the attention of
the public and is visible from the public rights-of-way or other properties. The term "sign" shall not
include any flag, badge or insignia of any governmental unit nor shall it include any item of
merchandise normally displayed within a show window of a business.
Sign, A–Frame – A temporary sign, normally supported by its own frame and not affixed to a structure
or permanently ground mounted. It is positioned upright in a manner that forms an “A” when in use;
also referred to as a “sandwich” or “tent” sign.
Sign, Awning: Signs which are placed on or integrated into fabric or other material canopies which are
mounted on the exterior of a building.
Sign, Banner – A temporary sign made of fabric, plastic, or other pliable material without a rigid
structural support or internal illumination on which advertising copy or graphics may be displayed.

291

│ Unified Development Code

Sign, Billboard (Static): A sign which is intended to advertise a business, commodity, service,
entertainment, product, or attraction sold, offered, or existing elsewhere than on the property where
the sign is located.
Sign, Billboard (Digital/Electronic): An identification sign or a sign which is intended to advertise a
business, commodity, service, entertainment, product, or attraction sold, offered, or existing on or
elsewhere than on the property where the sign is located and intended to be viewed primarily from SR
101 or SR 303. An Electronic Billboard shall be internally illuminated, and not capable of movement.
Sign, Construction or Development: A temporary sign providing information about future development
or current construction on a site, and the parties involved in the project.
Sign, Directional: An on-premises sign that includes information assisting in the flow of pedestrian or
vehicular traffic such as enter, exit, and one-way.
Sign, Directory: A sign, other than an identification sign, listing the names, uses, or locations of the
various businesses or activities conducted within a building or group of buildings which is centrally
located and intended to provide on-site directions.
Sign, Drive Up / Drive Through: A permanently mounted sign displaying the bill of fare for a drive thru
restaurant.
Sign, Entry Wall Monument – Signs that identify a residential or non-residential development, and are
attached to a screen wall or landscape planter adjacent to the adjacent public street, and are
designed and sited in a manner consistent with the architectural style and landscape theming of the
development.
Sign Face – The area or display surface used for the message.
Sign, Feather/Swooper: A banner type sign that is attached to a aluminum or fiberglass rod which is
inserted directly into the ground or into a sleeve embedded in the ground or portable base. The flag
portion of the sign is attached on one side, permitting the unattached side to move freely in the wind.
Sign, Freestanding Monument: A sign which is erected on its own self-supporting permanent structure,
detached from any supporting elements of a building.
Sign, Identification: A sign that is designed and intended to identify only the business, place,
organization, building, street address, or person on the property on which it is located.
Sign, Illuminated: A sign whose surface is artificially lighted internally or externally.
Sign, Inflatables: A non-porous flexible inflated device, utilizing inert gas, used as advertising matter.
Sign, Marquee: A permanent sign attached to, supported by and projecting from a building, especially
a theater or hotel.
Sign, Mural: Graphic art painted directly on an exterior wall with no commercial text, logo, brand, or
message with the exception of an artist or sponsor signature.
Sign, Noncommercial: A sign which does not contain information or advertising for any business,
commodity, service, entertainment, product, or other attraction.
Sign, Nonconforming: A sign lawfully erected and maintained prior to the adoption of this ordinance
which does not conform with the requirements of this ordinance.
Sign, Off–Site/Off–Premise: Any permanent or temporary sign that may display a message, whether
commercial or noncommercial, that may not necessarily relate to the premises upon which the sign is
located.
Sign, On–Site/On–Premise: Any permanent or temporary sign which pertains to the business
operated, activity conducted or products sold or manufactured on the premises upon which the sign is
located; or which displays a noncommercial message installed or caused to be installed only by the
property owner and/or lessee of the property upon which the sign is located.
Sign, Painted: See Sign, Wall
Sign, Place Marker: A sign that identifies a culturally significant event, date or recognition of a building
or property.

292

│ Unified Development Code

Sign, Political: A sign which supports any candidate for public office or urges action for or against any
other matter on the ballot of primary, general, or special elections.
Sign, Portable: Any sign not affixed to a structure or ground mounted on a site.
Sign, Projected: A sign that is digitally projected onto a building surface.
Sign, Projecting: A sign attached to a building or other structure and extending in whole or in part more
than fourteen (14) inches beyond the building.
Sign, Pylon: A sign hung, supported or cantilevered from one or more supports constructed of
structural steel, pipe, or other materials.
Sign, Reader Panel: A sign designed to permit immediate change of copy either manually or
electronically.
Sign, Skyline: A sign permanently affixed to a wall or surface not more than 20 degrees from vertical at
the upper edge of a building and extending parallel with the mansard roof line or parapet upon which
the sign is attached.
Sign, Structure: The supports and framework of the sign.
Sign, Temporary: A sign not intended or designed for permanent display.
Sign, Wall: A sign mounted flat against and projecting less than fourteen (14) inches from, or painted
on the wall of a building or structure with the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to the face of
the wall. This does not include window signs.
Sign, Walker – A person, who wears, holds or balances a portable sign.
Sign, Weekend Directional: A temporary sign typically placed on weekends within the right-of-way that
is designed for providing direction and/or orientation for pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
Sign, Window: A sign affixed to the interior or exterior of a window, or placed immediately behind a
window pane so as to attract the attention of persons outside the building.
Sign, Yard – Small placard-type signs that are typically associated with, but not limited to, the
advertisement of real estate, political campaigns, and meeting or event announcements.
Site – The building area leased or owned by or on behalf of any business together with its adjacent
privately-owned walkway or parking area.

Site Built – A structure or dwelling constructed on the site by craftsmen utilizing materials delivered to
the site. Said structure shall consist of footings and foundations poured in place, permanently
attached to the walls. Roofing materials, interior and exterior finishes shall be applied on the site. All
construction shall be in conformance with all uniform codes in force at the time of construction. This
definition does not include relocated site built homes.

Site Plan – A Plan, prepared to scale, showing accurately and with complete dimension, the
boundaries of a site and the location of all buildings, structures uses, principal site development
features, or any other information required by this Ordinance, which is proposed for a specific parcel
of land.
Solid: Not able to be seen through; not transparent.
Specified Anatomical Areas: Human genitals in a state of sexual arousal; the appearance of the cleft
of the buttocks, anus, genitals or areola of the female breast; or a state of dress which fails to
opaquely cover the cleft of the buttocks, anus, genitals or areola of the female breast.
Specified Sexual Activities: Activities that depict, describe, or relate to any of the following activities:
A.
The fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region, buttocks, anus or female
breasts;
B.
Sex acts, normal or perverted, actual or simulated, including intercourse, oral copulation or
sodomy;

293

│ Unified Development Code

C.
Masturbation, actual or simulated; or
D.
Excretory functions as part of or in connection with any activities set forth in subsections A through
C.
Storage Shed: One (1) story, detached accessory building used for tools and storage, playhouse, or
similar use with a projected roof area of less than one hundred twenty (120) square feet.
Story: A space in a building between the surface of any floor and the surface of the next floor above, or
if there be no floor above; then the space between such floor and the ceiling or roof above; provided,
however, that where the floor level of the first story is at least five (5) feet below the adjoining finished
grade, the space shall be considered a basement and not counted as a story.
Street: A public thoroughfare, including road, highway, drive, lane, avenue, place, boulevard, and any
other thoroughfare which affords the principal means of access to abutting property, but not including
alleys or driveways.
Street, Private: An area intended for vehicular traffic, owned and maintained by a private corporation,
individual, or group of individuals.

Structural Alteration: Any change in the supporting members of a building, such as bearing walls,
columns, beams, or girders.
Structure: Anything constructed or erected, which requires location on the ground or attached to
something having location on the ground.
Temporary Fence: Structure used to enclose an outdoor activity or use for a period as set forth in
Section 35.4.208.C that is contained fully above ground and includes no permanently implanted or
affixed footings.
Temporary Office or Construction Trailer: A temporary portable unit for office use which is designed to
be transported, after fabrication, on its own wheels, or on a flatbed, other trailer, or have detachable
wheels.
Temporary Use or Building – A use or structure permitted under this Code to exist for a limited period
of time.
Topless Bar: Any establishment which is required to hold a liquor license under Arizona law and which
offers semi-nude performers as entertainment.
Translucent – Admitting and diffusing light so that objects and the light source beyond cannot be
clearly perceived.
Use: The purpose for which land or a building thereof is designed, arranged, or intended, or for which it
is occupied or maintained, let or leased.
Use, Accessory – A use of a building or lot which is customarily incidental and subordinate to the
principal use of the main building or lot.
Use, Conditional – Any use which may be established in the particular zoning district in which it is
allowed only upon meeting the conditions and limitations as prescribed by this Ordinance.
Use, Permitted – A use which is lawfully established in a particular district and which conforms with
specified development standards

Utility trailer: Any wheeled vehicle without motor power, which is designed to be drawn by a motor vehicle
and which is generally and commonly used to carry and transport personal effects, trash and rubbish,
equipment, or automobiles.

Vehicle: Any vehicle designed to carry one or more persons, which is propelled or drawn by mechanical
power, such as automobiles, trucks, and motorcycles.

Vehicle, Commercial: Any vehicle or trailer typically used for business, industrial, office or institutional
purposes or having painted thereon or affixed thereto a sign identifying a business, industry office of
institution or a principal product or service of such. Agricultural equipment used as part of a permitted
agricultural principal use shall not be considered a commercial vehicle.

294

│ Unified Development Code

Vehicle, Inoperable: A vehicle not currently registered or licensed in this state or another state, or any
vehicle that is unable to operate or move under its own power. It shall also mean any motor vehicle that
is in an abandoned, wrecked, dismantled, scrapped, junked or partially dismantled condition that
includes having no wheels, or lacking other parts necessary for the normal operation of the vehicle. It
shall also mean any vehicle that because of mechanical defects, a wrecked or partially wrecked frame
or body or dismantled parts, cannot be operated in a normal, and safe manner.

Vehicle, Maneuvering Area: That portion of a lot that is an improved dustproof surface used by vehicles
for access, circulation, loading and unloading, but is not used for vehicle parking or storage.

Vehicle, Parking: A dustproof surface used for the placement of vehicles for limited periods of time.

Vehicle, Personal: A passenger vehicle that is owned or leased by an individual.

Vehicle, Storage: For the purposes of this ordinance, references to vehicle storage shall not be
determined based solely on duration, but rather on the negative effects commonly associated with
prolonged parking and/or abandonment. A vehicle shall be deemed stored if any of the following effects
exist: after five consecutive days the vehicle has not been moved a minimum of 20 feet, accumulation
of spiderwebs, dirt and debris, flat tires, damaged or missing body parts, or broken or unusable windows.
Vehicles placed on blocks or similar devices where all or part of the vehicle is not touching the ground
shall be considered inoperable.

Visible: Capable of being seen (whether or not legible) by a person of normal height and visual acuity
walking or driving on a public road.

Wall: An artificially constructed barrier of solid stucco, masonry, rock or concrete material erected to
enclose or screen areas of land.

Wall, Building – means any exterior surface of a building or any part thereof, including windows.

Watchman's Quarters: A single dwelling unit that is accessory to an allowed non-residential use and that
is occupied solely by an individual who is responsible for maintenance or security in association with
the principal use of the property.
Wireless Communication Facility (WCF): A facility that sends and/or receives wireless communication
signals, including, but not limited to, antennas, microwave dishes, antenna structures, towers,
equipment enclosures and the land upon which they are all situated. Wireless communication
facilities can be concealed, disguised or visible.
Wireless Communications Facility, Antenna: Any structure or device used to transmit and/or receive
wireless signals for the provision of cellular, paging, personal communications services and microwave
communications. Such structures and devices include, but are not limited to, directional antennas,
such as panel antennas, microwave dishes and satellite dishes, and omni-directional (WHIP)
antennas.
Wireless Communications Facility, Antenna Structure: An antenna and its associated structure, such
as a monopole or tower and co-axial cables.
Wireless Communications Facility, Cell On Wheels (COW): A portable self-contained cell site that can
be moved to a location and set up to provide personal wireless services on a temporary or emergency
basis. A COW is normally vehicle-mounted and contains a telescoping boom as the antenna support
structure.
Wireless Communications Facility, Co-Location: The act of siting multiple wireless communications
providers in the same location and on the same support structure. Collocation also means locating
one or more additional wireless communication facilities on a structure designed for a different
purpose such as, but not limited to, buildings, water tanks, towers, flagpole or utility poles without the
need to construct a new support structure.

295

│ Unified Development Code

Wireless Communication Facility, Co-Located: A facility owned by one or more wireless communication
service providers that is attached to a facility or site owned by a different wireless communication
service provider.
Wireless Communication Facility, Concealed: A facility designed to be architecturally integrated into a
building so that the antenna, support structures, cabling and equipment are completely encased or
hidden or designed in a manner that blends into the environment so the antenna structure cannot be
seen or, if seen, cannot be recognized as wireless communication facilities. Concealed wireless
communication facilities include, but are not limited to, architecturally screened roof-mounted
facilities such as elevator or stairway penthouses, chimneys, flues, vents and roof-top equipment
storage areas. Artwork or architectural design features such as church spires, clock towers and signs
or flag poles may also be considered concealed wireless communication facilities if they encase or
hide the wireless communication facility.
Wireless Communication Facility, Disguised: A facility designed and sited so that the antenna structure
is minimally obtrusive and appears to be part of the physical surroundings. Disguised wireless
communication facilities include, but are not limited to, a monopalm, a monocactus, or monopine. The
location of a wireless communication facility on athletic field light poles, water towers, street lights,
traffic light or utility poles, walls and fences, and suspended wire antennas would also be considered
disguised if the antennas, cabling and related equipment and structures are not commonly recognized
as a wireless communication facility.
Wireless Communication Facility, Equipment Enclosure: A tract or area of land enclosed by a solid wall
that contains one or more wireless communication facility antennas, their associated equipment
shelters and other equipment associated with and ancillary to wireless communication.
Wireless Communication Facility, Equipment Shelter: A fully enclosed structure, cabinet or vault
located at the base of or near a wireless communication facility that is used to house and protect the
electronic and supporting equipment necessary for processing wireless communication signals. An
equipment shelter often has, among other things, batteries, generators, electrical equipment, one or
more air conditioning units, a power meter and disconnect located on the outside.
Wireless Communication Facility, Monocactus: A single, freestanding and unguyed three-dimensional
structure in the shape of a saguaro or similar cactus erected on the ground that houses one or more
antenna. The structure must be anatomically correct in its color, texture and design to give the
appearance of a cactus. For purposes of this appendix A, a monocactus is not a tower.
Wireless Communication Facility, Monopalm: A single, freestanding and unguyed structure in the
shape of a palm tree erected on the ground that supports one or two disguised antenna. The structure
must be anatomically correct in its color, texture and design to give the appearance of a palm tree. For
purposes of this appendix A, a monopalm is not a tower.
Wireless Communication Facility, Monopine: A single, freestanding and unguyed structure in the shape
of a pine tree erected on the ground that supports one or more antenna. The structure must be
anatomically correct in its color, texture and design to give the appearance of a pine tree. For
purposes of this appendix A, a monopine is not a tower.
Wireless Communication Facility, Monopole: A single, freestanding and unguyed pole-type structure
erected on the ground that supports one or more antenna. For purposes of this appendix A, a
monopole is not a tower.
Wireless Communication Facility, Support Equipment: Any equipment serving or being used in
conjunction with a wireless communication facility or support structure. This equipment includes, but
is not limited to, utility or transmission equipment, power supplies, generators, batteries, cables,
equipment buildings, cabinets and storage sheds, shelters or other structures.
Wireless Communication Facility, Support Structure: A structure that supports a wireless
communication facility including, but not limited to, monopoles, towers, utility poles and other
freestanding self-supporting structures.
Wireless Communication Facility, Tower: A lattice-type structure, guyed or freestanding, that supports,
holds or contains equipment that sends and/or receives wireless communication signals, including,
but not limited to, antennas.

296

│ Unified Development Code

Wireless Communication Facility, Visible: A facility that is clearly recognized and not concealed or
disguised.
Wireless Communication Service Provider: The entity that is responsible for providing wireless
communication to the general public, private sector, or governmental or quasi-governmental agency
that owns or operates and maintains a wireless communication facility.
Yard: Open space on the same lot with a
building or group of buildings, lying between
the building (or outer building of a group) and
the nearest lot line and unoccupied and
unobstructed from the ground upward.

Yard, Front: An open space extending the full
width of the lot between the front lot line and
the front planes of the building and any front-
facing privacy walls. Where such privacy
walls do not exist, the front yard shall be the
area between the front lot line and the front
planes of the building projected to the side
lot lines.

Yard, Rear: An open space extending the full
width of the lot between the rear lot line and
the rear planes of the building projected to
the side lot lines, or, for corner lots where a
privacy wall or fence exists between the
building and the side lot line, projected to the
privacy wall or fence.

Yard, Side: An open space between the side
lot line, and the side planes of the building
and extending from the front yard to the rear
yard.

Yard, Street Side: Where a privacy wall or fence exists between the building and a street side lot line,
the side yard shall include the open space area between the street side lot line and the privacy wall or
fence, extending from the front plane of said wall to the rear lot line.

Zoning Administrator: The city employee responsible for the enforcement and interpretation of the
zoning ordinance. Also known as the Development Services Director or designee.

Zone: An area within which certain uses of land and buildings are permitted and certain others are
prohibited; yards and other open spaces are required; lot areas, building height limits, and other
requirements are established; all of the foregoing being identical for the zone in which they apply.

Zoning District: A designated area in which the same zoning regulations apply through the geographic
area.
(Ord. No. 1772, 6-23-93; Ord. No. 1874, § 1, 3-12-96; Ord. No. 1947, § 1, 6-24-97; Ord. No. 2002, §
1, 4-28-98; Ord. No. 2089, § 1, 7-27-99; Ord. No. 2136, § 1, 5-9-00; Ord. No. 2176, § 1, 12-19-00;
Ord. No. 2206, § 1, 7-24-01; Ord. No. 2280, § 1, 10-22-02; Ord. No. 2386, § 1, 6-22-04; Ord. No.
2532, § 1, 10-24-06; Ord. No. 2763, § 1, 2-22-11; Ord. No. 2805, § 1, 6-26-12; Ord. No. 2976, § 1,
2-23-16; Ord. No. O17-51, § 1, 10-24-17; Ord. No. O19-38, § 1, 4-23-19; Ord. No. O19-48 , § 1, 5-28-
19)